\
Contaminated Sediment Remediation
Guidance for Hazardous Waste Sites


-------
This page left intentionally blank.

-------
United States Environmental Protection Agency                             EPA-540-R-05-012
Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response                             OSWER 9355.0-85
	December 2005

                               ADDITIONAL COPIES

       The Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance for Hazardous Waste Sites is available to
download from EPA's Superfund program Web site at
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/resources/sediment/guidance.htm. Hard copies of the document can be
obtained at no charge by contacting by contacting EPA's National Service Center for Environmental
Publications (NSCEP) at (800) 490-9198 or ordered via the Internet at
htto: //www .epa. gov/nscep/ordering .htm.

-------
This page left intentionally blank.

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites
                                ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

       Initial drafts of this document were prepared by an Inter-Agency workgroup led by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Office of Emergency and Remedial Response [now Office of
Superfund Remediation and Technology Innovation (OSRTI)]. In addition to EPA, the workgroup
included representatives from the following organizations:

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE)
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS)

       Representatives of other organizations contributed to the document by commenting on early
drafts.  These included the following:

Environment Canada
U.S. Navy
U.S. Geological Survey
U.S. Department of Energy
Oregon Department of Environmental Quality
Massachusetts Department of Environmental Quality
Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources

       The following individuals led subgroups to draft various sections of the document or otherwise
contributed substantially to the overall character of the guidance:

Steve Ells (EPA OSRTI)
Allison Hiltner (EPA Region 10)
Doug Johnson (EPA Region 4)
Fran Kremer (EPA ORD)
Judith McCulley (EPA Region 8)
Richard Nagle (EPA Region 5)
Michael Palermo (formerly USAGE)

       The following individuals drafted sections of the document or assisted in various substantial ways
in preparation of the guidance, and EPA also sincerely appreciates their assistance:

David Allen (USFWS)                              Kevin E. Donovan (EPA OSW)
Daniel Averett (USAGE)                            David Drake (EPA Region 7)
Ed Earth (EPA ORD)                               Bonnie Eleder (EPA Region 5)
Gary Baumgarten (EPA Region 6)                    Jane Marshall Farris (EPA OST)
Stacey Bennett (EPA Region 6)                      Joan Fisk (EPA OSRTI)
Barbara Bergen (EPA ORD)                         Tom Fredette (USAGE)
Ned Black (EPA Region 9)                          Gayle Garman (NOAA)
Richard Brenner (EPA ORD)                        Joanna Gibson (EPA OSRTI)
Daniel Chellaraj (EPA OSRTI)                       Ron Gouguet (NOAA)
Scott Cieniawski (EPA GLNPO)                     Patricia Gowland (EPA OSRTI)
Sherri Clark (EPA OSRTI)                          Jim Hahnenberg (EPA Region 5)
Barbara Davis (EPA OSRTI)                        Earl Hayter (EPA ORD)

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites
Richard Healy (EPA OST)
Glynis Hill (EPA OWOW)
Robert Hitzig (EPA OSRTI)
Michael Home (USFWS)
Michael Kurd (EPA OSRTI)
Sheila Igoe (EPA OGC)
Sharon Jaffess (EPA Region 2)
Brenda Jones (EPA Region 5)
Kymberlee Keckler (EPA Region 1)
Karen Keeley (EPA Region 10)
Anne Kelly (EPA Region 2)
Michael Kravitz (EPA ORD)
Tim Kubiak (USFWS)
Carlos Lago (EPA OSW)
Amy Legare  (EPA  OSRE)
Sharon Lin (EPA OWOW)
John Lindsay (NOAA)
Terry Lyons  (EPA  ORD)
Kelly Madalinski (EPA OSRTI)
John Malek (EPA Region 10)
Steve Mangion (EPA ORD, Region 1)
Dale Haroski (EPA OSWER)
Bruce Means (EPA OSRTI)
Amy Merten (NOAA)
David Mueller (USGS)
Jan A. Miller (USAGE)
William Nelson (EPA ORD)
Walter Nied (EPA Region 5)
Mary Kay O'Mara (USAGE)
Charles Openchowski (EPA OGC)
David Petrovski (EPA Region 5)
Cornell Rosiu (EPA Region 1)
Fred Schauffler (EPA Region 9)
Ken Seeley (USFWS)
Robert Shippen (EPA OST)
Craig Smith (EPA Region 7)
Mark Sprenger (EPA OSRTI)
Laurel Staley (EPA ORD)
Pam Tames (EPA Region 2)
Dennis Timberlake (EPA ORD)
Yolaanda Walker (EPA OSRE)
Larry Zaragoza (EPA OSRTI)
Craig Zeller (EPA Region 4)
       Technical support for this project was provided by Rebecca Tirrell, Molly Wenner, Aaron
George, William Zobel, and others at CSC Systems & Solutions LLC. Workgroup facilitation services
were provided by Kim Fletcher, SRA International, Inc., and by Jim Fary, EPA OSRTI. EPA very much
appreciates their able support.

Ernie Watkins, Chair, Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance Workgroup, 1998-2001

Leah Evison, Project Manager, Office of Superfund Remediation and Technology Innovation, 2001-2005

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites
                                   Executive Summary

        In 2004, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) released the Updated Report on the
Incidence and Severity of Sediment Contamination in Surface Waters of the United States: National
Sediment Quality Survey, which identifies areas in all regions of the country where sediment may be
contaminated at potentially harmful levels (U.S. EPA 2004a). Contaminated sediment can significantly
impair the navigational and recreational uses of rivers and harbors in the U.S. [National Research Council
(NRC) 1997 and 2001] and can be a contributing factor in many of the 3,221 fish consumption advisories
nationwide (U.S. EPA 2005a).  As of 2004, EPA had decided to take action to clean up contaminated
sediment at approximately 140 sites, including federal facilities, under the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) and additional sites under the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act [(RCRA), U.S. EPA 2004a]. The remedies for more than 60 sites are
large enough that they are being tracked at the national level. Many other sites are being cleaned up
under state authorities, other federal authorities, or as voluntary actions.

        This document provides technical and policy guidance for project managers and management
teams making remedy decisions for contaminated sediment sites. It is primarily intended for federal and
state project managers considering actions under CERCLA, although technical aspects of the guidance are
also intended to assist project managers addressing sediment contamination under RCRA. Many aspects
of this guidance also will be useful to other governmental organizations and potentially responsible
parties (PRPs) that may be conducting a sediment cleanup. Although aspects related to site
characterization and risk assessment are addressed, the guidance focuses on considerations regarding
feasibility studies and remedy selection for contaminated sediment. The guidance is lengthy, and users
may wish to consult sections most applicable to their current need.  To help in this process, a short
summary of each of the eight chapters is provided below.  Sediment cleanup is a complex issue, and as
new techniques evolve, EPA will issue new or updated guidance on specific aspects of contaminated
sediment assessment and remediation. Links to guidance and additional information about contaminated
sediments at Superfund sites are available at http://www.epa.gov/superfund/resources/sediment.

        Chapter 1, Introduction, describes the general backdrop for contaminated sediment remediation
and reiterates EPA's previously issued Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response (OSWER)
Directive 9285.6-08, Principles for Managing Contaminated Sediment Risks at Hazardous Waste Sites
(U.S. EPA 2002a). Other issues addressed in Chapter 1 include the role of the natural resource trustees,
states,  Indian tribes, and communities at sediment sites. Where there are natural resource damages
associated with sediment sites, coordination between the remedial and trusteeship roles at the federal,
state, and tribal levels is especially important. In addition to their role as natural resource trustees, certain
state cleanup agencies and certain Indian tribes or nations have an important role as co-regulators and/or
affected parties and as sources of essential information. Communities of people who live and work
adjacent to water bodies containing contaminated sediment should be given understandable information
about the safety of their activities, and be provided significant opportunities for involvement in the EPA's
decision-making process for sediment cleanup.

        Chapter 2, Remedy Investigation Considerations, introduces investigation issues unique to the
sediment environment, including those related to characterizing the site, developing conceptual site
models, understanding current and future watershed conditions, controlling sources, and developing
cleanup goals.  Especially important at sediment sites is the development of an accurate conceptual site

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites
model, which identifies contaminant sources, transport mechanisms, exposure pathways, and receptors at
various levels of the food chain.  Project managers should consider the role of a sediment site in the
watershed context, including other potential contaminant sources, key issues within the watershed, and
current and reasonably anticipated or desired future uses of the water body and adjacent land. Important
parts of site characterization and remedy selection include the identification and, where feasible, control
of significant continuing sources of contamination and an accurate understanding of their contribution to
site risk and potential for recontamination. It is also generally important that remedial action objectives,
remediation goals, and cleanup levels are based on site-specific data and are clearly defined. At most
Superfund  sites, chemical-specific remediation goals should be developed into final sediment cleanup
levels by weighing the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP)
balancing and modifying criteria.

        In addition, Chapter 2 introduces issues relating to sediment mobility and contaminant fate and
transport, and modeling at sediment sites.  In most aquatic environments, surface sediment and associated
contaminants move over time. An important part of the remedial investigation at many sediment sites is a
site-specific assessment of whether movement of contaminated sediment (surface and subsurface), or of
contaminants alone, is occurring or may occur at scales and rates that will significantly change their
contribution to risk. For example, is significant sedimentation of cleaner sediment burying contaminated
sediment, and, if so, how quickly, and is erosion likely to re-expose those contaminants in the future?
An accurate assessment of sediment mobility and contaminant fate and transport can  be one of the most
important factors in identifying areas suitable for monitored natural recovery (MNR), in-situ caps, or
near-water confined disposal facilities (CDFs). Evaluation of alternatives should include consideration of
disruption from man-made (anthropogenic) causes such as propeller scour and natural causes such as
floods and  ice scour. Generally, this evaluation should include the 100-year flood and other events with a
similar probability of occurrence. Project managers should make use of the variety of field and laboratory
measurement methods available for evaluating site characteristics. For example, the  shear stress
necessary to erode sediment or the increase in exposure of biota that might be expected from any
contaminants transported to surface water from ground water.

        Where appropriate, project managers also should make use of numerical models for predicting
future conditions at a site.  There is a wide range of models, from  simple to complex,  which can be applied
to contaminated sediment sites.  Where numerical models are used, verification, calibration, and
validation should be typically preformed to yield a scientifically defensible study. While quantitative
uncertainty analyses can be performed for watershed loading and food web models, at the current time
they cannot be generally performed for fate and transport models. However, frequently a sensitivity
analysis can be used to identify the model parameters that have most impact on model results, so that the
project team can ensure that these parameters are well constrained by site data.

        Chapter 3, Feasibility Study Considerations, supplements existing EPA guidance by offering
sediment-specific guidance about developing alternatives, applying the NCP remedy  selection criteria,
identifying applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs), evaluating effectiveness and
permanence, estimating cost, and using institutional controls.  Major alternatives include dredging and
excavation, in-situ capping, and MNR. Innovative lab and field testing of in-situ treatment in the form of
reactive caps or sediment additives are underway and may be useful  in the future. Due to the limited
number of cleanup methods available for contaminated sediment, generally project managers should
evaluate each of the three potential remedy approaches (sediment removal, capping, and MNR) at every

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites
sediment site. At large or complex sites, project managers have found that alternatives that combine a
variety of approaches are frequently cost effective. Pursuant to CERCLA section 121, all final remedial
actions at CERCLA sites must be protective of human health and the environment, and must comply with
ARARs unless a waiver is justified. Developing accurate cost estimates is an important part of evaluating
sediment alternatives. Project managers should evaluate capital costs, operation and maintenance costs
(including long-term monitoring), and net present value. When evaluating alternatives with respect to
effectiveness and permanence, it is important to remember that each of the three potential remedy
approaches may be capable of reaching acceptable levels of effectiveness and permanence, and that site-
specific characteristics should be reviewed during the alternatives evaluation to ensure that the alternative
selected will be effective in that environment.  Institutional controls are frequently evaluated as part of
sediment alternatives to prevent or reduce human exposure to contaminants. Common types of
institutional controls at sediment sites include fish consumption advisories, commercial fishing bans, and
waterway use restrictions. In some cases, land use restrictions or structure maintenance agreements have
also been important elements of an alternative.

        Chapter  4, Monitored Natural Recovery, describes the natural processes that should be
considered when evaluating MNR as a remedy, and briefly discusses enhanced natural recovery through
thin-layer placement of sand or other material. MNR is a remedy that typically uses known, ongoing,
naturally occurring processes to contain, destroy, or otherwise reduce the bioavailability or toxicity of
contaminants in sediment. An MNR remedy generally includes site-specific cleanup levels and remedial
action objectives, and monitoring to assess whether risk is being reduced as expected.  Although a "no
action" decision may also include monitoring, in this case the monitoring is intended to ensure that an
already-acceptable level of risk is maintained (e.g., that deeply buried contaminants are not re-exposed by
erosion). Although burial by clean sediment is often the dominant process relied upon for natural
recovery, multiple physical, biological, and chemical mechanisms frequently act together to reduce risk.
Evaluation of MNR should be usually based on site-specific data, including multiple lines of evidence
such as decreasing trends of contaminant levels in fish, in surface water, and in sediment. Project
managers should evaluate the long-term stability of the sediment bed and the mobility of contaminants
within it.  Contingency measures should be included as part of a MNR remedy when there is significant
uncertainty that the remedial action objectives will be achieved within the predicted time frame.
Generally, MNR should be used either in conjunction with source control or active sediment remediation.

        In addition, Chapter 4 discusses the potential advantages  and limitations of MNR.  In most cases,
the two key  advantages of MNR are its relatively low implementation cost and its non-invasive nature.
While costs  associated with site characterization and modeling can be extensive, the costs associated with
implementing MNR are primarily associated with monitoring. Because no construction or infrastructure
is needed, it is generally much less disruptive to human communities and the ecosystem than active
remedies. Two key limitations of MNR may be that it generally leaves contaminants in place without
engineered containment and that it can be slow in reducing risks in comparison to active remedies. As
with any risk reduction approach that takes a period of time to reach remediation goals, remedies that
include MNR frequently rely upon institutional controls, such as fish consumption advisories, to control
human exposure during the recovery period. At most sites, some people will disregard advisories despite
best efforts to communicate risk, and advisories have no ability to reduce ecological exposures.

        Chapter  5, In-Situ Capping, summarizes the major capping technologies and describes the site
conditions that are important to understand in evaluating the feasibility and effectiveness of in-situ

                                                                                              iii

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites
capping. In-situ capping refers to the placement of a subaqueous covering or cap of clean material over
contaminated sediment that remains in place. Caps are generally constructed of clean sediment, sand, or
gravel, but can also include geotextiles, liners, or the addition of material, such as organic carbon, to
attenuate the flux of contaminants into the overlying water.  Depending on the contaminants and sediment
conditions present, a cap is generally designed to reduce risk through the following primary functions: 1)
physical isolation of the contaminated sediment sufficient to reduce exposure due to direct contact and to
reduce the ability of burrowing organisms to move contaminants to the cap surface; 2) stabilization of
contaminated sediment and erosion protection of sediment and cap sufficient to reduce resuspension and
transport of contaminants into the water column; and 3) chemical isolation of contaminated sediment
sufficient to reduce exposure from dissolved contaminants that may be transported  into the water column.

        In addition, Chapter 5 discusses the potential advantages and limitations of in-situ capping.  One
advantage of in-situ capping is that it can quickly reduce exposure to contaminants. Also, compared to
sediment removal it normally requires both less infrastructure in terms of material handling, dewatering,
and disposal and is typically less disruptive to people in local communities.  Compared to MNR, the
potential for erosion and transport of contaminants is typically much lower.  However, contaminated
sediment is still left in place in the aquatic environment where contaminants  could be exposed or
dispersed if the cap is significantly disturbed or if contaminants move through the cap in significant
amounts.  Another potential limitation to in-situ capping may be that in some situations a preferred habitat
may not be provided by the surficial cap materials which may be needed for  erosion control.

        Chapter 6, Dredging and Excavation, describes dredging technologies (conducted under water)
and excavation technologies (typically conducted after water is diverted or drained). The chapter
describes some of the key components involved in a sediment dredging or excavation remedy and
describes site conditions that may be important when evaluating the feasibility and  effectiveness of these
remedies.  A dredging or excavation alternative should include an evaluation of all  phases of the project,
including removal, staging, dewatering, water treatment, sediment transport,  and sediment treatment,
reuse, or disposal.  Transport and disposal options for contaminated sediment are sometimes complex and
controversial and should be investigated and discussed with stakeholders early in the project. In some
cases, specialized methods of operation or equipment may be needed to minimize resuspension of
sediment and transport of contaminants. Project managers should make realistic, site-specific predictions
of residual contamination (i.e., contamination that remains within or adjacent to the dredged area after
dredging) based on pilot studies or data from comparable sites. Where residuals are a concern, thin layer
placement/backfilling, MNR, or capping may also be needed.

        In addition, Chapter 6 discusses potential advantages and limitations of contaminated sediment
removal by dredging and excavation.  One of the principal advantages of dredging and excavation is often
that, if they achieve cleanup levels for the  site, they may result in the least uncertainty regarding  future
environmental exposure to contaminants because the contaminants are removed from the aquatic
ecosystem and disposed in a controlled environment. Another potential advantage  of removing
contaminated sediment rather than managing it in place is that it may leave more flexibility regarding
future use of the water body. Although dredging remedies at sites with bioaccumulative  contaminants
usually include fish consumption advisories for a period of time after sediment removal, other types of
institutional controls that might be needed to protect a cap or a layer of natural sedimentation are usually
not necessary. The principal limitations of sediment removal are that it is usually more complex and
costly than in-situ management, and that the level of uncertainty associated with estimating residual

iv

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites
contamination can be high at some sites. The need for transport, storage, treatment (where applicable),
and disposal facilities may lead to increased impacts on communities. In some parts of the country,
disposal capacity may be limited in existing municipal or hazardous waste landfills and it may be difficult
to site new local disposal facilities. Another limitation may include the potential for contaminant losses
during dredging through resuspension, and to a generally lesser extent, through other processes such as
volatilization during excavation, transport, treatment, or disposal. Finally, similar to in-situ capping,
dredging or excavation typically includes at least a temporary destruction of the aquatic community and
habitat within the remediation area.

        Chapter 7, Remedy Selection Considerations, discusses risk management decision making, the
NCP's remedy selection framework, including considering sediment remedies and comparing net risk
reduction, considering alternatives that include institutional controls, and considering a "no-action"
decision. Where a remedy is necessary, the best route to overall risk reduction depends on a large number
of site-specific considerations,  some of which may be subject to significant uncertainty.  Any decision
regarding the specific choice of a remedy for contaminated sediment should be based on a careful
consideration of the advantages and limitations of each available approach and a balancing of trade-offs
among alternatives. This chapter includes two summary tables to help with this comparison process: one
describes site characteristics and conditions especially conducive to each of the three potential remedy
approaches for sediment (MNR, capping, and dredging), and the other lists examples of key differences
between the three potential remedy approaches with respect to the NCP's nine remedy selection criteria.
Documenting and communicating how and why  remedy decisions were made are especially important at
complex sites. The concept of comparing "net" risk reduction may assist in the remedy selection process
by providing a framework for considering elements of alternatives which may reduce risk and elements
which may allow risk to continue or temporarily increase. When considering remedies that include
institutional controls, project managers should consider what entities possess the legal authority,
capability and willingness to implement the control.

        EPA's policy has been and continues to be that there is no presumptive remedy for any
contaminated sediment site, regardless of the contaminant or level of risk. At many sites, but especially at
large sites, a combination of sediment cleanup methods may be the most effective way to manage the risk.
The remedy selection process for sediment sites should include a clear analysis of the uncertainties
involved, including uncertainties concerning the  predicted effectiveness of various alternatives and the
time frames for achieving cleanup levels and, if possible, remedial action objectives.  The uncertainty of
factors very important to the remedy decision should be quantified, so far as this is possible. Where it is
not possible to quantify uncertainty, sensitivity analysis may be helpful to determine which apparent
differences between alternatives are most likely to be significant.

        Chapter 8, Remedial Action  and Long-Term Monitoring, provides a recommended approach
to developing an effective monitoring plan at contaminated sediment sites.  The chapter presents sample
measures of sediment remedy effectiveness, in terms of remedy performance and risk reduction. A fully
successful sediment remedy typically is one where the selected sediment chemical or biological cleanup
levels have been met and maintained over time, and where all relevant risks have been reduced to
acceptable levels based on the anticipated future  uses of the water body and the goals and objectives
stated in decision documents.  The chapter also presents the key steps in designing and conducting a
monitoring program at a sediment site, introduces some of the monitoring techniques available for
physical, chemical, and biological measurements, and summarizes some of the factors to consider when

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites
monitoring remedies including MNR, in-situ capping, or dredging/excavation. A monitoring plan
typically can be important for all types of sediment remedies, before, during and after remedial action.
The development of monitoring plans should follow a systematic planning process that identifies
monitoring objectives, decision criteria, endpoints, and data collection and interpretation methods.
Project managers should ensure that adequate baseline data are available for comparison to monitoring
data after a remedial action and that adequate background data are available, including any continuing
off-site contaminant contributions.  Monitoring before, during, and after sediment remediation generally
will help not only to answer site-specific questions but to contribute to a better understanding of remedy
performance at the national level.
VI

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

Executive Summary                                                                    i
Appendices                                                                         xi
Highlights                                                                          xi

1.0  INTRODUCTION                                                             1-1
1.1  PURPOSE                                                                      -1
1.2  CONTAMINATED SEDIMENT                                                    -2
1.3  RISK MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES AND REMEDIAL APPROACHES                   -5
       1.3.1  Remedial Approaches                                                     -6
       1.3.2  Urban Revitalization and Reuse                                             -7
1.4  DECISION-MAKING PROCESS                                                   -7
       1.4.1  Decision Process Framework                                               -7
       1.4.2  Technical Team Approach                                                 -9
       1.4.3  Technical Support                                                      1-10
1.5  STATE, TRIBAL, AND TRUSTEE INVOLVEMENT                                 1-10
1.6  COMMUNITY AND OTHER STAKEHOLDER INVOLVEMENT                      1-11

2.0  REMEDIAL INVESTIGATION CONSIDERATIONS                               2-1
2.1  SITE CHARACTERIZATION                                                     2-1
       2.1.1  Data Quality Obj ectives                                                  2-2
       2.1.2  Types of Data                                                          2-3
       2.1.3  Background Data                                                       2-6
2.2  CONCEPTUAL SITE MODELS                                                   2-7
2.3  RISK ASSESSMENT                                                           2-8
       2.3.1  Screening Risk Assessment                                               2-9
       2.3.2  Baseline Risk Assessment                                                2.13
       2.3.3  Risks from Remedial Alternatives                                         2-14
2.4  CLEANUP GOALS                                                            2-15
       2.4.1  Remedial Action Objectives and Remediation Goals                           2-15
       2.4.2  Cleanup Levels                                                        2.16
2.5  WATERSHED CONSIDERATIONS                                              2-18
       2.5.1  Role of the Contaminated Water Body                                      2-18
       2.5.2  Water Body and Land Uses                                              2-19
2.6  SOURCE CONTROL                                                          2-20
2.7  PHASED APPROACHES, ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT, AND EARLY ACTIONS        2-21
2.8  SEDIMENT AND CONTAMINANT FATE AND TRANSPORT                        2-23
       2.8.1  Data Collection                                                        2-25
       2.8.2  Routine and Extreme Events                                              2-27
       2.8.3  Bioturbation                                                          2-30
       2.8.4  Predicting the Consequences of Sediment and Contaminant Movement            2-31
2.9  MODELING                                                                  2-32
       2.9.1  Sediment/Contaminant Transport and Fate Model Characteristics                 2-34
       2.9.2  Determining Whether A Mathematical Model is Appropriate                    2-36
       2.9.3  Determining the Appropriate Level of Model                                 2-36

                                                                                  vii

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites

3.0
3.1


3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5


3.6
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3

4.4
4.5
4.6
5.0
5.1
5.2
5.3


5.4
5.5



2.9.4 Model Verification, Calibration, and Validation
2.9.5 Sensitivity and Uncertainty of Models
2.9.6 Peer Review
FEASIBILITY STUDY CONSIDERATIONS
DEVELOPING REMEDIAL ALTERNATIVES FOR SEDIMENT
3.1.1 Alternatives that Combine Approaches
3.1.2 No-Action Alternative
3.1.3 In-Situ Treatment and Other Innovative Alternatives
NCP REMEDY SELECTION CRITERIA
APPLICABLE OR RELEVANT AND APPROPRIATE REQUIREMENTS
EFFECTIVENESS AND PERMANENCE OF SEDIMENT ALTERNATIVES
COST
3.5.1 Capital Costs
3.5.2 Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Costs
3.5.3 Net Pre sent Value
3.5.4 State Cost Share
INSTITUTIONAL CONTROLS
MONITORED NATURAL RECOVERY
INTRODUCTION
POTENTIAL ADVANTAGES AND LIMITATIONS
NATURAL RECOVERY PROCESSES
4.3.1 Physical Processes
4.3.2 Biological and Chemical Processes
EVALUATION OF NATURAL RECOVERY
ENHANCED NATURAL RECOVERY
ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
IN-SITU CAPPING
INTRODUCTION
POTENTIAL ADVANTAGES AND LIMITATIONS
EVALUATING SITE CONDITIONS
5.3.1 Physical Environment
5.3.2 Sediment Characteristics
5.3.3 Waterway Uses and Infrastructure
5.3.4 Habitat Alterations
FUNCTIONAL COMPONENTS OF A CAP
5 .4. 1 Physical Isolation Component
5.4.2 Stabilization/Erosion Protection Component
5.4.3 Chemical Isolation Component
OTHER CAPPING CONSIDERATIONS
5.5.1 Identification of Capping Materials
5.5.2 Geotechnical Considerations
5.5.3 Placement Methods
5.5.4 Performance Monitoring
2-39
2-40
2-41
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-3
3-5
3-7
3-13
3-17
3-18
3-20
3-21
3-22
3-22
4-1
4-1
4-3
4-4
4-6
4-7
4-9
4-11
4-11
5-1
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-9
5-11
5-11
5-13
5-13
5-14
Vlll

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites
6.0
6.1
6.2
6.3



6.4
6.5








6.6
6.7



6.8




7.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
8.0
8.1
8.2
8.3



8.4

DREDGING AND EXCAVATION
INTRODUCTION
POTENTIAL ADVANTAGES AND LIMITATIONS
SITE CONDITIONS
6.3.1 Physical Environment
6.3.2 Waterway Uses and Infrastructures
6.3.3 Habitat Alteration
EXCAVATION TECHNOLOGIES
DREDGING TECHNOLOGIES
6.5.1 Mechanical Dredging
6.5.2 Hydraulic Dredging
6.5.3 Dredge Equipment Selection
6.5.4 Dredge Positioning
6.5.5 Predicting and Minimizing Sediment Resuspension and Contaminant Release and
Transport During Dredging
6.5.6 Containment Barriers
6.5.7 Predicting and Minimizing Dredging Residuals
TRANSPORT, STAGING, AND DEWATERING
SEDIMENT TREATMENT
6.7.1 Pretreatment
6.7.2 Treatment
6.7.3 Beneficial Use
SEDIMENT DISPOSAL
6.8.1 Sanitary/Hazardous Waste Landfills
6.8.2 Confined Disposal Facilities (CDFs)
6.8.3 Contained Aquatic Disposal (CAD)
6.8.4 Losses from Disposal Facilities
REMEDY SELECTION CONSIDERATIONS
RISK MANAGEMENT DECISION MAKING
NCP REMEDY SELECTION FRAMEWORK
CONSIDERING REMEDIES
COMPARING NET RISK REDUCTION
CONSIDERING INSTITUTIONAL CONTROLS (ICs)
CONSIDERING NO-ACTION
CONCLUSIONS
REMEDIAL ACTION AND LONG-TERM MONITORING
INTRODUCTION
SIX RECOMMENDED STEPS FOR SITE MONITORING
POTENTIAL MONITORING TECHNIQUES
8.3.1 Physical Measurements
8.3.2 Chemical Measurements
8.3.3 Biological Measurements
REMEDY-SPECIFIC MONITORING APPROACHES
8.4.1 Monitoring Natural Recovery
6-1
6-1
6-3
6-5
6-5
6-6
6-6
6-7
6-9
6-10
6-10
6-12
6-20

6-21
6-23
6-25
6-27
6-29
6-29
6-30
6-33
6-34
6-34
6-35
6-35
6-36
7-1
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-13
7-14
7-16
7-16
8-1
8-2
8-4
8-9
8-10
8-11
8-11
8-12
8-12
                                                                                                IX

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites
        8.4.2  Monitoring In-Situ Capping                                                   8-14
        8.4.3  Monitoring Dredging or Excavation                                            8-16

REFERENCES
x

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites
                                      APPENDICES

A  Principles for Managing Contaminated Sediment Risks at Hazardous Waste Sites          A-l


                                      HIGHLIGHTS

1.0  INTRODUCTION
Highlight 1-1: Potential Sources of Contaminants in Sediment                                    1-2
Highlight 1-2: Major Contaminants at Superfund Sediment Sites                                  1-4
Highlight 1-3: Why Sediment Sites Are a Unique Challenge                                      1-4
Highlight 1-4: Risk Management Principles Recommended for Contaminated Sediment Sites         1-5
Highlight 1-5: Remedial Approaches for Contaminated Sediment                                 1-6
Highlight 1-6: General Overview of the Superfund Remedial Response Process                     1-8
Highlight 1-7: National Research Council - Recommended Framework for Risk Management         1-9
Highlight 1-8: Common Community  Concerns about Contaminated Sediment                      1-12
Highlight 1-9: Common Community  Concerns about Sediment Cleanup                          1-12
Highlight 1-10: Community Involvement Guidance and Advice                                 1-13

2.0  REMEDIAL INVESTIGATION CONSIDERATIONS
Highlight 2-1: Example Site Characterization Data for Sediment Sites                             2-5
Highlight 2-2: Typical Elements of a Conceptual Site Model for Sediment                         2-8
Highlight 2-3: Sample Pictorial-Style Conceptual Site Model Focusing on Human and Ecological
              Threats                                                                  2-10
Highlight 2-4: Sample Conceptual Site Model Focusing on Ecological Threats                    2-11
Highlight 2-5: Sample Conceptual Site Model Focusing on Human Health Threats                 2-12
Highlight 2-6: Sample Remedial Action Objectives for Contaminated Sediment Sites              2-16
Highlight 2-7: Potential Examples of Early Actions at Contaminated Sediment Sites               2-23
Highlight 2-8: Potential Causes of Sediment and/or Contaminant Movement                      2-24
Highlight 2-9: Principal Types of Armoring                                                 2-26
Highlight 2-10: Key Empirical Methods to Evaluate Sediment and Contaminant Movement         2-28
Highlight 2-11: Sample Depths of Bioturbation Activity                                       2-31
Highlight 2-12: Key Characteristics of the Major Types of Sediment/Contaminant Transport and
              Fate Models                                                              2-34
Highlight 2-13: Sample Conceptual Site Model Focusing on  Sediment-Water Interaction           2-35
Highlight 2-14: Sample Contaminant Exposure Modeling Framework                           2-38
Highlight 2-15: Important Principles to Consider in Developing and Using Model at Sediment Sites  2-42

3.0  FEASIBILITY STUDY CONSIDERATIONS
Highlight 3-1: SITE Program In-situ Treatment Technology Demonstrations                        3-4
Highlight 3-2: Examples of Potential ARARs for Sediment Sites                                  3-9
Highlight 3-3: Examples of Categories of Capital Costs for Sediment Remediation                 3-18
Highlight 3-4: Some Key Points to Remember about Feasibility Studies for Sediment              3-25
                                                                                         XI

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites
4.0  MONITORED NATURAL RECOVERY
Highlight 4-1: General Hierarchy of Natural Recovery Processes for Sediment Sites                 4-2
Highlight 4-2: Some Site Conditions Especially Conducive to Monitored Natural Recovery          4-3
Highlight 4-3: Sample Conceptual Model of Natural Processes Potentially Related to MNR          4-5
Highlight 4-4: Potential Lines of Evidence of Monitored Natural Recovery                        4-9
Highlight 4-5: Some Key Points to Remember When Considering Monitored Natural Recovery      4-13

5.0  IN SITU CAPPING
Highlight 5-1: Some Site Conditions Especially Conducive to In-Situ Capping                     5-2
Highlight 5-2: Sample Cap Designs                                                         5-12
Highlight 5-3: Sample Capping Equipment and Placement Techniques                            5-15
Highlight 5-4: Some Key Points to Remember When Considering In-Situ Capping                 5-16

6.0  DREDGING AND EXCAVATION
Highlight 6-1: Sample Flow Diagram for Dredging/Excavation                                   6-1
Highlight 6-2: Some Site Conditions Especially Conducive to Dredging or Excavation               6-2
Highlight 6-3: Example of Excavation Following Isolation Using Sheet Piling                      6-8
Highlight 6-4: Examples of Permanent or Temporary Rerouting of a Water Body                   6-9
Highlight 6-5: Examples of Mechanical Dredges                                              6-11
Highlight 6-6: Examples of Hydraulic Dredges                                               6-13
Highlight 6-7a: Sample Environmental Dredging Operational Characteristics and Selection Factors   6-14
Highlight 6-7b: Footnotes for Sample Environmental Dredging Operational Characteristics and
              Selection Factors                                                           6-17
Highlight 6-8: Sample of Dredging Dewatering Process                                        6-28
Highlight 6-9: NY/NJ Harbor - An Example of Treatment Technologies and Beneficial Use         6-32
Highlight 6-10: Cross Section of a Typical Confined Disposal Facility Dike with a Filter Layer      6-35
Highlight 6-11: Some Key Points to Remember When Considering Dredging and Excavation        6-37

7.0  REMEDY SELECTION  CONSIDERATIONS
Highlight 7-1: NCP Remedy Expectations and Their Potential Application to Contaminated Sediment 7-4
Highlight 7-2: Some Site Characteristics and Conditions Especially Conducive to Particular Remedial
              Approaches for  Contaminated Sediment                                        7-5
Highlight 7-3: Examples of Some Key Differences Between Remedial Approaches for Contaminated
              Sediment                                                                   7-7
Highlight 7-4: Sample Elements for Comparative Evaluation of Net Risk Reduction                7-14

8.0  REMEDIAL ACTION AND LONG-TERM MONITORING
Highlight 8-1: Sample Measures of Sediment Remedy Effectiveness                              8-1
Highlight 8-2: Key Questions For Environmental Monitoring                                    8-3
Highlight 8-3: Recommended Six-Step Process for Developing and Implementing a Monitoring Plan  8-5
Highlight 8-4: Sample Cap Monitoring Phases and Elements                                   8-15
Highlight 8-5: Some Key Points to Remember About Monitoring Sediment Sites                  8-18
xn

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
                                 1.0    INTRODUCTION

1.1   PURPOSE

       This document provides technical and policy guidance for project managers and management
teams making risk management decisions for contaminated sediment sites. It is primarily intended for
federal and state project managers considering remedial response actions or non-time-critical removal
actions under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA),
more commonly known as "Superfund." Technical aspects of the guidance are also intended to assist
project managers addressing sediment contamination under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA). Many aspects of this guidance may also be useful to other governmental organizations and
potentially responsible parties (PRPs) that are conducting a sediment cleanup under CERCLA, RCRA, or
other environmental statutes, such as the Clean Water Act (CWA) or the Water Resource Development
Act (WRDA).  This guidance may also be useful to members of the community and their technical
representatives.

       This guidance also provides information to the public and to the regulated community on how
EPA intends to exercise its discretion in implementing its regulations at contaminated sediment sites. It is
important to understand, however, that this document does not substitute for statutes EPA administers nor
their implementing regulations, nor is it a regulation itself.  Thus, this document does not impose legally
binding requirements  on EPA,  states,  or the regulated community, and may not apply to a particular
situation based upon the specific circumstances.  Rather, the document suggests approaches that may be
used at particular sites as appropriate, given site-specific circumstances. EPA made many changes to this
document based on public comment and external peer review of draft documents. Even though the
document is now final, however, EPA welcomes public comments on the document at any time and will
consider those comments in any future revisions to the document which EPA may make without public
notice.

       Guidance presented in this document can be applied to contaminated sediment in a wide variety
of aquatic environments, including rivers, streams, wetlands, ponds, lakes, reservoirs, harbors, estuaries,
bays, intertidal zones, and coastal ocean areas. Sediment in wastewater lagoons, detention/sedimentation
ponds, on-site storage/containment facilities, or roadside ditches is not addressed. This guidance
addresses both in-situ and ex-situ remedies for sediment, including monitored natural recovery (MNR),
in-situ capping, and dredging and excavation. However, because the science and practice of sediment
remediation are rapidly evolving, project managers are encouraged to test innovative approaches (e.g.,
including in-situ treatment options) that are beyond those discussed here, which may also effectively
reduce risk from contaminated sediment.

       Consideration of materials deposited in floodplains, whether called soil or sediment, is an
important factor in reducing  risk in aquatic environments. Much of the general approach recommended in
this guidance can be applied to contaminated floodplains, although the technical considerations are
written with aquatic sediment in mind. Control of upland soils and other upland source materials is also
critical to reducing risk in aquatic environments, but in general, existing guidance should be used for
these materials [e.g., the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) Soil Screening Guidance:
Users Guide (U.S. EPA 1996a)].  However, where floodplain soils may be a source of contamination to
surface water or sediment, the fate and transport of contaminants in the soil should be evaluated.


                                                                                           1-1

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
       The emphasis of this guidance is on evaluating alternatives (e.g., the feasibility study stage of the
Superfund process) and remedy selection, although the guidance presents some of the key remedial
investigation issues at sediment sites. Following this introductory chapter, the guidance provides
sediment-specific issues to consider during remedial investigations (see Chapter 2) and feasibility studies
(see Chapter 3), followed by chapters concerning the three potential remedy approaches for sediment
management (see Chapter 4, Monitored Natural Recovery; Chapter 5, In-Situ Capping; and Chapter 6,
Dredging and Excavation).  This guidance then presents information on selecting sediment remedies (see
Chapter 7); and on monitoring sediment sites (see Chapter 8).

1.2   CONTAMINATED SEDIMENT

       For the purposes of this guidance, contaminated sediment is soil, sand, organic matter, or other
minerals that accumulate on the bottom of a water body and contain toxic or hazardous materials at levels
that may adversely affect human health or the environment (U.S.  EPA 1998a). Contaminants adsorbed to
soil or in other forms may wash from land, be deposited from air, erode from  aquatic banks or beds, or
form from the underwater breakdown or buildup of minerals (U.S. EPA 1998a). Contaminated sediment
may be present in wetlands, streams, rivers, lakes, reservoirs, harbors, along ocean margins, or in other
water bodies. In this guidance, "water body" generally includes all of these environments.  Some
contaminants have both anthropogenic (or man-made) sources and natural sources (e.g., many metals and
some  organic compounds).  This guidance addresses management of contaminants present above
naturally occurring levels that may cause an unacceptable risk to humans or to ecological receptors.

       Examples of primary and secondary sources of contaminants in sediment are included in
Highlight 1-1.
                  Highlight 1-1: Potential Sources of Contaminants in Sediment
         Direct pipeline or outfall discharges into a water body from industrial facilities, waste water treatment
         plants, storm water discharges, or combined sewer overflows

         Chemical spills into a water body

         Surface runoff or erosion of soil from floodplains and other contaminated sources on land, such as waste
         dumps, chemical storage facilities, mines and mine waste piles, and agricultural or urban areas

         Air emissions from power plants, incinerators, pesticide applications, or other sources that may be
         transferred to a water body through precipitation or direct deposition

         Upwelling or seepage of contaminated ground water or non-aqueous phase liquids (NAPL) into a water
         body

         Direct disposal from docked and dry-docked ships, or release of contaminants from in-water structures
         and over-water structures or ship maintenance facilities
       Organic contaminants in sediment typically adsorb to fine sediment particles and exist in the pore
water between sediment particles.  Metals also adsorb to sediment and may bind to sulfides in the
sediment. The relative proportion of contaminants between sediment and pore water depends on the type
of contaminant and the physical and chemical properties of the sediment and water. Pore water in
sediment generally is interconnected with both surface water and ground water, although the degree of

1-2

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
interconnection may change from place-to-place and with flow changes in ground water and surface
water.

       Many contaminants persist for years or decades because the contaminant does not degrade or
degrades very slowly in the aquatic environment. Contaminants sorbed to sediment normally develop an
equilibrium with the dissolved fraction in the pore water and in the overlying surface water to be taken up
by fish and other aquatic organisms.  Some bottom-dwelling organisms ingest contaminated sediment,
and in shallow water environments, humans may also come into direct contact with contaminated
sediment. Some contaminants, such as most metals, are hazardous primarily because of direct toxicity.
Although some metals do accumulate in biota (i.e., bioaccumulate), generally they do not significantly
increase in concentration as they are passed up the food chain (i.e., biomagnify). Others, called persistent
bioaccumulative toxics (PBTs) [e.g.,  polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), pesticides, and methyl mercury]
are of concern primarily because they may both bioaccumulate and biomagnify.  Concentrations of PBTs
in fish may endanger humans and wildlife that eat fish.  Women of childbearing age, young children,
people who derive much of their diet from fish and shellfish, and people with impaired immune systems
may be especially at risk.

       In 2004, the EPA released The Updated Report on the Incidence and Severity of Sediment
Contamination in Surface Waters of the  United States (U.S. EPA 2004a).  This report identifies locations
in all regions of the country where sediment contamination could be associated with probable or possible
adverse effects to aquatic life and/or human health.  In 2004, state and local authorities issued 3,221
advisories limiting fish consumption, which cover 35 percent of the nation's total lake acreage  (excluding
the Great Lakes), 24 percent of the nation's total river miles, and 100 percent of the Great Lakes and
connecting waters, in part due to sediment contamination (U.S. EPA 2005a). In addition, contaminated
sediment can significantly impair the navigational and recreational uses of rivers and harbors in the U.S.
Navigational dredging is not currently being performed in many harbors and waterways because of the
concern for impacts of dredging on water quality, liability to those performing the dredging, and disposal
options for the contaminated dredged material [National Research Council (NRC 1997 and 2001)].

       As of 2004, the Superfund program had decided to take an action to address sediment at
approximately 140 sites, including federal facilities.  The remedies for more than 60 sites, called "Tier  1"
sites, are large enough that they are being tracked at the national level [for more information view the
Office of Superfund Remediation and Technology Innovation's (OSRTI's) Contaminated Sediments in
Superfund Web site at http://www.epa.gov/superfund/resources/sediment/sites.htm1.  These sites include a
wide variety of contaminants, as presented in Highlight 1-2.

       Many aspects of the cleanup  process may be more complex at sediment sites versus sites with soil
or ground water contamination alone. Some potentially complicating factors for addressing contaminated
sediment sites are listed in Highlight  1-3. Based on these factors and other reasons as presented in this
guidance, a team of experts is frequently needed to advise the project manager (see Section 1.4.2
Technical Team Approach).
                                                                                             1-3

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
                  Highlight 1-2: Major Contaminants at Superfund Sediment Sites
                           (Sites with Remedies Selected through 2004)
     (0
     
-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.3   RISK MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES AND REMEDIAL APPROACHES

        Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response (OSWER) Directive 9285.6-08, Principles for
Managing Contaminated Sediment Risks at Hazardous Waste Sites (U.S. EPA 2002a; attached as
Appendix A to this document), presents eleven risk management principles that help project managers
make scientifically sound and nationally consistent risk management decisions at contaminated sediment
sites. Project managers should carefully consider these principles when planning and conducting site
investigations, involving the affected parties, and selecting and implementing a response.

        The eleven risk management principles should be applied within the framework of the EPA's
existing statutory and regulatory requirements, such as the National Oil and Hazardous Substances
Pollution Contingency Plan's  (NCP's) nine remedy selection criteria (Title 40 Code of Federal
Regulations (40 CFR) §300.430(c)). The eleven principles are listed in Highlight 1-4 and are
incorporated throughout this guidance. The project manager should refer to OSWER Directive
9285.6-11, OSRTISediment Team and the NRRB [National Remedy Review Board] Coordination at
Large Sediment Sites (U.S. EPA 2004b) to help ensure that the eleven principles are appropriately
considered before making site-specific risk management decisions. Copies of both  directives can be
found on EPA's  Superfund Web site at http://www.epa.gov/superfund/resources/sediment/
documents.htm.
    Highlight 1-4: Risk Management Principles Recommended for Contaminated Sediment Sites
  1.      Control sources early

  2.      Involve the community early and often

  3.      Coordinate with states, local governments, Indian tribes, and natural resource trustees

  4.      Develop and refine a conceptual site model that considers sediment stability

  5.      Use an iterative approach in a risk-based framework

  6.      Carefully evaluate the assumptions and uncertainties associated with site characterization data and site
         models

  7.      Select site-specific, project-specific, and sediment-specific risk management approaches that will achieve
         risk-based goals

  8.      Ensure that sediment cleanup levels are clearly tied to risk management goals

  9.      Maximize the effectiveness of institutional controls and recognize their limitations

  10.     Design remedies to minimize short-term risks while achieving long-term protection

  11.     Monitor during and after sediment remediation to assess and document remedy effectiveness
  Source: U.S. EPA2002a; see Appendix A
                                                                                             1-5

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.3.1   Remedial Approaches

        Highlight 1-5 lists the major remedial approaches or alternatives available for managing risks
from contaminated sediment. Frequently, a final sediment remedy combines more than one type of
approach.
                  Highlight 1-5: Remedial Approaches for Contaminated Sediment

                 In-situ Approaches                                 Ex-situ Approaches
 In-situ Capping:

         Single-layer granular caps

         Multi-layer granular caps

         Combination granular/geotextile caps


 Monitored Natural Recovery:

         Physical isolation or other processes

         Chemical transformation/sequestration

         Biological transformation/sequestration


 Hybrid Approaches:

         Thin layer placement of sand or other material
         to enhance recovery via natural deposition


 Institutional Controls:

         Fish consumption advisories

         Commercial fishing bans

         Waterway or land use restrictions (e.g.,  no
         anchor or no wake zones, limitations on
         navigational dredging)

         Dam or other structure maintenance
         agreements


 In-situ Treatment:

         Reactive caps

         Additives/enhanced biodegradation
Dredging:
        Hydraulic, mechanical, or combination/hybrid
        dredging and transport to shore

        Treatment of dredged sediment and/or
        removed water

        Disposal of dredged sediment or treatment
        residuals in upland landfill, confined disposal
        facility, or other placement

        Backfill of dredged area,  as needed or
        appropriate
Excavation:

        Water diversion or dewatering

        Excavation of sediment and transport to
        staging or processing

        Treatment of excavated sediment

        Disposal of excavated sediment or treatment
        residuals in upland landfill, confined disposal
        facility, or other placement

        Backfill of excavated area, as needed or
        appropriate
1-6

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.3.2   Urban Revitalization and Reuse

       Revitalizing urban areas and returning land and water bodies to productive uses have become
increasingly important to the EPA's hazardous waste programs in recent years. Sediment sites may
present opportunities to incorporate these concepts into remedy selection, remedial design, and into other
phases of the risk management process.  At sediment sites in urban areas, project managers should
consider the goals of local governments and other entities to revitalize the use of waterfront property,
harbors, and water bodies. This may involve reviewing local land use plans and identifying potential
partners such as land owners, elected officials, and local land and water planning and development
agencies. It may lead to opportunities to consider remedies that take into account the views of local
stakeholders, land owners, and land use planners. For example, it may be possible to locate disposal
structures or rail lines in areas that maximize future reuse. Beneficial reuse of dredged material may also
present an opportunity for urban revitalization. Project managers are encouraged to make use of a
collaborative Web site on beneficial reuse co-sponsored by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers' (USAGE)
Engineer Research and Development Center and EPA's Office of Wetlands, Oceans, & Watersheds,
available at http://el.erdc .usace .army .mil/dots/budm/budm .html.

1.4   DECISION-MAKING PROCESS

       Decision making at sediment sites can follow somewhat different processes depending on the
legal authority under which the sediment cleanup is conducted, the entity conducting the cleanup, and the
scope of the problem. While meeting all legal and regulatory requirements, it is the intent of the Agency
to allow project managers the flexibility needed to make the most appropriate recommendation for their
site.

1.4.1   Decision Process Framework

       Remedial actions taken under CERCLA generally follow the Superfund remedial response
process shown in Highlight 1-6, taken from A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of
Decision, and Other Remedy Selection Decision Documents (U.S. EPA 1999a, also referred to as the
"ROD Guidance"). Project managers should refer to the ROD Guidance for descriptions of each stage of
the remedial process.  Corrective actions under RCRA generally follow the RCRA remedial process laid
out in the May 1, 1996 Advanced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking [(ANPR), 61 Federal Register (FR)
19447].

       In the report, A Risk-Management Strategy for PCB-Contaminated Sediments (NRC 2001), the
NRC recommended the use of the iterative decision-making approach,  adapted from the 1997
Presidential/Congressional Commission on  Risk Assessment and Risk Management (PCCRARM) risk
management framework (Highlight 1-7). EPA project managers should consider using this approach
within the context of EPA's existing remedial process.  The NRC approach emphasizes the unique
importance  of community involvement throughout the decision-making process and the usefulness of
iteration and adaptation if new information becomes available that changes the nature or understanding of
the problem.
                                                                                           1-7

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
          Highlight 1-6: General Overview of the Superfund Remedial Response Process
              Process
                                                         Activities
Pre-Remedial Process
-Preliminary Assessment
-Site Investigation Inspection
-Hazard Ranking System Evaluation
-National Priorities List Listing
i
r


Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study (RI/FS)
-Scoping the RI/FS
-Site Characterization
Assessment
Studies
i
-Development
and Screening
of Alternatives
-Detailed
Analysis of
Alternatives



Remedy Selection Process
Identification of Preferred Alternative
i
r


Proposed Plan
i
r
Public Comment
i
r
Remedy Selection
i
r
Record of Decision (ROD)
i
r
Remedy Implementation
-Remedial Design
-Remedial Action
i
r


Long-Term Remedy Maintenance
-Operation and Maintenance
-5- Year Reviews












Preliminary identification of site hazards and evaluation of
the need for action under Superfund remedial program

Gather information sufficient to support an informed risk
management decision regarding which remedy appears to
be the most appropriate for a given site

Make initial identification of Preferred Alternative based
upon preliminary balancing of tradeoffs among alternatives
using the nine NCP criteria

Present Preferred Alternative


Proposed Plan, RI/FS, and other contents of the
Administrative Record file

Make final determination on remedy

Certify that the remedy complies with CERCLA, outline the
technical goals of the remedy, provide background
information on the site, summarize the analysis of
alternatives, and explain the rationale for the remedy
selected

Design and construct remedy using information contained
in the ROD and other relevant documents. Write
Explanation of Significant Differences (ESDs) or ROD
Amendments (if appropriate)

Operate and maintain the remedy and ensure
protectiveness through 5-year reviews if contamination
remains
                                                                                       o
                                                                                       o
                                                                                       (D
                                                                                       (D
                                                                                       i;
                                                                                       m
                                                                                       3-
                                                                                       (D
                                                                                       (D
                                                                                       o
                                                                                       (D
                                                                                       B)
 Adapted from: U.S. EPA 1999a
1-8

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
    Highlight 1-7: National Research Council - Recommended Framework for Risk Management
                                      Community
                                      Involvement
 Source: NRC 2001
7.4.2   Technical Team Approach

       At many sediment sites, like other complex sites, a technical team approach frequently works best
for effective site management. This team may be made up of lead and support regulatory agency
technical personnel and experts from within and outside of the agencies, including those representing
responsible parties.  Typically, it is most effective to form this group early in the site investigation process
and maintain it with as much continuity as possible throughout the decision making and implementation
of the project.  Ongoing dialogue managed by the project manager among the technical team on all of the
technical issues should help to ensure a productive, efficient site investigation and evaluation of remedial
alternatives in which the tendency toward an adversarial environment is minimized.  This approach may-
require a strong project manager who facilitates the meetings and makes tough and fair decisions at points
of disagreement.

       Technical teams, which include experts representing both government and responsible parties,
can be especially effective when the following principles are considered:

       •      Use sound, high quality science as the basis for site-specific decisions to
              -D     jointly identify information needs and project objectives;
              -D     call upon appropriate expertise;
              -D     recognize and understand uncertainty; and
              -D     operate in an atmosphere of respect.
                                                                                            1-9

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
               Communicate openly and frequently to
               -D     foster partnerships with all stakeholders and listen to all viewpoints;
               -D     jointly identify areas of disagreement and means to resolve them; and
               -D     openly discuss site goals and capabilities of available alternatives.

       •       Think outside the box to
               -D     look for common ground and shared goals;
               -D     solicit help of an outside neutral party when needed;
               -D     experiment with a change in structure when needed; and
               -D     look for opportunities to make progress.

1.4.3   Technical Support

       In 2004, EPA established the Superfund Sediment Resource Center (SSRC) to make expert
technical assistance available to EPA project managers of any Superfund sediment site.  The SSRC has
the capability of accessing expertise from the EPA's Office of Research and Development, the USAGE,
as well as private consultants and  academic researchers.  Information on how to access the SSRC is
available through OSRTI's Contaminated Sediments in Superfund Web site at http://www.epa.gov/
superfund/resources/sediment/ssrc.htm.

       In 2002, EPA established the Contaminated Sediments Technical Advisory Group (CSTAG) to
monitor the progress of, and provide advice regarding, a number of large, complex, or controversial
contaminated sediment Superfund sites.  For most sites, the group meets with the site team several times
throughout the site investigation, response selection, and action implementation processes. Involving
CSTAG at each major phase of a project provides additional technical support to the project team and
ensures consistency with EPA's national sediment policies.  General information about CSTAG and site-
specific recommendations and responses are available through OSRTI's Contaminated Sediments in
Superfund Web site at http://www.epa.gov/superfund/resources/sediment/cstag.htm.

1.5   STATE, TRIBAL, AND TRUSTEE INVOLVEMENT

       State cleanup agencies and affected Indian tribes or nations at sediment sites or impacted
downstream areas have an important role as co-regulators and/or affected parties and as sources of
essential information at sediment sites.  States are the lead agency at some sediment sites, or lead the
cleanup of land-based source areas or particular operable units within a site. States and Indian tribes are
frequently an indispensable source of historic and current information about water body uses, fish
consumption patterns, ecological habitat, other sources of contamination within a watershed, and other
information useful in characterizing the site and selecting an appropriate remedy. At some sediment sites,
states are also owners of aquatic lands, dams, or floodplains.  Where this is the case, states have multiple
roles at the site. At sediment sites, as for all sites, states (and local and tribal governments where
applicable) should be involved early and often in the remedial investigation/feasibility study (RI/FS).
Coordination with the state may be especially helpful in the development of the conceptual site model,
risk assessment, and remediation goals. Additional coordination during remedial design/remedial action
phases is also very important (e.g., an opportunity to consult during the engineering design following
remedy selection and on other technical matters related to implementation or monitoring of the remedy).
Additional information on coordinating with states and Indian tribes can be found in OSWER Directive

1-10

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
9375.3-03P, The Plan to Enhance the Role of States and Tribes in the Superfund Program (U.S. EPA
1998b), and OSWER Directive 9375.3-06P, Enhancing State and Tribal Role Directive (U.S. EPA
200 la).

        Where there is a potential for natural resource injuries and damages associated with sediment
sites, coordination between the remedial and trusteeship roles at the federal, tribal, and state levels is
especially important. Several different federal, state, or tribal natural resource trustees may have an
interest in decisions concerning contaminated sediment sites and should have an opportunity to be
involved throughout the investigation and remedy selection process at sites where they have jurisdiction
and interest. The EPA is required to notify natural resource trustees promptly whenever a release of
hazardous materials, contaminants, or pollutants may injure natural resources (CERCLA §104 (b)(2)).
Trustees may include federal natural resource trustee agencies, such as the U.S. Department of the Interior
(DOI), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), U.S. Department of Agriculture
(USDA) Forest Service, U.S. Department of Defense (DoD), or U.S. Department of Energy (DOE).  State
agencies and federally recognized tribes may also be natural resource trustees. Where NOAA is the
natural resource trustee, project managers should contact the Coastal Resource Coordinators  (CRCs) who
are assigned to each EPA region (except Regions 7 and 8, where there are no NOAA trust resources).
These CRCs are also designated natural resource trustee representatives for marine resources, including
migratory fish.

        Interests and data needs of the trustees and the EPA may be similar. When trustees are involved,
project managers should consult them early in the RI/FS process regarding potential contaminant
migration pathways, ecological receptors, and characteristics of the water body and watershed. Sharing
information early with federal, tribal, and state trustees (rather than bringing them in later in the process)
often leads to more efficient data collection and better coordination of protection of human health and the
environment. Information on coordinating with trustees is found in EPA's ECO Update: The Role of
Natural Resource Trustees in the Superfund Process (U.S. EPA 1992a), in OSWER Directive
9200.4-22A, CERCLA Coordination with Natural Resource Trustees (U.S. EPA 1997a), and in OSWER
Directive 9285.7-28P, Ecological Risk Assessment and Risk Management Principles for Superfund Sites
(U.S. EPA 1999b).

1.6   COMMUNITY AND OTHER STAKEHOLDER INVOLVEMENT

        Communication and outreach with the community and other stakeholders can pose unique
challenges at sediment sites, especially at large sites on publicly used water bodies. Community
involvement coordinators often have a critical role as part of the project team at these sites. Sediment
sites that span large areas may present barriers to communicating effectively with different communities,
local governments, and the private sector along the water body. People who live, work, and play adjacent
to water bodies that contain contaminated sediment should receive accurate information about the safety
of their activities, and be provided opportunities for involvement in the EPA's decision-making process
for sediment cleanup. Community members may have a wide variety of needs and wishes for current and
future uses of the water body.  Highlights 1-8 and 1-9 list some of the common community concerns
about contaminated sediment and risk reduction methods for sediment.  These lists are compiled from
information provided by Superfund project managers and by the NRC (2001). Project managers should
be aware of these potential concerns and others specific to their sites.
                                                                                           1-11

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
             Highlight 1-8: Common Community Concerns about Contaminated Sediment
          Human health impacts from eating fish/shellfish, wading, and swimming

          Ecological impacts on wildlife and aquatic species

          Loss of recreational and subsistence fishing opportunities

          Loss of recreational swimming and boating opportunities

          Loss of traditional cultural practices by Indian tribes and others

          Economic effects of loss of fisheries

          Economic effects on development, reduction in property values, or property transferability

          Economic effects on tourism

          Concern whether all contamination sources have been identified

          Increased costs of drinking water treatment, other effects on drinking water, and other water uses

          Loss or increased cost of commercial navigation
                Highlight 1-9:

      Concerns about MNR
Common Community Concerns about Sediment Cleanup

    Concerns about In-Situ Capping
Concerns about Dredging and
         Excavation
          Long time-frame for
          recovery

          Ongoing human and
          ecological exposure
          during recovery period

          Doubts about
          effectiveness/spreading
          of contamination due to
          flooding/other
          disturbance

          Extended loss of
          resources and uses

          Perception of "do
          nothing" remedy

          Property value/
          transferability concerns
          with leaving significant
          contamination in place
           Increased truck or rail traffic

           Loss of resource/harvesting
           opportunities

           Increased flooding

           Disturbance of aquatic habitat

           Cap material source issues

           Loss of boat anchoring access

           Doubts about effectiveness
           due to cap erosion, disruption,
           or contaminant migration
           through cap

           Loss of privacy during
           construction

           Recreation and tourism
           impacts during construction

           Property value/transferability
           concerns with leaving
           significant contamination in
           place
     Increased truck or rail traffic

     Noise, emissions, and lights at
     treatment and disposal facilities

     Siting of new disposal facilities

     Loss of capacity at existing
     disposal facilities

     Loss of privacy during
     construction

     Infrastructure needs on adjacent
     land

     Recreation and tourism impacts

     Access to private property

     Property values near dredging,
     treatment and disposal facilities

     Disturbance of aquatic habitat

     Resuspension/spreading
     contamination during dredging
1-12

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
        Existing community involvement and sediment guidance from EPA and the NRC offer some
guidelines for involving the community in meeting these and other concerns, as identified in Highlight
1-10.
                   Highlight 1-10: Community Involvement Guidance and Advice
 EPA Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response on Community Involvement (most available at
 http://vwwv.epa.qov/superfund/action/community/index.htm):

         Contaminated Sediments: Impacts and Solutions Video and Presenters Manual (U.S. EPA 2005b)

         Early and Meaningful Community Involvement (U.S. EPA 2001 b)

         Superfund Community Involvement Toolkit (U.S. EPA 2003a)

         Community Advisory Group Toolkit for EPA Staff (U.S. EPA 1997b)

         The Model Plan for Public Participation,  National Environmental Justice Advisory Council (U.S. EPA
         1996b)

         Incorporating Citizen Concerns into Superfund Decision Making (U.S. EPA 2001 c)

 RCRA Community Involvement Guidance (available at http://www.epa.qov/epaoswer/hazwaste/ca/quidance.htm:
 see list under "Public Involvement/Communication"):

         RCRA Public Participation Manual

         RCRA Expanded Public Participation Rule (60 FR 63417-34)

         RCRA Corrective Action Workshop Communication Tools

 Office of Water on Communication of Fish Consumption Risks and Surveys (available at
 http://www.epa.gov/ost/fish):

         Guidance for Conducting Fish and Wildlife Consumption Surveys (U.S. EPA 1998c)

         National Risk Communication Conference Held in Conjunction with the Annual National Forum on
         Contaminants in Fish (May 6-8, 2001, conference proceedings available at
         http://www.epa.qov/waterscience/fish/proceedinqs.html)

 National Research Council:

         A Risk-Management Strategy for PCB-Contaminated Sediments, Chapter 4, Community Involvement
         (NRC 2001)
        Considering existing EPA guidance, and advice from the NRC and others, the three points below
highlight some of the most critical aspects of community involvement at sediment sites.

Point 1. Involve the Community and Other Stakeholders Early and Often

        In addition to the provisions addressing stakeholder involvement in CERCLA §117 and the NCP,
one of EPA's eleven principles for managing risk of contaminated sediment is to involve the community
early and often.  This is an important principle in relation to other stakeholders as well, including local


                                                                                               1-13

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
governments, port authorities, and PRPs.  The mission of the Superfund and RCRA community
involvement programs is to advocate and strengthen early and meaningful community participation
during Superfund cleanups.  Planning for community involvement at contaminated sediment sites should
begin as early as the site discovery and site assessment phase and continue throughout the entire
Superfund process. As noted by the NRC (2001), community involvement will be more effective and
more satisfactory to the community if the community is able to participate in or directly contribute to the
decision-making process. Passive feedback about decisions already made by others is not what is referred
to as community or stakeholder involvement.  Early involvement allows necessary input from
communities and other stakeholders and facilitates more comprehensive identification of issues and
concerns early in the site management process.

       Early community involvement enables EPA to learn what stakeholders, especially community
members, think are important exposure pathways of the contamination and of potential response options.
Available materials about community involvement in the risk assessment process include A Community
Guide to Superfund Risk Assessment - What's it All about and How Can You Help? (U.S. EPA 1999c).
Although the regulators have the responsibility to make the final cleanup decision at CERCLA and
RCRA sites, early and frequent community involvement helps the regulators understand differing views
and allows the regulators to factor these views into their decisions.

Point 2. Build an Effective Working Relationship with the Community and Other Stakeholders

       In addition to the provisions addressing public outreach in CERCLA §117 and the NCP, building
partnerships with key community groups, the private sector, and other interested parties is critical to
implementing a successful outreach program.  Involving communities by fostering and maintaining
relationships can lead to better site decisions and faster cleanups.  Referring specifically to PCB-
contaminated sites, but with application to all sediment sites, the NRC (2001) report recommended that
community involvement at PCB-contaminated sediment sites should include representatives of all those
who are potentially at risk due to contamination, although special attention should be given to  those most
at risk.

       Participants at EPA's 2001 Forum on Managing Contaminated Sediments at Hazardous Waste
Sites (U.S. EPA 2001d) offered the following ideas, among others, for building effective working
relationships with communities and other stakeholders at sediment sites:

       •       Create realistic expectations up front for both public involvement and sediment cleanup;

       •       Where possible, instead of asking for extra meetings, ask for time at existing community
               meetings;

       •       Use store-front on-site offices for public information when possible;

               Be aware of tribal cultural and historic sites, not all of which are registered or are on
               tribal land;

       •       Minimize jargon when speaking and writing for the public;

       •       Use independent facilitators for public meetings when needed;

1-14

-------
Chapter 1: Introduction
               Include broad representation of the community;

               Look for areas where you can act on input from the community; and

               Encourage continuity of membership as much as possible.

A complete list of forum presentation materials is available through EPA's Superfund Web site at
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/resources/sediment/meetings.htm.

Point 3.  Provide the Community with the Resources They Need to Participate Effectively in the
Decision-Making Process

       In addition to the provisions addressing public outreach in CERCLA §117 and the NCP, project
managers should ensure that community members have access to the tools and information they need to
participate throughout the cleanup process.  Educational materials should be accessible, culturally
sensitive, relevant, timely, and translated when necessary. One potential resource is a video prepared by
EPA's Superfund office, which explains to communities the general remedial options for sediment (U.S.
EPA 2005b).

       Contaminated sediment sites often involve difficult technical issues.  It is especially important to
give community members opportunities to gain the technical knowledge necessary to become informed
participants. Project managers should provide technical information to communities in formats that are
accessible and understandable.  The EPA has a number of resources available to help make large volumes
of complex data more easily understandable. These resources are often valuable communication tools not
only with the community, but also within the EPA and between cooperating agencies. An example
includes the graphics and scenario analysis capabilities of Region 5 Fully Integrated Environmental
Location Decision Support (FIELDS).  FIELDS began as an effort to solve contaminated sediment
problems more effectively  in and around the Great Lakes and is applied in other regions as well.
Information about FIELDS is available at http://www.epa.gov/region5fields.

       Information about Superfund community services is available through EPA's Superfund Web site
at http://www.epa.gov/superfund/action/communitv/index.htm.  This Web site provides information on
community advisory groups (CAGs), EPA's Technical Assistance Grant (TAG) program, and the
Technical Outreach Services for Communities (TOSC) program. The TOSC program uses university
educational and technical resources to help community groups understand the technical issues involving
hazardous waste sites in their communities. The Superfund statute provides for only one TAG per site.
At very large sites with diverse community interests, communities may choose to form a coalition and
apply for grant funding as one entity. The coalition would need to function as a nonprofit corporation for
the purpose of participating in decision making at the site. Individual organizations may choose to
appoint representatives to a steering committee that decides how TAG funds should be allocated, and
defines the statement of work for the  grant.  The coalition group may hire a grant administrator to process
reimbursement requests to the EPA and to ensure consistent management of the grant. In some cases,
EPA regional office award officials may waive a group's $50,000 limit if site characteristics indicate
additional funds are necessary due to the nature or volume of site-related information.
                                                                                            1-15

-------
This page left intentionally blank.

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
            2.0    REMEDIAL INVESTIGATION CONSIDERATIONS

       The main purpose of investigating contaminated sediment, as with other media, is generally to
determine the nature and extent of contamination to determine if there are unacceptable risks that warrant
a response and, if so, to evaluate potential remedies. Investigations may be conducted by a number of
different parties under a number of different legal authorities.  Most of this chapter presents general
information of potential use to any investigator.  However, the language and program-specific references
are drawn from the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
(CERCLA) program, and at times, from the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) program.
This chapter is not a comprehensive guide to site characterization and risk assessment of sediment sites,
but it does attempt to summarize many of the most important considerations.

       Under CERCLA, the investigation process is known as a "remedial investigation" (RI).  Under
RCRA, the investigation process is known as a "RCRA facility investigation." The RI process is
described in the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's)  Guidance for Conducting Remedial
Investigations and Feasibility Studies under CERCLA (U.S. EPA 1988a, also referred to as the "RI/FS
Guidance").  The investigative process in a RCRA corrective action is best described in Office of Solid
Waste and Emergency Response (OSWER) Directive 9902.3-2A, RCRA Corrective Action Plan (U.S.
EPA 1994a), and the May 1, 1996 Advanced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking [(ANPR) 61 Federal
Register (FR) 19447]. This chapter supplements these existing guidances by offering brief sediment-
specific guidance about site characterization, risk assessment, and other investigation issues unique to
sediment.  More detailed guidance concerning site characterization is beyond the scope of this document,
but may be developed as needed in the future.

2.1   SITE CHARACTERIZATION

       The site characterization process for a contaminated sediment site should allow the project
manager to accomplish the following general goals, at a scale and complexity appropriate to the site:

       •       Identify and quantify the contaminants present in sediment, surface water, biota, flood
              plain soils, and in some cases, ground water;

       •       Understand the vertical and horizontal distribution of the contaminants within the
              sediment and flood plains;

              Identify the sources of historical contamination and quantify any continuing sources;

       •       Understand the geomorphological setting and processes (e.g., resuspension, transport,
              deposition, weathering) affecting the stability of sediment;

       •       Understand the key chemical, and biological processes affecting the fate, transport, and
              bioavailability of contaminants;

              Identify the complete or potentially complete human and ecological exposure pathways
              for the contaminants;
                                                                                          2-1

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
               Identify current and potential future human and ecological risks posed by the
               contaminants;

        •       Collect data necessary to evaluate the potential effectiveness of natural recovery, in-situ
               capping, sediment removal, and promising innovative technologies; and

        •       Provide a baseline of data that can be used to monitor remedy effectiveness in all
               appropriate media (generally sediment, water, and biota).

        The project manager, in consultation with technical experts and stakeholders, should develop site-
specific investigation goals that are of an appropriate scope and complexity for the site.  Systematic
planning, dynamic work strategies, and, where appropriate, real-time measurement technologies may be
useful at sediment sites. Combined, these three strategies are known as the "triad approach," described on
EPA's Innovative Technologies Web site at http://www.cluin.org/triad (although the term "triad" is the
same, this approach should not be confused with the approach to ecological risk assessment known by the
same name). This approach attempts to summarize the best current practices in site characterization to
collect the "correct" data, improve confidence in results, and save cost.  The triad approach resources also
include  EPA (2003b), Crumbling (2001), and Lesnick and Crumbling (2001).

        Data collection during the remedial investigation frequently has multiple uses, including human
health and ecological risk assessment, identification of potential early actions, and remedy decision-
making. It is important to consult as many data users as possible (e.g., risk assessors, modelers, as well as
quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC)  experts) early in the scoping process and throughout data
collection.

        Data should be of a type, quantity,  and quality to meet the objectives of the project. The EPA's
data quality objective  (DQO) process is one method to achieve this, as described below. Where other
agencies (e.g., natural resource trustee agencies, state remediation agencies, and health departments) have
an interest at the site, they should be consulted concerning decisions about DQOs so that collected data
can serve multiple purposes, if possible. In addition, the community and other stakeholders [e.g., local
governments and potentially responsible parties (PRPs)] should be consulted in these decision as
appropriate.

2.1.1   Data  Quality Objectives

        The EPA's DQO process is intended to help project managers collect data of the right type,
quality, and quantity to support site decisions. As described in Guidance for the Data Quality Objective
Process (U.S.  EPA 2000a), seven steps generally  guide the process.  The initial steps help assure that only
data important to the decisions that need to be made are collected.  The seven DQO process steps include
the following, with an example provided in the context of a risk  assessment:

        1.      State the problem.  Example: There is current exposure of humans to site-related
               contaminants through eating fish.

        2.      Identify the decision. Example: Is the exposure  causing an unacceptable risk?
2-2

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
        3.      Identify inputs to the decision. Examples: What are the appropriate fish species, receptor
               groups, and consumption rates to evaluate? What existing data are available and what
               must be collected?  What is the toxicity of the contaminants to all receptor groups?

        4.      Define boundaries of study. Example: For purposes of the human health risk assessment,
               should the water body and the human population each be considered as a whole or in
               subparts?

        5.      Develop a decision rule.  Example: If exposure at the upper 95 percent confidence limit
               for fish consumption of the recreational fisher population to the mean contaminant
               concentration of any one of the three most popular fish species exceeds a cancer risk
               range of 10~6 to  10~4 or a Hazard Index of 1, risk will be considered unacceptable.

        6.      Specify limits on decision errors.  Example: What levels of uncertainty are acceptable for
               this decision, considering both false positive and false negative errors?

        7.      Optimize the design for obtaining data. Example: What is the most resource-effective
               fish sampling and analysis design for generating data that will meet the data quality
               objectives?

        Similar hypotheses could be established for evaluating each remedial  alternative being considered
for the site, and for evaluating the effectiveness of the selected alternative. The way in which the process
is followed may vary depending on the decision to be made, from a thought process to a rigorous
statistical analysis. Additional guidance provided in EPA Requirements for Quality Assurance Project
Plans [(QAPPs), U.S. EPA 2001e) describes how DQOs are incorporated into QAPPs.

2.1.2   Types of Data

        The types of data the project manager should collect are determined mostly by the following
information needed to:

               Develop the conceptual site model;

        •       Evaluate sediment and contaminant fate and transport;

        •       Conduct the human health and ecological risk assessments;

               Evaluate the effectiveness of source control;

               Evaluate potential remedies;

        •       Document baseline conditions prior to implementation of the  remedy;  and

        •       Design and implement the selected remedy.

        Highlight 2-1  lists some general types of physical, chemical, and biological data that a project
manager should consider collecting when characterizing a sediment site. The  project manager should

                                                                                             2-3

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
understand the importance of historical changes in some of these characteristics (e.g., water body
bathymetry or contaminant distributions in surface and subsurface sediment, water, and biota).  It may
also be important to understand how characteristics change seasonally, and under various flow and
temperature conditions. The relative importance of these types of data variabilities is dependent on the
site. It is frequently important to understand the properties affecting the mixing zone or biologically
active zone of sediment. Contaminants in the biologically active layer of the surface sediment at a site
often drive exposure, and reduction of surface sediment concentrations may be necessary to achieve risk
reduction. While sediment sites typically demand more types of data for effective characterization than
other types of sites, the type and quantity of data required should be geared to the complexity of the site
and the weight of the decision.  In addition, the data acquisition process should not prevent early action to
reduce risk when appropriate.

       Site characterization should include collection of sufficient baseline data to be used to compare to
monitoring data collected during and following implementation of the remedy in a statistically defensible
manner. Additional sampling could be needed during remedial design, however, to establish reliable
baseline data for the monitoring program. Chapter 8, Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring,
provides a discussion of effective monitoring programs, much of which is also useful during the remedial
investigation.

       At this time, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) are among the most common contaminants of
concern at contaminated sediment sites. The term "PCB" refers to a group of 209 different chemicals,
called PCB congeners, sharing a similar structure. Aroclors are commercial mixtures of PCB congeners
and weathering of an Aroclor after release into the environment results in a change in its congener
composition (National Research Council, (NRC 2001). EPA's Office of Water Guidance for Assessing
Chemical Contaminant Data for Use in Fish Advisories,  Volume 1, Fish Sampling and Analysis, Third
Edition (U.S.  EPA 2000b), notes that individual PCB congeners may be preferentially enhanced in
environmental media and in biota.

       Characterizing PCB risk on a congener-specific basis allows for an accounting of the differences
in physiochemical, biochemical, and toxicological behavior of the different congeners in type and
magnitude of effects and, therefore, in risk calculations. Although Aroclor analysis can be useful for
initial assessment of PCB concentrations, for risk assessment purposes, NRC recommends that PCB sites
be characterized on the basis of specific PCB congeners and the total mixture of congeners found at each
site (NRC 2001).  EPA currently provides congener-specific analyses through its Non-Routine Program
under the Contract Laboratory Program (CLP), but it may, in the future, be available through its CLP
routine analytical services. However, to the extent that PCB congener-specific data are determined useful
at a site, the project manager should not assume this necessarily needs to be done for all samples
collected.  At times, only a subset of samples or sampling events may need congener analysis.  Deciding
how best to characterize a PCB site is a complex issue due in part to issues related to dioxin-like PCBs,
the lack of congener-specific toxicological data, the need for comparing present and previously collected
data, and the cost of congener-specific analyses. The decision about what method or methods to use for
PCB analysis should be made on a site-specific basis.
2-4

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
                Highlight 2-1: Example Site Characterization Data for Sediment Sites

              Physical                          Chemical                          Biological
         Sediment particle
         size/distribution and
         mineralogy in cores

         In-situ porosity/bulk density

         Bearing strength

         Specific gravity

         Salinity profile of sediment
         cores

         Geometry/bathymetry of
         water body

         Turbidity

         Temperature

         Sediment resuspension
         and deposition rates

         Depth of mixing layer/
         degree and depth of
         bioturbation

         Geophysical survey results

         Flood frequencies, annual
         and event-driven
         hydrographs and current
         velocities

         Tidal  regime

         Ground water flow regime
         and surface water/ground
         water interaction

         Ice cover and break-up
         patterns

         Water uses causing
         physical disturbance of
         sediment
Near-surface
contaminant
concentrations in
sediment

Contaminant profiles in
sediment cores

Contaminant
concentrations
(especially metals) in
biota tissue, ground
water, and pore water

Total organic carbon
(TOC) in sediment

Dissolved, suspended,
and colloidal
contaminant
concentrations in surface
water

Simultaneously extracted
metals (SEM) and acid
volatile sulfide (AVS) in
sediment

Radiometric dating
profiles in sediment
cores

Non-contaminant
chemical species that
may affect contaminant
mobility

Oxidation-reduction
profile of sediment cores

pH profile in sediment
cores

Carbon/nitrogen/
phosphorus ratio

Non-ionized ammonia
concentration in
sediment
Sediment toxicity

Extent of
recreational/commercial
harvesting offish/shellfish
for human consumption

Extent of predators
dependent on aquatic food
chain (e.g., mink, otter,
kingfisher, heron)

Abundance/diversity of
bottom-dwelling species and
fishes

Abundance/diversity of
emergent and submerged
vegetation

Habitat stressor analyses

Contaminant bioavailability

Pathological condition, such
as presence of tumors in
fish

Presence of indicator
species
                                                                                                      2-5

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
       Currently, metals are also among the most common contaminants of concern at Superfund
sediment sites. Concentrations of bulk (total dry weight basis) metals in sediment alone are typically not
good measures of metal toxicity. However, in addition to direct measurement of toxicity, EPA has
developed a recommended approach for estimating metal toxicity based on the bioavailable metal
fraction, which can be measured in pore water and/or predicted based on the relative sediment
concentrations of acid volatile sulfide (AVS), simultaneously extracted metals  (SEM), and total organic
carbon (TOC) (U.S. EPA 2005c). Both AVS and TOC are capable of sequestering and immobilizing a
range of metals in sediment.

2.1.3  Background Data

       Where site contaminants may also have natural or anthropogenic (man-made) non-site-related
sources, it may be important to establish background or reference data for a site. When doing so, project
managers should consult EPA's Role of Background in the CERCLA Cleanup Program (U.S. EPA
2002b), the EPA ECO Update - The Role of Screening-Level Risk Assessments and Refining
Contaminants of Concern in Baseline Ecological Risk Assessments (U.S.  EPA  2001f), and Guidance for
Comparing Background and Chemical Concentrations in Soil for CERCLA Sites (U.S. EPA 2002c).
Although the  latter is written specifically for soil, many of the concepts may be applicable to contaminant
data for sediment and biota.  It should be noted that a comprehensive investigation of all background
substances found in the  environment usually will not be necessary at CERCLA sites.  For example, radon
background samples would not be normally collected at a chemically contaminated site unless radon, or
its precursor was part of the CERCLA release.

       Where applicable, project managers should consider continuing atmospheric and other
background contributions to sites to adequately understand contaminant sources and establish realistic
risk reduction goals (U.S. EPA 2002b).  For baseline risk assessments, EPA recommends an approach
that generally includes the evaluation of the contaminants that exceed protective risk-based screening
concentrations, including contaminants that may have natural or anthropogenic sources on and around the
Superfund site under evaluation. When site-specific information demonstrates that a substance with
elevated concentrations above screening levels originated solely from natural causes (i.e., is a naturally
occurring substance and not release-related), these contaminant normally does  not need to be carried
through the quantitative analysis. However, these contaminants should be generally discussed in the risk
characterization summary so that the public is aware of its existence.  The presence of naturally occurring
substances above screening levels may indicate a potential environmental or health risk, and that
information should be discussed at least qualitatively in the document. If data  are  available, the
contribution of background to site conditions should be distinguished (U.S. EPA 2002b). This approach
is designed to ensure a thorough characterization of risks associated with hazardous substances,
pollutants, and contaminants at sites (U.S. EPA 2002b).

       For risk management purposes, understanding whether background concentrations  are high
relative to the concentrations of released hazardous substances, pollutants, and contaminants may help
risk managers make decisions concerning appropriate remedial actions (U.S. EPA 2002b).  Generally,
under CERCLA, cleanup levels are not set at concentrations below natural or anthropogenic background
levels (U.S. EPA 1996a, 1997c, 2000c). If a risk-based remediation goal is below background
concentrations, the cleanup level for that chemical may be established based on background
concentrations.
2-6

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
       In cases where area-wide contamination may pose risks, but these risks are not appropriate to
address under CERCLA, EPA may be able to help identify other programs or regulatory authorities that
are able to address the sources of area-wide contamination, particularly anthropogenic sources (U.S. EPA
1996a, 1997c, 2000c). In some cases, as part of a response to address CERCLA releases of hazardous
substances, pollutants, and contaminants, EPA may also address some of the background contamination
that is present on a site due to area-wide contamination.

2.2   CONCEPTUAL SITE MODELS

       A conceptual site model (CSM) generally is a representation of the environmental system and the
physical, chemical, and biological processes that determine the transport of contaminants from sources to
receptors. For sediment sites, perhaps even more so than for other types  of sites, the CSM can be an
important element for evaluating risk and risk reduction approaches. The initial CSM typically is a set of
hypotheses derived from existing site data and knowledge gained from other sites.  Natural resource
trustee agencies and other stakeholders may have information about the ecosystem that is important in
developing the conceptual site model and it is recommended that they have input at this stage of the site
investigation. This initial model can provide the project team with a simple understanding of the site
based on available data.  Information gaps may be discovered in development of the CSM that support
collection of new  data.

       Essential elements of a CSM generally include information about contaminant sources, transport
pathways, exposure pathways, and receptors.  Summarizing this information in one place usually helps in
testing assumptions and identifying data gaps and areas of critical uncertainty for additional investigation.
The site investigation is, in essence, a group of studies conducted to test the hypotheses forming the
conceptual site model and turning qualitative descriptions into quantitative descriptions.  The initial
conceptual model should be modified to document additional source, pathway, and contaminant
information that is collected throughout the site investigation. Project managers should also be aware of
the spatial and temporal dimensions to the processes depicted in a CSM.  Although these are difficult to
represent in static graphical form, it is important to consider the relevance and role of these dimensions
when using the CSM and developing hypotheses or inferences from them.

       A good CSM can be a valuable tool in evaluating the potential effectiveness of remedial
alternatives. As noted in the following section on risk assessment, the CSM should capture in one place
the pathways remedial actions are designed to interdict to reduce exposure of human and ecological
receptors to contaminants. Typical elements of a CSM for a sediment site are listed in Highlight 2-2.

       Project managers may find it useful to develop several conceptual site models that highlight
different aspects of the site. At complex sediment sites, often three conceptual site models are developed:
1) sources, release and media, 2)human health, and 3) ecological receptors. For sites with more than one
contaminant that are driving the risks, especially if they behave  differently in the environment (e.g., PCBs
vs. metals), it is often useful to develop a separate CSM for different contaminants or groups of
contaminants.  Highlight 2-3, Highlight 2-4, and Highlight 2-5 present examples that focus on ecological
and human health threats.
                                                                                             2-7

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
              Highlight 2-2: Typical Elements of a Conceptual Site Model for Sediment
 Sources of Contaminants of Concern:

         Upland soils
         Floodplain soils
         Surface water
         Ground water
         Non-aqueous phase liquids (NAPL) and other
         source materials
         Sediment "hot spots"
         Outfalls,  including combined sewer outfalls
         and storm water runoff outfalls
         Atmospheric contaminants
Exposure Pathways for Humans:

        Fish/shellfish ingestion
        Dermal uptake from wading, swimming
        Water ingestion
        Inhalation of volatiles

Exposure Pathways for Biota:

        Fish/shellfish/benthic invertebrate ingestion
        Incidental ingestion of sediment
        Direct uptake from water
 Contaminant Transport Pathways:

         Sediment resuspension
         Surface water transport
         Runoff
         Bank erosion
         Ground water advection
         Bioturbation
         Food chain
Human Receptors:
        Recreational fishers
        Subsistence fishers
        Waders/swimmers/birdwatchers
        Workers and transients
Ecological Receptors:
                                                          Benthic/epibenthic invertebrates
                                                          Bottom-dwelling/pelagic fish
                                                          Mammals and birds (e.g., mink, otter, heron,
                                                          bald eagle)
2.3   RISK ASSESSMENT

        Consistent with the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP). a
human health risk assessment and an ecological risk assessment should be performed at all contaminated
sediment sites.  In addition to assessing risks due to contaminated sediment, in many cases, risks from
soil, surface water, ground water and air pathways may need to be evaluated as well. One of the outputs
from the risk assessment should be an understanding of the relative importance or contribution of the
pathways depicted in the conceptual site model to actual risk.  This understanding is generally key to
making informed decisions about which remedial alternative to implement at a site.

        Generally, the human health risk assessment should consider the cancer risks and non-cancer
health hazards associated with ingestion offish and other biota inherent to the site (e.g., shellfish, ducks);
dermal contact with and incidental ingestion of contaminated sediment; inhalation of volatilized
contaminants; swimming;  and possible ingestion of river water if it is used as a drinking water supply.
Separate analyses should also consider risks from exposure to floodplain soils and may include direct
contact, ingestion, and exposures to homegrown crops, beef, and dairy products where appropriate.  The
relevance and importance  of each pathway to actual  risks will vary with different contaminants or
contaminant classes at a site.  In addition, the risk assessment should include an analysis of the risks that
may be introduced due to implementation of remedial alternatives  (see Section 2.3.3, Risks from
Remedial Alternatives). As with all remedial investigation (RI) and feasibility study (FS)  data collection
efforts, the scope of the assessments should be tailored to the complexity of the site and how much
information is needed to reach and support a risk management decision.  It is important to  involve the risk
2-8

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
assessors early in the process to ensure that the information collected is appropriate for use in the risk
assessment.

        Screening and baseline risk assessments are designed to evaluate the potential threat to human
health and the environment in the absence of any remedial action.  Generally, they provide the basis for
determining whether remedial action is necessary as well as the framework for developing risk-based
remediation goals. Risk assessments should also provide information to evaluate risks associated with
implementing various remedial alternatives that may be considered for the site.  Detailed guidance on
performing human health risk assessments is provided in a number of documents, available through
EPA's Superfund Risk Assessment Web site at http://www.epa.gov/oswer/riskassessment/
risk superfund.htm.  The Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund (U.S. EPA 1989, also referred to as
"RAGS"), provides a basic plan for developing human health risk assessments.  Specific guidance on the
standardized planning, reporting, and review of risk assessments is available at http://www.epa.gov/
oswer/riskassessment/ragsd/index.htm.

        Detailed guidance on performing ecological risk assessments is provided in Ecological Risk
Assessment Guidance for Superfund: Process for Designing and Conducting Ecological Risk Assessment
(U.S. EPA 1997d, also referred to as  "ERAGS" ). In addition, OSWER Directive 9285.7-28P, Ecological
Risk Assessment and Risk Management Principles for Superfund Sites (U.S. EPA 1999b), provides risk
managers with several principles to consider when making ecological risk management decisions. As
stated in the Role of the Ecological Risk Assessment in the Baseline Risk Assessment (U.S. EPA 1994b),
the purpose of the ecological risk assessment is to 1) identify and characterize the current and potential
threats to the environment from a hazardous  substance release, 2) evaluate the ecological impacts of
alternative remediation strategies, and 3) establish cleanup levels in the selected remedy that will protect
those natural resources at risk.

        Although not EPA guidance, project managers may find useful the Navy guidance
Implementation Guide for Assessing and Managing Contaminated Sediment at Navy Facilities, which
provides information on performing human health and ecological risk assessments at contaminated
sediment sites [U.S. Naval Facilities Engineering Command (FEC) 2003].

2.3.1   Screening Risk Assessment

        A screening risk assessment typically is performed to identity the contaminants of potential concern
(COPCs) and the portions of a site that may present an unacceptable risk to human health or the environment.
Currently,  there are no widely accepted sediment screening values for human health risk from either direct contact
with sediment or from eating fish or shellfish, although research is ongoing. For floodplain and beach soils,
human health soil screening levels may be used. Widely accepted screening values do exist for ecological risk
from direct toxiciry, although, similar to the situation for human health risk, screening values for risk to wildlife
and fish from bioaccumulative contaminants have not yet been fully developed. Each of these issues is discussed
further below.  In cases where screening levels do exist, or may be developed in the future, it is very important for
project managers to keep in mind that screening values are not designed to be used as default cleanup levels and
generally should not be used for that purpose. In evaluating whether specific screening values are appropriate for
a particular site, project managers should consider whether the source of the data used to develop the screening
values are relevant to site conditions, and understand the methods by which the screening values were derived.
Project managers may  also find ecological screening values or human health screening level exposure
assumptions useful for evaluating whether detection levels for sediment analytical work are sufficiently low to be
useful for risk assessment.

                                                                                               2-9

-------
               Highlight 2-3: Sample Pictorial-Style Conceptual Site Model Focusing on Human and Ecological Threats
                                                                                                         Great Blue Heron
                                                                              Zooplankton
                                                                    Phytoplankton
Higher Trophic ^
  Level Fish
                                                                  Aquatic
                                                                  Insects
                                         Bottom-dwelling
                                              Fish
Source: Adapted from EPA Region 5, Sheboygan Harbor and River Site

-------
Highlight 2-4: Sample Conceptual Site Model Focusing on Ecological Threats
Troph ic Level 3
(Tertia ry Consumer)
Trop h ic Level 2
(Secondary Consumer)
Trop h ic Level 1
(P rim ary Consumer)
Expo su re M ed ia
i








'

C arn vorou s/ C arn ivoro u s/P iscivorou s
Piscvorous ^ Birds (e.g. .hawks,
Mammals (e.g., m in k,
otter, fox , raccoon s )
A \. "" eagles,owls,terns,
P P V
t t
II II
Omniv°rous' Omnivorous/
Ver=sT,. ,nv<=r(e.,,
various fish speces. crayfish . da m se Iflies ,
fr°9s. turtles draaohfles)
J k
Omn,,.r.u., C a° ToZs" "si'rds
Carnivorous (e .g ., m a rtin s . ro bin s ,
m.r.rahr;-s;-,., -r%k;=r
A j h
t 1
B ottom dwellin g
F,.h <..,., f.th..d invertebrates,9
minnow.,, « Z o opla n kton D etritu s
mu 	 UiuUM Consumers (e.g., "
— 	 	 T 	 * grazers ,rn a yflies , clams, ^~
sn ails )
"•

Submerged Emergent
Algae Aquatic Wetland P ant 4.
S pec ie s
jrT t t

^^ ^^^ "
mntrrrniiimn •* G ro u n d Water/ ,
WatcrColumn 4 Pore Water *
^^^^^\^


vmu=du:kgs-; .»»;=•..„..
to aoo^o do"r aujil dra ssh o bbers .
rabbits ' earthworms)
x^ -
^Sw
Terrestral Agriculture
Periphyton e-g-. crops, hay,
e.g., algae, diatoms) gardens)




. suspended ocdimcnt to sediment
r /" \
n a n ts n Sediment S^^^ \

Site Sources ^^fftf^*~~ "**^ Sinks
Ground Water *^ \^ G ro u7d~W a te r
Watershed/Floodola n r* Cln~*~,~,~ C-M







-------
                        Highlight 2-5: Sample Conceptual Site Model Focusing on Human Health Threats
Primary
Sources
Primary
Release
Secondary
 Sources
Secondary
 Release
 Media
Affected
Exposure
 Routes
Receptors
Former
Chlorine Plant

Previous
Discharge to

	 >
Release From
System

Solids Present
From

	 *

Soil

Creek
Surface
Water/





Storm Water
Runoff

Infiltration into
Ground Water



River Surface Water/
Sediment/Biota
i

L


Ingestion &
Dermal Contact
(Surface Water)



Fisherman
Worker
Biota

 Creek
                  Discharge
                                                                              Wetlands Water/
                                                                             Wetlands Sediment/
                                                                                   Biota
                                                                                      Ingestion &
                                                                                    Dermal Contact
                                                                                              Worker
                                                                                               Biota
                                                                              Wetlands Water/
                                                                             Wetlands Sediment/
                                                                                   Biota

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
       When evaluating human health risks from direct contact with sediments and from
bioaccumulative contaminants in fish and shellfish, RAGS (U.S. EPA 1989), and other risk guidance
discussed above, should be followed to identify the COPCs that may present an unacceptable risk. In
general, if bioaccumulative contaminants are found in biota at levels above site background, they should
not be screened out and should be carried into the baseline risk assessment.

       When evaluating human health risks from direct contact with floodplain or beach soils, OSWER
and several regions have soil screening values that may be useful. Human health soil screening levels
(SSLs) for residential and industrial properties are available through EPA's Superfund Web site at
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/resources/soil. which provide a generic approach and exposure
assumptions for evaluation of risks from direct contact with soil.

       When screening ecological risk to benthic biota from direct toxicity, project managers should
consult EPA's Eco-Updates EcoTox Thresholds (U.S. EPA 1996c) and The Role of Screening-Level Risk
Assessment and Refining Contaminants of Concern in Baseline Ecological Risk Assessments (U.S. EPA
200 If), which describes the process of screening COPCs. The EPA's equilibrium-partitioning sediment
benchmarks are available at http://www.epa.gov/nheerl/publications/. and the Superfund program's
Ecotox Thresholds (ETs) are available at http://www.epa.gov/oswer/riskassessment/pdf/eco updt.pdf can
be used as screening values for risk to benthic biota from direct toxicity.  Other published sediment
guidelines [e.g., National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Screening Quick Reference
Tables (SQuiRTs), http://response.restoration.noaa.gov/cpr/sediment/squirt/squirt.html1 can also be used
as screening values. Table 3-1 in the Navy guidance (U.S. Navy FEC 2003) also provides a list of
citations for ecological screening values for sediment.

       When screening ecological risks to terrestrial receptors from contaminated floodplain soils, the
OSWER Directive 9285.7-55, Guidance for Developing Ecological Soil Screening Levels [(Eco-SSLs),
U.S. EPA 2003c, http://www.epa.gov/oswer/riskassessment/ecorisk/ecossl.htm1 should be used. Eco-
SSLs for some receptors have been developed for aluminum, antimony, arsenic, barium, beryllium,
cadmium, chromium, cobalt, copper, dieldrin, iron, lead, manganese, nickel, pentachlorophenol,
selenium, trinitrotoluene (TNT), and zinc.  Screening values for dichloro diphenyl trichlorethane (DDT),
poly cyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), silver, and vanadium are currently under development.

       For ecological risk to wildlife or fish from food chain effects, widely accepted screening values
have not yet been fully developed. As for the human health risk assessment, if bioaccumulative
contaminants are found in biota at levels above site background, they generally should not be screened
out and should be carried into the baseline risk assessment for ecological risk as well.

2.3.2  Baseline Risk Assessment

       At contaminated sediment sites with bioaccumulative contaminants, the human health exposure
pathway driving the risk is usually ingestion of biota, most commonly the ingestion offish by recreational
anglers and sometimes by subsistence anglers.  However, depending on the contaminant and the use of
the site there can also be significant risks from direct contact with the sediment, water, or floodplain soils,
through incidental ingestion and dermal contact.

       Generally, the ecological risk assessment should consider the risks to invertebrates, plants, fish
and wildlife from direct exposure and from food chain expsoures. The selection of appropriate site-

                                                                                           2-13

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
specific assessment endpoints is a critical component of the ecological risk assessment. Once assessment
endpoints have been selected, testable hypotheses and measurement endpoints can be developed to
evaluate the potential threat of the contaminants of potential concern to the assessment endpoints. PCBs,
for example, bioaccumulate in food chains and can diminish reproductive success in upper trophic level
species (e.g., mink, kingfishers) exposed to contaminants through their diet. Therefore, reduced
reproductive success in fish-eating birds and mammals may be an appropriate assessment endpoint.  An
appropriate measurement endpoint in this case might be contaminant concentrations in fish or in the
sediment where the concentrations in these media can be related to reproductive effects in the top predator
that eats the fish. The sediment concentration range  associated with an acceptable level of reproductive
success  usually would constitute the remediation goal.
2.3.3   Risks from Remedial Alternatives

        Although significant attention has been paid to evaluating baseline risks, traditionally less
emphasis has been placed on evaluating risks from remedial alternatives, in part because these risks may
be difficult to quantify. In 1991, the EPA issued a supplement to the RAGS Guidance, Risk Assessment
Guidance for Super fund: Volume 1 - Human Health Evaluation Manual, Part C, Risk Evaluation of
Remedial Alternatives (U.S. EPA 1991a). Although the 1991 guidance addresses only human health
risks, it does note that remedial actions, by their nature, can alter or destroy aquatic and terrestrial habitat,
and advises that this potential for destruction or alteration of habitat and subsequent consequences be
evaluated and considered during the selection and implementation of a remedial alternative.

        The short-term and long-term risks to human health and the environment that may be introduced
by implementing each of the remedial alternatives should be estimated and considered in the remedy
selection process. Generally, the types, magnitude, and time frames of risk associated with each
alternative is extremely site specific. Increases to current risks and the creation of new exposure
pathways and risk should be considered.

        Implementing a MNR remedy should cause no increase in baseline risks and no creation of new
risks, although existing risks may change due to disturbance or significant watershed changes.
Implementing in-situ capping might result in increased risk of exposure to contaminants  released to the
surface water during capping; other community impacts (e.g., accidents, noise, residential or commercial
disruption; worker exposure during transport of cap materials and cap placement; and disruption of the
benthic community. Existing risks of exposure to contaminants may also occur if contaminants are
released through the cap.  Implementing dredging or excavation might result in increased risk of exposure
to contaminants released during sediment removal, transport, or disposal; other community impacts (e.g.,
accidents, noise, residential or commercial disruption); worker exposure during sediment removal and
handling; and disruption of the benthic community. Risks of exposure to contaminants in residual
contamination may also occur.  Each of these risks or potential exposure pathways may exist for different
periods of time; some are relatively short-lived, while others may exist for a longer period of time.  The
analysis of risk from implementation of various alternatives is important for remedy selection, and is
discussed in more detail in the remedy-specific chapters of this guidance and in Chapter  7, Section 7.4,
Comparing Net Risk Reduction.
2-14

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
2.4   CLEANUP GOALS

       In selecting the most appropriate remedy for a site, usually it is important to develop clearly
defined remedial action objectives (RAOs) and contaminant-specific remediation goals (RGs). RAOs are
generally used in developing and comparing alternatives for a site and in providing the basis for
developing more specific RGs, which in turn are used by project managers to select final sediment
cleanup levels based on the other NCP remedy selection criteria. RAOs, RGs, and cleanup levels are
normally dependent on each other and represent three steps along a continuum leading from RI/FS
scoping to the selection of a remedial action that will be protective of human health and the environment,
meet applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs), and provide the best balance among
the remaining NCP criteria.  Under CERCLA, RAOs and cleanup levels generally are final when the
record of decision (ROD)  is signed. Where the site is not available for unlimited access and unrestricted
use, their protectiveness is reviewed every five years.

2.4.1  Remedial Action Objectives and Remediation Goals

       RAOs are intended to provide a general description of what the cleanup is expected to
accomplish, and help focus the development of the remedial alternatives in the feasibility study.  RAOs
are typically derived from the conceptual  site model (Section 2.2), and address the significant exposure
pathways. RAOs may vary widely for different parts of the site based on the exposure pathways and
receptors, regardless of whether these parts of the site are managed separately as operable units under
CERCLA. For example, a sediment site may include a recreational area used by fishermen and children,
as well as a wetland that provides critical habitat for fish and wildlife. Though both areas may contain
similarly contaminated sediment, the different receptors and exposure pathways may lead a project
manager to develop different RAOs and RGs for each area that are protective of the different receptors.

       The development  of RAOs should also include a discussion of how they address all the
unacceptable human health and ecological risks identified in the risk assessment. Examples of RAOs
specific for sediment sites are included in Highlight 2-6. Sediment sites also may need RAOs for other
media (e.g., soils, ground water, or surface water). When developing RAOs, project managers should
evaluate whether the RAO is achievable by remediation of the site or if it requires additional actions
outside the control of the project manager. For example, complete biota recovery may depend on the
cleanup of sources that are regulated under other authorities.  The project manager may discuss these
other actions in the ROD and explain how the  site remediation is expected to contribute to meeting area-
wide goals outside the  scope of the site, such as goals related to watershed concerns, but RAOs should
reflect objectives that are achievable from the  site cleanup.

       Generally, preliminary remediation goals (PRGs) that are protective of human health and the
environment are developed early in the remedial investigation process based on readily available
screening levels for both human health and ecological risks (although project managers should be aware
that currently available screening levels for sediment may be limited; see Section 2.3.1).
                                                                                           2-15

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
        Highlight 2-6: Sample Remedial Action Objectives for Contaminated Sediment Sites
 Human Health:

         Reduce to acceptable levels the risks to children and adults from the incidental ingestion of and dermal
         exposure to contaminated sediment while playing, wading, or swimming at the site

         Reduce to acceptable levels the risks to adults and children from ingestion of contaminated fish and
         shellfish taken from the site

 Ecological Risk:

         Reduce to acceptable levels the toxicity to benthic aquatic organisms at the site

         Reduce to acceptable levels the risks to birds and mammals that feed on fish that have been
         contaminated from sediment at the site
       As more information is generated during the investigation, these PRGs should be replaced with
site-specific RGs by incorporating an improved understanding of site conditions (e.g., site-specific
information  on fish ingestion rates and bioaccumulation of contaminants in sediment into biota; resource
use; other human activities), and other site-specific factors, such as the bioavailability of contaminants.
The human health and ecological risk assessors should identify appropriate RGs for each contaminant of
concern in each medium of significance.  RGs for sediment often address direct contact for humans and
biota to the sediment as well as bioaccumulation through the food chain.  The concentrations of
bioaccumulative contaminants in fish typically are a function of both the sediment and water
concentrations of the contaminant, and are, to some extent, species-dependent. The development of the
sediment RGs may involve a variety of different approaches that range from the simple  application of a
bioaccumulation factor from sediment to fish or more sophisticated food chain modeling.  The method
used and the level of complexity in the back calculation from fish to sediment should be consistent with
the approaches used in the human health and ecological risk assessments.

       RGs should be represented as a range of values within acceptable risk levels so  that the project
manager may consider the other NCP criteria when selecting the final cleanup levels. For human health,
general guidance is available regarding the exposure equations necessary to develop RG concentrations in
various media for both cancer risks and non-cancer health hazards (see Section 2.3.) The development of
the human health-based RGs should provide a range of risk levels (e.g., 10~6, 10~5, and 10~4 and a non-
cancer Hazard Index of 1 or less depending on the health end points of the specific contaminants of
concern.) The development of the ecologically based RGs should also provide a range of risk levels
based on the receptors of concern identified in the ecological risk assessment (see Section 2.3). Human
health and ecological RGs should be developed through iterative discussions between the project
manager, risk assessor, and modeler or other appropriate members of the team.

2.4.2   Cleanup Levels

       At most CERCLA sites, RGs for human health and ecological receptors are developed into final,
chemical-specific, sediment cleanup levels by weighing a number of factors, including site-specific
uncertainty factors and the criteria for remedy selection found in the NCP at Title 40 Code of Federal
Regulations  (40 CFR) §300.430.  These criteria include long-term effectiveness and permanence;


2-16

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
reduction of toxicity, mobility and volume through treatment; short-term effectiveness; implementability;
cost; and state and community acceptance. Chapter 3, Section 3.2, NCP Remedy Selection Criteria
discusses these criterion in detail.  Regions should note, however, that some states do have chemical
and/or biological standards for contaminated sediment (e.g., in development by the State of Washington
and others) that may be ARARs at sediment sites.

        Uncertainty factors that may be relevant to consider include (among others) the reliability of
inputs and outputs of any model used to estimate risks and establish cleanup levels, reliability of the
potential approaches to achieve those results, and the likelihood of occurrence for the exposure scenarios
being considered. Other technical factors include (among others) limitations of remedial alternatives and
detection and quantification limits of contaminants in environmental media. It is especially important to
consider both background levels of contamination and what has been achieved at similar sites elsewhere,
so that achievable cleanup levels are developed.  All of these factors should be considered when
establishing final cleanup levels that are within the risk range.

        The derivation of ecologically based cleanup levels is a complex and interactive process
incorporating contaminant fate and transport processes, toxicological considerations and potential habitat
impacts of the remediation alternatives.  Before selecting a cleanup level, the project manager, in
consultation with the ecological risk assessor, should consider at least the following factors (U.S. EPA
1999b):

               The magnitude of the observed or expected effects of site releases and the level of
               biological organization  affected (e.g., individual, local population, or community);

        •       The likelihood that these effects will occur or continue;

               The ecological relationship of the affected area to the surrounding habitat;

        •       Whether the affected area is a highly sensitive or ecologically unique environment; and

        •       The recovery potential of the affected ecological receptors  and expected persistence of
               the chemicals of concern under present site conditions.

        Generally, for CERCLA actions, the ROD should include chemical-specific cleanup levels as
provided in the NCP at 40 CFR  §300.430(c)(2)(I)(A). The ROD should also indicate the approach that
will be used to measure attainment of the cleanup levels and how cleanup levels relate to risk reduction.
At many sediment sites, especially but not exclusively those with bioaccumulative contaminants, the
attainment of sediment cleanup levels may not coincide with the attainment of RAOs.  For example, this
may be  due to the length of time needed for fish or the benthic community to recover.  Where cleanup
levels have been achieved but progress towards meeting RAOs is not as expected, the five-year review
process, or where appropriate, a similar  process conducted before five years, should be used to assess
whether additional actions are needed.  Consistent with the NCP (40 CFR §300.430(f)(4)(ii)), where
contaminants remain present above unlimited use and unrestricted exposure levels, Superfund sites should
be reviewed no less than every five years after initiation of the selected remedial action. Chapter 8,
Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring, provides additional guidance on the information that
should be collected for this review to be effective. As explained further in Chapter 8, the need for long-
term monitoring is not limited to sites where five-year reviews are required. Most sites where

                                                                                             2-17

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
contaminated sediment has been removed also should be monitored for some period to ensure that
cleanup levels and RAOs are met and will continue to be met.

2.5   WATERSHED CONSIDERATIONS

        A unique aspect of contaminated sediment sites is their relationship within the overall watershed,
or drainage area, in which they are located.  Within the watershed there often is a spectrum of issues that
the project manager may need to consider. Foremost among them at many sites is to work with the state
to ensure that fish consumption advisories are in place and well publicized. In addition, project managers
should understand the role of the contaminated water body in the watershed, including the habitat or flood
control functions it may serve, the presence of non-site-related contaminant sources in the watershed, and
current and reasonably anticipated or desired future uses of the water body and surrounding land.

2.5.1   Role of the Contaminated Water Body

        Most water bodies provide important habitat for spawning, migration, or food production for fish,
shellfish, birds, and other aquatic and land-based animals.  One significant issue is the protection of
migratory fish. These are fish such as salmon, shad, and herring that migrate as adults from marine
waters up estuaries and rivers to streams and lakes where they spawn.  The juveniles spend varying
lengths of time in freshwater before migrating to estuarine/marine waters. It can be difficult to evaluate
the impact of a particular contaminated sediment site on wide-ranging  species that may encounter several
sources of contamination along their migratory route. This can be an important consideration when
evaluating alternatives and establishing remediation goals  for a site, as these fish populations may not
show improvement if any link in their migratory route is missing, blocked, or toxic. For migratory
species, it may be more appropriate to measure risk and remedy effectiveness in terms of risk to juveniles,
or whatever part  of the life cycle is spent at the site.

        The size, topography, climate, and land use of a watershed, among other factors, may affect
characteristics of a water body, such as water quality, sedimentation rate, sediment characteristics,
seasonal water flows  and current velocities, and the potential for ice formation. For example, watersheds
with large wetland areas tend to store flood waters and enable ground water recharge, thereby protecting
downstream areas from increased flooding, whereas an agricultural or urbanized watershed may have
increased erosion and greater flow during storm events. Watershed changes can result from natural
events, such as wildfires, or from human activities such as road and dam construction/removal,
impoundment releases, and urban/suburban development.  When considering watershed characteristics, it
is generally important to consider both current and future watershed conditions.

        Some sediment sites are located in watersheds with a large number of historical and ongoing
point and non-point sources, from many potentially responsible parties. Where this is the case, it can be
especially important to attain expert assistance to plan site characterization strategies that are well suited
to the complexity of the issues and designed to answer specific questions. In urban watersheds and others
with a large number of ongoing sources, it may be beneficial for a broader group of stakeholders to
participate in setting priorities for site characterization and remediation efforts. In these areas, it can be
especially important to consider background concentrations when developing remedial objectives and to
evaluate the incremental improvement to the environment if an action is taken at a specific site in the
watershed. Approaching management of a site within the  watershed context may provide an opportunity
2-18

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
to better determine the needs and coordinate the sequence and schedule of cleanup activities in the
watershed.

2.5.2   Water Body and Land Uses

        Water body uses at sediment sites may include commercial navigation; commercial fisheries,
shellfisheries, or aquaculture; boating, swimming, and other forms of recreation; other commercial or
industrial uses; recreational or subsistence fishing or shellfishing; and other, less easily categorized uses.
Most water bodies used for commercial navigation, such as for shipping channels, turning basins, and
port areas, are periodically dredged to conform to the minimum depth for the area prescribed by
Congress; such dredging is typically performed or permitted by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
(USAGE).  Other commercial or industrial uses of a site may include the presence of gravel pits, drinking
water use, and industrial uses of water including cooling, washing, or waste water disposal.

        The NCP preamble (55 FR 8710) states that both current and future land uses should be evaluated
in assessing risks posed by contaminants at a Superfund site and discusses how Superfund  remedies
should be protective in light of reasonably anticipated future uses.  EPA has provided further guidance on
how to evaluate future land use in the OSWER Directive 9355.7-04, Land Use in the CERCLA Remedy
Selection Process (U.S. EPA 1995a, also referred to as the "Land Use Guidance"). This guidance
encourages early discussions with state and local land use planning authorities and the public, regarding
reasonably anticipated future uses of properties associated with a National Priorities List (NPL) site.  This
coordination should begin during the scoping phase of the RI/FS, and ongoing coordination is
recommended to ensure that any changes in expectations are incorporated into the remedial process.

        There are additional factors the project manager should include in considering anticipated future
uses for aquatic sites not specifically addressed in the Land Use Guidance.  For example, future use of the
site by ecological receptors may be a more important consideration for an aquatic sediment Superfund or
RCRA site as compared to an upland terrestrial site. A remediated sediment site may attract more
recreational, subsistence, and cultural uses, including fishing, swimming, and boating. Where applicable,
the  project manager should consider tribal treaty rights to collect fish or other aquatic resources. The
project manager should also consider [generally as TBCs (or to be  considered), see Chapter 3, Section 3.3
on ARARs] designated uses in the state's water quality standards, priorities established as a result of total
maximum daily loads (TMDLs), or pollution reduction efforts under various Clean Water Act (CWA)
programs in projecting future waterway uses. In ports and harbors, the project manager should consult
master plans developed by port and harbor authorities for projections of future use.  The USAGE should
also be contacted regarding future navigational dredging of federally maintained channels.

        There may be more parties to consult about anticipated future use at large sediment sites as
opposed to typical upland sites.  These parties include the community, environmental groups, natural
resource trustees, Indian tribes, the local department of health, as well as local government, port and
harbor authorities, and land use planning authorities. As with upland sites, consultation should start at the
RI/FS scoping phase and continue throughout the life of the project. Different stakeholders often have
divergent and conflicting ideas about future use at the site. Local residents and environmental groups
may anticipate future habitat restoration and increased recreational and ecological use while local
industrial landowners may project increased shipping and industrial use.  The NCP preamble (55 FR
8710) states that, in the baseline risk assessment, more than one future use assumption should be
considered when decision makers wish to understand the implications of different exposure scenarios.

                                                                                             2-19

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
Especially where there is some uncertainty regarding the anticipated future uses, the project manager
should compare the potential risks associated with several use scenarios.

       The identification of appropriate future use assumptions during the baseline risk assessment and
the feasibility study should allow the project manager to focus on developing protective, practicable, and
cost-effective remedial alternatives. In addition, coordination with stakeholders on land and water body
uses leads to opportunities to coordinate Superfund or RCRA remediation in conjunction with local
development or habitat restoration projects.  For example, at some sites the EPA has worked with port
authorities to combine Superfund or RCRA remedial dredging with dredging needed for navigation.
Others have combined capping needed for Superfund or RCRA remediation with habitat restoration,
allowing PRPs to settle natural resource damage claims in conjunction with the cleanup. However, as
noted in Chapter 1, Section  1.5, State, Tribal, and Trustee Involvement, whether remediation and
restoration are addressed concurrently is a site-specific decision that involves input from a number of
different parties.

2.6    SOURCE  CONTROL

       Identifying and controlling contaminant sources typically is  critical to the effectiveness of any
Superfund sediment cleanup.  Source control generally is defined for the purposes of this guidance as
those efforts are taken to eliminate or reduce, to the extent practicable, the release of contaminants from
direct and indirect continuing sources to the water body under investigation.  At some sediment sites, the
original sources of the contamination have already been controlled, but subsequent sources such as
contaminated floodplain soils, storm water discharges, and seeps of ground water or non-aqueous phase
liquids (NAPLs) may continue to introduce contamination to a site.   At sites with significant sediment
mobility, areas of higher contaminant concentration may act as continuing sources for less-contaminated
areas.

       Some sources, especially those outside the boundaries of the Superfund or RCRA site, may best
be handled under another authority, such as the CWA or a state program. These types of sites can present
an opportunity for partnering with private industry and other governmental entities to identify and control
sources on a watershed basis.  Water bodies with sources outside the Superfund site can also present a
need to balance the desire for watershed-wide solutions with practical considerations affecting a subset of
responsible parties. It can be difficult to determine the proper party to investigate sources outside the
Superfund site, but the site RI/FS must be sufficient to determine the extent of contamination coming onto
the site and its likely effect on any actions at the site. A critical question often is whether an action in one
part  of the watershed is likely to result in significant and lasting risk reduction, given the probable
timetable for other actions in the watershed.

       Source control activities are often broad-ranging in scope. Source control may  include
application of regulatory mechanisms and remedial technologies to be implemented according to ARARs,
including the application of technology-based and water quality-based National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) permitting to achieve and maintain sediment cleanup levels. Source
control actions may include, among others, the following:

               Elimination or treatment of contaminated waste water or ground water discharges (e.g.,
               installing additional treatment systems prior to discharge);
2-20

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
               Isolation or containment of sources (e.g., capping of contaminated soil) with attendant
               engineering controls;

               Pollutant load reductions of point and nonpoint sources based on a TMDL;

               Implementation of best management practices (e.g., reducing chemical releases to a storm
               drain line); and

               Removal or containment of potentially mobile sediment hot spots.

       EPA 's Contaminated Sediment Management Strategy (U.S. EPA 1998a) includes some
discussion of EPA's strategy for abating and controlling sources of sediment contamination. Source
control activities may be implemented by state or local governments using combinations of voluntary and
mandatory actions.

       The identification of continuing sources and an evaluation of their potential to re-contaminate site
sediment are often essential parts of site characterization and the development of an accurate conceptual
site model, regardless of source areas within the site. When there  are multiple sources, it is often
important to prioritize sources to determine the relative significance of continuing sources versus on-site
sediment in terms of site risks to determine where to focus resources. Where sources are a part of the site,
project managers should develop a source control strategy or approach for the site as early as possible
during site characterization.  Where sources are outside the site, project managers should encourage the
development of source control strategies by other authorities, and  understand those strategies. Generally,
a source control strategy should include plans for identifying, characterizing, prioritizing, and tracking
source control actions, and for evaluating the effectiveness of those actions. It is also useful to establish
milestones for source control that can be linked with sediment remedial design and cleanup actions. If
sources can be substantially controlled,  it is normally very important to reevaluate risk pathways to see if
sediment actions are still needed.  If sources cannot be substantially controlled, it is typically very
important to include these ongoing sources in the evaluation of what sediment actions may or may not be
appropriate and what RAOs are achievable for the site.

       Generally, significant continuing upland sources (including ground water,  NAPL, or upgradient
water releases) should be controlled to the greatest extent possible before sediment cleanup.  Once these
sources are controlled, project managers should evaluate the effectiveness of the actions, and should
refine and adjust levels of source control, as warranted. In most cases, before any sediment action is
taken, project managers should consider the potential for recontamination and factor that potential into the
remedy selection process. If a site includes a source that could result in significant recontamination,
source control measures will be likely necessary as part of that response action. However, where
sediment remediation is likely to yield significant benefits to human health and/or the environment after
considering the risks caused by an unaddressed or ongoing source, it may be appropriate to conduct an
action for sediment prior to completing all land-based source  control actions.

2.7   PHASED APPROACHES, ADAPTIVE  MANAGEMENT,  AND EARLY ACTIONS

       At some sediment sites, a phased approach to site characterization, remedy selection, or remedy
implementation may be the best or only practical option.  Phasing  site  characterization can be especially
useful when risks are high, yet some  important site-specific factors are unknown. Phasing in remedy

                                                                                            2-21

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
selection and implementation may be especially useful at sites where contaminant fate and transport
processes are not well understood or the remedy has significant implementation uncertainties. Phasing
may also be useful where the effectiveness of source control is in doubt. By knowing the effectiveness of
source control prior to implementing sediment cleanups, the risk of having to revisit recontaminated areas
is greatly reduced. High remedy costs, the lack of available services and/or equipment, and uncertainties
about the potential effectiveness or the risks of implementing the preferred sediment management
approach, can also lead to a decision to phase the cleanup.  At some sites, it may be advantageous to pilot
less invasive or less costly remedial alternatives early enough in the process that performance could be
tracked. If performance does not approach desired levels, then more invasive or more costly approaches
could be pursued.

        Phasing can also be used at large, multi-source, multi-PRP sites with primarily historic
contamination where contaminated sediment is still near the sources. At these types of sites, working
with a single responsible party to address sediment with higher contaminant concentrations near a specific
source may be an effective risk reduction measure, while the more complex decision making for the rest
of the site is ongoing.

        Project  managers are encouraged to use an adaptive management approach, especially at complex
sediment sites to provide additional certainty of information to support decisions. In general, this means
testing of hypotheses and conclusions and reevaluating  site assumptions as new information is gathered.
This is an important component of updating the conceptual site model. For example, an adaptive
management approach might include gathering and evaluating multiple data sets or pilot testing to
determine the effectiveness of various remedial technologies at a site.  The extent to which adaptation is
cost-effective is, of course, a site-specific decision. Resources on adaptive management at sediment sites
include the NRC's report Environmental Cleanup at Navy Facilities (NRC 2003) and Connolly and
Logan (2004).

        Even before the sediment at a site is well characterized, if risk is obvious, it may be very
important to begin to control significant ongoing land-based sources.  It also may be appropriate to take
other early  or interim actions, followed by a period of monitoring, before deciding on a final remedy.
Highlight 2-7 provides examples of early actions taken to control sources, minimize human exposure,
control sediment migration, or reduce risk from sediment hot spots at contaminated sediment sites.  Early
or interim actions are frequently used to prevent human exposure to contaminants or to control sources of
sediment contamination. However, such actions for sediment are less frequent. Factors for determining
which response  components may be suitable for early or interim actions include the time frame needed to
attain specific objectives, the relative urgency posed by potential or actual exposure, the degree to which
an action may reduce site risks, and compatibility with likely long-term actions (U.S. EPA 1992b).

        An early action taken under Superfund removal authority may be appropriate at a sediment site
when, for example, it is necessary to respond quickly to a release or a threatened release of a hazardous
substance that would present an immediate threat. At contaminated sediment sites, removal authority or
state authorities have been used to implement many of the actions listed in Highlight 2-7. The NCP at 40
CFR §300.415 outlines  criteria for using removal authority, as further explained in the EPA guidance and
directives (U.S. EPA 1993a, U.S. EPA 1996d, U.S. EPA 2000d).  Project managers may also consider
separating the management of source areas from other, less concentrated areas by establishing separate
operable units (OUs) for the site.
2-22

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
2.8   SEDIMENT AND CONTAMINANT FATE AND TRANSPORT

        An important part of the remedial investigation at many sediment sites is an assessment of the
extent of sediment and contaminant transport and the effect of that transport on exposure and risk. This
usually  includes gaining an understanding of the processes and events in the past and predicting future
transport and exposure.
        Highlight 2-7: Potential Examples of Early Actions at Contaminated Sediment Sites
 Actions to prevent releases of contaminants from sources:

         Excavation or containment of floodplain soils or other source materials in the floodplain

         Engineering controls (e.g., sheet pilings, slurry walls, grout curtains, and extraction) to prevent highly
         contaminated ground water,  NAPL, or leachate from reaching surface water and sediment

         Engineering controls to prevent contaminated runoff from reaching surface water and sediment

 Actions to minimize human exposure  to contaminants (coordinated with other appropriate agencies):

         Access restrictions

         Fish consumption advisories

         Use restrictions and advisories for water bodies

         Actions to protect downstream drinking water supplies

 Actions to minimize further migration  of contaminated sediment:

         Boating controls (e.g., vessel draft or wake restrictions to prevent propeller wash, anchoring restrictions)

         Excavating, dredging, capping, or otherwise isolating contaminated sediment hot spots

 Actions taken to reduce risk from highly contaminated sediment hot spots:

         Capping, excavation, or dredging of localized areas of contaminated sediment that pose a very high risk
        In most aquatic environments, surface sediment and any associated contaminants move overtime.
The more important and more complex issue is whether movement of contaminated sediment (surface and
subsurface), or of contaminants alone, is occurring or may occur at scales and rates that will significantly
change their current contribution to human health and ecological risk. Addressing that issue requires an
understanding of the role of natural processes that counteract sediment and contaminant movement and
fate, such as natural sedimentation and armoring, and contaminant transformations to less toxic or less
bioavailable compounds. For this reason, it is important for project managers to use technical experts to
help in the analysis, especially where large amounts of resources are at stake.

        Sediment movement also is a complex topic because it has both positive and negative effects on
risk. For example, floods frequently transport both clean and contaminated sediment, which are
subsequently deposited within the water body and on floodplains. This may spread contamination,
                                                                                              2-23

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
isolate (through burial) other existing contamination, and lower concentrations of contaminants (through
dilution) within the immediate site boundaries.

        Both natural and man-made (i.e., anthropogenic) forces may cause sediment and contaminants to
move. Highlight 2-8 lists examples of each.
            Highlight 2-8: Potential Causes of Sediment and/or Contaminant Movement
 Natural causes of sediment movement include:

         Routine currents in rivers, streams, and harbors

         Tides in marine waters and estuaries

         Floods generated by rainfall or snow-melt induced runoff from land surfaces

         Ice thaw and ice dam-induced scour

         Seiches (oscillation of lake elevation caused by sustained winds), especially in the Great Lakes

         Storm-generated waves and currents (e.g., hurricanes, Pacific cyclones, nor'easters)

         Seismic-generated waves (e.g., tsunamis)

         Earthquakes, landslides, and dam failures

         Bioturbation from micro- and macrofauna

 Anthropogenic causes of sediment movement include:

         Navigational dredging and channel maintenance

         Placer mining as well as sand and gravel mining

         Intentional removal or breaching of hydraulic structures such as dams, dikes, weirs, groins, and
         breakwaters

         I n-water construction

         Boat propeller wash, ships'  wakes, ship grounding or anchor dragging

 Causes of dissolved contaminant movement without sediment movement include:

         Flow of ground water through sediment

         Molecular diffusion

         Gas-assisted transport
        Many contaminated sediment sites are located in areas that are primarily depositional, or in areas
where only a limited surface layer of sediment is routinely mobilized. In these fairly stable areas, other
processes may contribute to sediment and contaminant movement and resulting exposure and risk.  These
include, for sediment, bioturbation, and for dissolved contaminants, ground water flow, molecular
diffusion, and, potentially, gas-assisted transport.  Like erosion and deposition, these processes continue

2-24

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
to operate after remedies are in place, so an understanding of whether or not they are likely to be
significant ongoing contaminant transport pathways at a particular site is especially important for
evaluating in-situ capping and MNR alternatives.

       Various empirical and modeling methods exist for evaluating sediment and contaminant
movement and their consequences.  The models normally rely upon site-specific empirical data for input
parameters.  Both empirical methods and models have limitations, so it is usually important to consider a
variety of methods in evaluating a site and to compare the results.  For large or complex sediment sites,
project managers should approach an assessment of sediment and contaminant movement from the
following aspects:

               A site-specific assessment of empirical site characterization data (see Section 2.8.1);

               A site-specific assessment of the frequencies and intensities of expected routine and
               extreme events that mobilize sediment (see Section 2.8.2);

               A site-specific assessment of ongoing processes that mobilize contaminants in otherwise
               stable sediment, such as bioturbation, diffusion, and advection (see Section 2.8.3); and

               A site-specific assessment of the expected consequences or results of sediment and
               contaminant movement in terms of exposure and risk, cost, or other consequences (see
               Section 2.8.4).

       As noted above, this assessment will frequently require the use of models. A wide variety of
models is available,  ranging from simple  models with small numbers of input criteria to complex, multi-
dimensional models that are data intensive. A discussion of model uses and selection is presented in
Section 2.9.

       Especially for larger sites, a "lines of evidence" approach should be used to evaluate the extent of
sediment and contaminant movement and resultant exposure for various areas of the water body.  Where
multiple lines of evidence point to similar conclusions, project managers may have more confidence in
their predictions. Where the lines of evidence do not concur, project managers should bring their
technical experts together to determine the source of the discrepancies and understand their significance.
This approach is described in more detail in Chapter 4, Section 4.4, Evaluation of Natural Recovery.

2.8.1  Data Collection

       An assessment of sediment and contaminant movement begins with the collection of a variety of
empirical data (i.e., data derived from field or laboratory observation).  Although literature values may be
available for some parameters,  project managers are encouraged to collect site-specific information for
the most  important processes at the site (as identified in the conceptual  site model), especially where large
resources are at stake in decision making.

       The  vertical and horizontal sediment and contaminant distributions present at a site are a result of
all of the routine and extreme, natural and anthropogenic processes that contribute to the physical,
chemical, and biological attributes of a water body.  Site conditions at the time of investigation generally
reflect a combination of influences. Project managers should not assume that current conditions represent

                                                                                            2-25

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
stable conditions when, in fact, sediment may be actively responding to recent or current forces and
events.  Conversely, project managers should not assume a site or all areas of a site are unstable or
contaminants are mobile at a scale or rate which significantly impacts risk. At many sites, the same areas
of contamination persist over many years, despite some level of surface sediment and contaminant
redistribution.

        Processes that are important in terms of exposure and risk on a watershed scale may be less
important in smaller, more isolated areas of a water body.  Both scales of investigation may be needed.
For example, in some situations, the large scale rainstorms associated with hurricanes may greatly impact
sediment loading to the water body through erosion of watershed soils, but have little effect on stability of
the in-water sediment bed itself. When considering the potential impacts of disruptive forces on sediment
movement, it is important to assess these forces as they relate to the overall watershed and in terms of
current and future site characteristics.

        Many site characteristics affect sediment movement, but primary among them are the flow-
induced shear stress at the bottom of the water body during various conditions, and the cohesiveness of
the upper sediment layers. In most environments, bottom shear stress is controlled by currents, waves,
and bottom roughness (e.g., sand ripples, biologically formed mounds in fines). A preliminary evaluation
of the significance of sediment movement should include at least site-specific measurements of surface
water flow velocities and discharges, water body bathymetry, and surface sediment types (e.g., by use of
surface grab samples).

        In some cases, empirically measured erosion rates are lower than anticipated from simple models,
due to natural armoring. Winnowing (suspension and transport) of fines from the surface layers of
sediment is one common form of armoring. Others are listed in Highlight 2-9, including the effect known
as "dynamic armoring," which describes the effect caused by suspended sediment or a fluff,  floe, or low
density mud layer (present in some estuaries  and lakes) that decreases the expected erosion rate of
underlying sediment.
                            Highlight 2-9: Principal Types of Armoring
 Physical:
        Winnowing of fine grained materials, leaving larger-grained materials on surface

        Compaction of fine-grained sediment

 Chemical:
        Chemical reactions and weathering of surface sediment

 Dynamic:
        Suspended sediment dampening turbulence during high flow events

 Biological:
        Physical protection and sequestration by rooted aquatic vegetation

        Mucous excretions of polychaetes

        Erosion-resistant fecal pellets or digested sediment
2-26

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
        Sediment properties that affect cohesion and erosion in many sediment environments include
bulk density, particle size (average and distribution), clay mineralogy, the presence of methane gas, and
the organic content. It is not unusual for erosion rates to vary by 2 to 3 orders of magnitude spatially at a
site,  depending on currents, bathymetry, bioturbation, and other factors (e.g., pore water salinity).  In a
fairly uniform cohesive sediment core, erosion rates may drop several orders of magnitude with depth
into the sediment bed, but in  more variable cores this may not be the case.

        Biological processes by macro- and microorganisms also affect sediment in multiple ways, both
to increase erosion (e.g., gas  generation and bioturbation by lowering bulk density) and to decrease
erosion (e.g., aquatic vegetation, biochemical reactions which increase shear strength of sediment). The
process of sediment mixing caused by bioturbation is discussed further in Section 2.8.3.

        A wide variety of empirical methods is available to assess the extent of past sediment and
contaminant movement.  Highlight 2-10 lists some key examples. Each of these methods has advantages
and limitations, and generally none should be used in isolation. The help of technical experts is likely to
be needed to determine which methods are most likely to be useful at a particular site.
2.8.2   Routine and Extreme Events

        Naturally occurring hydrodynamic forces such as those generated by wind, waves, currents, and
tides, occur with great predictability and significantly influence sediment characteristics and movement
(Hall 1994). While these routine forces seldom cause changes that are dramatically visible, they may be
the events causing highest shear stress and, therefore, the most important factors in controlling the
physical structure of a given water body. In northern climates, formation of ice dams and ice scour are
also routine events that may have significant effects on sediment. It is important to note that seasonal
changes in water flow may also affect where erosion and deposition occur.  Depending on the location  of
the site, (e.g., riverine areas, coastal/marine area, inland water bodies), different water body factors will
play important roles in determining sediment movement. To determine the frequency of particular
routine forces acting upon sediment, project managers should obtain historical records on flows and
stages from nearby gauging stations and on other hydrodynamic forces.  However, project managers
should keep in mind that residential or commercial development in a watershed may significantly increase
the impervious area and subsequently increase the frequency and intensity of routine flood events. While
the intensity of most routine forces  may be low, their high frequency may cause them to be an important
influence on sediment movement within some  water bodies.
                                                                                             2-27

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
     Highlight 2-10: Key Empirical Methods to Evaluate Sediment and Contaminant Movement
 Bathymetry (evaluates net change in sediment surface elevations)
         Single point/local area devices
         Transects/cross-sections (with known vertical and horizontal accuracy)
         Longitudinal river profiles along the thalweg (i.e., location of deepest depth)
         Acoustic surveys (with known vertical and horizontal accuracy)
         Comparison to dredging records, aerial photos,  overall geomorphology
 Contaminant data (from continuous cores, surface sediment, and water column):
         Time-series observations (event scale and long-term seasonal, annual, decade-scale)
         Comparison of core pattern or changing pattern in surface sediment, with pollutant loading history
         Comparison of concentration  patterns during and after high energy events
 Sediment data (e.g., from continuous cores or surface samples):
         Patterns of grain-size distribution (McLaren and Bowles 1985, McLaren et al. 1993, Pascoe et al. 2002)
         In-situ or ex-situ erosion measurement devices  [e.g., SEDFLUME (Jepsen et al. 1997, McNeil et al.
         1996), PES (Tsai and Lick 1986), Sea Carousel (Maa et al. 1993), or Inverted Flume (Ravens and
         Gschwend 1999)]
         Sediment water interface camera
 Geochronology (evaluates continuity of sedimentation and age of sediment with depth in cores):
         13'Cs, lignin, stable Pb (longer-lived species to evaluate burial rate and age progression with depth)
         210Pb, 7Be, 234Th (shorter-lived species to evaluate depth of mixing zone)
         X-radiography, color density analysis
 Geomorphological studies:
         Land  and water body geometry and bathymetry; physical processes
         Human  modifications
 Sediment-contaminant mass balance studies, especially  during high energy events:
         Upstream and tributary loadings (grain size distributions and rating curves)
         Tidal  cycle sampling (in marine estuaries and coastal seas)
         Sampling during the rising limb of a rain-event generated runoff hydrograph (frequently greatest erosion)
 Dissolved contaminant movement:
         Seepage meters at sediment  surface
         Gradients near water body
2-28

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
       In contrast, some water bodies are significantly affected by short-term extreme forces that are
much less common. In many cases, these "extreme" forces originate by the same mechanisms as
"routine" forces (e.g., wind) but are significantly stronger than routine conditions and capable of moving
large amounts of sediment.  Some extreme events, however, have no routine event counterparts (e.g.,
earthquakes). Meteorological events, such as hurricanes, may move large amounts of sediment in coastal
areas due to storm surges and unusually high tides that cause flooding.  Flooding may occur from snow-
melt and other unusually heavy precipitation events resulting in the movement of large amounts of upland
soil and erosion of sediment, which are then deposited in other areas of the water body or on floodplains
when the flow slows during the falling limb  of the runoff hydrograph.  Scour of the sediment bed may
also result from the movement of ice and/or natural or man-made  debris during extreme flood events. To
obtain a preliminary understanding of extreme event frequency at a site, it is important to examine both
historical records (e.g., meteorological and flow records) and site  characterization data (e.g., core data and
bathymetry).

       Floods are frequently classified by their probability of occurrence; for example 50-year, 100-year,
200-year, and probable maximum flood. Although the term "100-year  flood" suggests a time frame, it is
in fact a probability expression that a flood has a one percent probability of occurring (or being exceeded)
in any year. Similarly, 200-year flood refers to a flood with a 0.5 percent probability of occurring in any
year.  Probable maximum flood refers to the most extreme flood that could theoretically occur based on
maximum rainfall and maximum runoff in a watershed. It is not uncommon for multiple low probability
events to happen more frequently than expected, especially when  the hydrograph record used to
determine these probabilities is not very long or where land use or climate is changing.

       It is important to consider the intensity of extreme hydrodynamic forces as well as their
frequency.  Intensity is a measure of the strength, power or energy of a  force.  The intensity of a force will
be a significant determinant of its possible impact on the proposed remedy.  Tropical storms (including
hurricanes) are often classified according to their intensity, that is, the effects at a particular place and
time, which is a function of both the magnitude of and distance from the event. Tropical storms such as
hurricanes are commonly classified by intensity using the Saffir-Simpson Scale of Category 1 to Category
5. Other physical forces and events, such as earthquakes, may be classified according to magnitude, that
is, a measure of the strength of the force or the energy released by the event. Earthquakes are most
commonly classified in this way (e.g., the Richter scale) although they may also be classified by intensity
at a certain surface location (e.g., the Modified Mercalli scale).

       For sites in areas that may be affected by extreme events, project managers should assess the
record of occurrence near the site and determine the appropriate category or categories for analysis.  The
recurrence interval that is considered in  a project generally relates to the magnitude of the resultant
impacts.  The choice of design event gives consideration to the impact of the event and the cost of
designing against the event. For evaluation of contaminated sediment sites, project managers should
evaluate the impacts on sediment and contaminant movement of a 100-year flood and other events or
forces with a similar probability of occurrence (i.e., 0.01 in a year). A similar probability of occurrence
may be appropriate for analysis of other extreme events such as hurricanes and earthquakes. At some
sites, it may be appropriate to analyze the effects of events with lower and higher probabilities to
understand the cost-effectiveness of various  design decisions. Recorded characteristics of physical
events, such as current velocities or wave heights, may provide project  managers with parameters needed
to calculate or model sediment movement. If information from historical records is insufficient or the
historical record is too short to be useful, project managers should consider obtaining technical assistance

                                                                                            2-29

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
to model a range of potential events to estimate effects on sediment movement and transport. Section 2.9
of this chapter discusses modeling in more detail.

2.8.3   Bioturbation

        In some depositional environments, the most important natural process bringing contaminants to
the sediment surface is bioturbation. Broadly speaking, bioturbation is the movement of sediment by the
activities of aquatic organisms. Although this movement may be in many directions, it is the vertical
mixing that is mainly of concern for project managers because it brings contaminants to the bed surface,
where most exposures occur. While many discussions of bioturbation are focused on sediment dwelling
animals, such as worms and clams, bioturbation may also include the activity of larger organisms such as
fish and aquatic mammals. The effects of bioturbation can include the mixing  of sediment layers,
alteration of chemical forms of contaminants, bioaccumulation, and transport of contaminants from the
sediment to interstitial/pore water or the water column.  Many bottom-dwelling organisms physically
move sediment particles during activities such as locomotion, feeding, and shelter building. These
activities may alter sediment structure, biology, and chemistry, but the extent and magnitude of the
alteration depends on site location, sediment type, and the types of organisms and contaminants present.

        One factor of concern for understanding exposure is the depth to which significant physical
mixing of sediment takes place, sometimes known as the "mixing zone." The depth of the mixing zone
can be determined by examination of sediment cores (especially radioisotope analysis of core sections), or
other site characterization data that displays the cumulative results of bioturbation through time, but
useful information may also be gained from a sediment profile camera and other results. It is also useful
to be aware of the typical burrowing depths of aquatic organisms in uncontaminated environments similar
to the site. Project managers should keep in mind, however, that population density has a tremendous
effect on whether organisms present at the site may have a significant effect on the mixing zone. It is
important to understand the depth of the mixing zone in the various environments at a site because, where
sediment is not subject to significant erosion and contaminants are not significantly mobilized by ground
water advection, contaminants below this zone are unlikely to contribute to current or future risk at a site.

        Typically, the population of benthic organisms is greatest in the top few centimeters of sediment.
In fresh waters, the decline in population density with depth is such that the mixed layer is commonly five
to 10 cm deep  (NRC 2001), although it may be deeper, especially in marine waters with high populations
of deep burrowing organisms. Highlight 2-11 provides examples of organisms that cause bioturbation,
their activity type, and the general depth of the activity. However, project managers should also consider
the activity type, the intensity of the activity, and organism population density, when determining the
extent bioturbation should be considered in site evaluation. For example, the depth and effectiveness of
bioturbation may be very different in a highly productive estuary and in a heavily used commercial boat
slip.

        A project manager should be aware of at least the following parameters when assessing the depth
of the mixing zone and the potential role bioturbation will play on a given sediment bed:

               Site location - Salinity, water temperatures, depths, seasonal variation);

               Sediment type - Size distribution, organic and carbonate content, bulk density); and
2-30

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
       •       Organism t\>pe - Organisms either present and/or likely to recruit to and recolonize
               the area).

       This analysis may be done for naturally deposited sediment as well as potential in-situ capping
material or dredging backfill material. Where bioturbation is likely to be a significant process, it is
important to evaluate the depth over which it causes significant mixing, using site-specific data and
assistance by technical experts, to assess alternative approaches for the site.
Highlight 2-11: Sample Depths of Bioturbation Activity
Organism Activity Type Depth Reference
Fresh water
Tubificid worm
(oligochaete)
Midge and Mayfly
(insects)
Burbot (fish)
Burrowing/Feeding
Burrowing/Feeding
Burrowing
0-3 cm
0- 15 cm
0 cm - 30 cm
Matisoff, Wang, and McCall 1999
Pennak 1978
Matisoff and Wang 2000
Pennak 1978
Boyeret al. 1990
Marine/Estuarine (Atlantic Coast)
Bristleworm (polychaete)
Bamboo worm
(polychaete)
Fiddler crab (crustacean)
Clam (bivalve)
Burrowing
Burrowing/Feeding
Burrowing
Burrowing
0 cm -15 cm
0 cm - 20 cm
0 cm - 30.5 cm
0 cm - 3 cm
Hylleberg 1975
Rhoads 1967
Warner 1977
Risk and Moffat 1977
Marine/Estuarine (Pacific Coast)
Bristleworm (polychaete)
Fiddler crab (crustacean)
Clam (bivalve)
Burrowing
Burrowing
Burrowing
0 cm- 15 cm
0 cm - 30.5 cm
0 cm - 3 cm
Hylleberg 1975
Warner 1977
Risk and Moffat 1977
2.8.4   Predicting the Consequences of Sediment and Contaminant Movement

        Depending on its extent, movement of sediment or contaminants may or may not have significant
consequences for risk, cost, or other important factors at a specific site. A number of differing factors
may be important in determining whether expected or predicted movements are acceptable. Historical
records or monitoring data for contaminant concentrations in sediment and water during events such as
floods may be valuable in analyzing the increase in exposure and risk. Where this information is not
available or has significant uncertainty, models may also be very useful to help understand and predict
changes. This analysis should include increased risk from not only contaminant releases to the immediate
water body, but wherever those contaminants are likely to be deposited.  Increased cost may include
remedy  costs such as cap repair or costs related to contaminant dispersal, such as increased disposal cost
                                                                                            2-31

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
of downstream navigational dredging. There may also be societal or cultural impacts of contaminant
releases the project manager should consider, such as lost use of resources.

        Project managers should assess the impacts of contaminant release on potential receptors on a
site-specific basis, using information generated during the baseline human health and ecological risk
assessments.  Where natural recovery is being evaluated, project managers should recognize that not only
the rate of net sedimentation, but also the frequency of erosive episodes, can help determine the rate of
recovery for surface sediment and biota. Where in-situ capping is being evaluated, project managers
should recognize that some amount of erosion and sediment transport may be acceptable and can be
incorporated into plans for remedial design and cap maintenance.  Increased risk to human or ecological
receptors due to contaminant releases during dredging may be a related analysis when considering
dredging. Comparing the increased risks, costs, or other consequences of sediment disruption due to
natural causes or the remedy itself also may be an important part of the remedy selection process.

        When evaluating remedy alternatives, the significance of potential harm due to reexposure of
contaminated sediment or contaminated sediment redistribution is an important consideration.  Factors to
be considered include the nature of the contaminants, the nature of the potential receiving  environment
and biological receptors, and the potential for repair or recovery from the disturbance.  These factors can
be used to evaluate risks, costs, and/or other effects of different events on existing contaminated sediment
or sediment remedies.

2.9    MODELING

        Models are tools that are used at many sediment sites when characterizing site  conditions,
assessing risks, and/or evaluating remedial alternatives. A complex computer model (e.g., multi-
dimensional numerical model) may not be needed if there is widespread agreement about the best
remedial strategy based on an adequate understanding of site conditions, however, this is not often the
case.  At some sites, significant uncertainties exist about site characterization data and the  processes that
contribute to relative effectiveness of available remedial alternatives. Models can help fill gaps in
knowledge and allow investigation of relationships and processes at a site that are not fully understood.
For this reason, simple or complex modeling can play a role at most sediment sites.

        There is a wide range of simpler empirical models and more robust computer models that can be
applied to contaminated  sediment sites. Simple models that aggregate processes or consider only some
portion of a problem can provide significant insights and should be applied  routinely at sediment sites,
even complex sites.  For example, simple steady-state mass balance models applied during a time period
where there are no disruptive events can be used to determine whether external contaminant sources have
been identified and properly quantified.  Hydrodynamic model predictions of currents and associated
bottom shear stresses can provide information about the potential for erosion and the degree of interaction
between backwater and main channel areas. Even if a complex fate and transport model is never
developed, simple modeling can be used to develop a better understanding of current and future site
conditions and lead to selection of the most appropriate remedial alternative.

        More complex fate and transport models are frequently applied to the most complex sites.  These
sites typically have a long history of data collection, have documented contaminant concentrations in
sediment and biota, and often have fish consumption advisories already in place. Fate  and transport
models can be useful tools, even though they can be time consuming and expensive to  apply at complex

2-32

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
sediment sites. Most of these modeling efforts require large quantities of site-specific data, and typically
a team of experienced modelers is needed. Nevertheless, these models are helpful in that they give, when
properly applied, a more complete understanding of the transport and fate of contaminants than typically
can be provided by empirical data (from field or laboratory) alone.

        Whether and when to use a model, and what models to use, are site-specific decisions and
modeling experts should be consulted. Modeling of contaminated sediment, just as with other modeling,
should follow a systematic planning and implementation process. Technical assistance is available to
project managers from EPA's Superfund Sediment Resource Center (SSRC), where experts from inside
and outside the Agency may be accessed. Additional research about contaminated sediment transport and
food web modeling is underway at the Office of Research and Development (ORD) (e.g., U.S. EPA in
preparation 1 and 2). Project managers should monitor the  Superfund sediment Web site at
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/resources/sediment or contact their region's ORD Hazardous Substance
Technical Liaison for more information.

        In most cases, simple or complex models are expected to complement environmental
measurements and address gaps that exist in empirical information.  Examples of the uses of models
include the following:

              Identifying data gaps during the initial phases of a site investigation;

              Illustrating how contaminant concentrations vary spatially at a site.  Empirical
              information can provide useful benchmarks that can be interpolated or modeled to get a
              better understanding of the distribution of contaminants;

        •      Predicting contaminant fate and transport over long periods of time (e.g., decades) or
              during episodic, high-energy events (e.g., tropical storm or low-frequency flood event);

        •      Predicting future contaminant concentrations in sediment, water and biota to evaluate
              relative differences among the proposed remedial alternatives, ranging from monitored
              natural recovery to extensive removal; and

              Comparing modeled results to observed measurements to show convergence  of
              information.  Both modeling results and empirical data usually will have a measure of
              uncertainty, and modeling can help to examine the uncertainties (e.g., through sensitivity
              analysis) and refine estimates, which may include indications for where to sample next.

        The use of models at sediment sites is not limited to the remedy selection phase.  Most sites that
use models for evaluation of proposed remedies have previously developed a mass balance or other type
of model during the  development of the baseline risk assessment. These models are often used to
quantify the relationships among contaminant sources, exposure pathways, and receptors. At these sites,
the same model is often used to predict the response of the system to various cleanup options. Where this
is done, it is important to continue to test the model predictions by monitoring during the remedy
implementation and post-remedy phases to assess whether cleanup is progressing as predicted by the
model.  Where it is not, information should be relayed to the modeling team so the model can be modified
or recalibrated and then used to develop  more accurate future  predictions.
                                                                                           2-33

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
2.9.1   Sediment/Contaminant Transport and Fate Model Characteristics

        A sediment/contaminant transport and fate model typically is a mathematical or conceptual
representation of the movement of sediment and associated contaminants, and the chemical fate of those
contaminants, as governed by physical, chemical and biological factors, in water bodies.  Currently, there
are two basic types of sediment transport models: conceptual and mathematical models. In addition, there
are several different types of mathematical models.  General types of models are described in Highlight 2-
12, and an example of a conceptual site model is presented in Highlight 2-13.
          Highlight 2-12: Key Characteristics of the Major Types of Sediment/Contaminant
                                     Transport and Fate Models
 Conceptual Model:

 Identifies the following: 1) contaminants of potential concern; 2) sources of the contaminants; 3) physical and
 biogeochemical processes and interactions that control the transport and fate of sediment and associated
 contaminants; 4) exposure pathways; and 5) ecological and human receptors.

 Mathematical Model:

 A set of equations that quantitatively represent the processes and interactions identified by the conceptual model
 that govern the transport and fate of sediment and associated contaminants.  Mathematical models include
 analytical,  regression, and numerical models.

 Analytical Model:

 An analytical model is one or more equations (e.g., simplified - a linearized, one-dimensional form of the
 advection-diffusion equation) for which a closed-form solution exists.  This type of model may not be applicable at
 most sites due to  the complexities associated with the forcing hydrodynamics and spatial and temporal
 heterogeneities in sediment and contaminant properties/characteristics.

 Regression Model:

 A regression model is a statistically determined equation that relates a dependent variable to one or more
 independent variables. A stage-discharge rating curve is an example of a regression model in which stage (e.g.,
 water level) and discharge (e.g., amount of water flow) are the independent and dependent variables, respectively.

 Numerical Model:

 In a numerical model, an approximate solution  of the set of governing differential equations  is obtained using a
 numerical technique.  Examples of numerical techniques include finite difference and finite element methods. A
 numerical model is used when the processes being modeled are represented by nonlinear equations for which
 closed-form solutions do not exist.
2-34

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
      Highlight 2-13: Sample Conceptual Site Model Focusing on Sediment-Water Interaction
                              Precipitation
                               t
JlelLIIILl
4
                                Bed Load  JL  Deposition  Sorption/
                                Transport  ^        Desorption
                      Sediment
                Sorption/     MetalsSolubility
               DesDrption       Changes
                    Diagenesis
 Source: Modified from Sediment Management Workgroup (SMWG)
        Typically, transport and fate models are inherently limited by our current understanding of the
factors governing these processes and our ability to quantify them (i.e., represent mathematically their
interactions and effects on the transport and fate of sediment and contaminants). Even the most complex
sediment model may be a relatively simplistic representation of the movement of sediment through
natural and engineered water bodies. It may be simplistic due to the following:

        •        Limitations in our understanding of natural systems, as reflected in the current state-of-
                the-science;

        •        Empiricism inherent in predicting flow-induced sediment transport, bank erosion, and
                nonpoint source loads;
                                                                                                2-35

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
               The relatively large space and time blocks used for modeling the water body; and

               The inability to realistically simulate geomorphological processes such as river
               meandering, bank erosion, and localized effects (e.g., due to natural debris or beaver
               dams).

       Nevertheless, sediment/contaminant transport and fate models generally are useful tools when
properly applied, although they are data intensive and require specialized expertise to apply and interpret
the results.

2.9.2  Determining Whether A Mathematical Model is Appropriate

       Since mathematical transport and fate models can be time-intensive and expensive to apply, their
use and interpretation generally require specialized expertise. Because of this, mathematical modeling is
not recommended for every sediment site. In  some cases, existing empirical data and new monitoring
data may be sufficient to support a decision. A mathematical modeling study is usually not warranted for
very small (i.e., localized) sites, where cleanup may be relatively easy and inexpensive. Mathematical
modeling generally is recommended for large  or complex sites, especially where it is necessary to predict
contaminant transport and fate over extended periods of time to evaluate relative differences among
possible remedial approaches.

       Project managers should use the following series of questions to help guide the process for
determining the appropriate use of site-specific mathematical models:

               Have the questions or hypotheses the model is intended to answer been determined?

               Are historical data and/or simple quantitative techniques available to answer these
               questions with the desired accuracy?

               Have the spatial extent, heterogeneity, and  levels of contamination at the site been
               defined?

               Have all significant ongoing sources of contamination been defined?

               Do sufficient data exist to support the use of a mathematical model, and if not, are time
               and resources available to collect the required data to achieve the desired level of
               confidence in model results? and

       •       Are time and resources available to perform the modeling study itself?

       If the decision is made that some level of mathematical modeling is appropriate, the following
section should assist project managers in deciding what type of model should be used.

2.9.3  Determining the Appropriate Level of Model

       When the decision is made that a mathematical model is  appropriate at a site, project managers
should generally consider three steps in determining what level of modeling to use.  It is important to
consider all three steps in order.  In some cases, these three  steps may be more useful when  performed in

2-36

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
an iterative fashion (for example, based on additional data analysis or from results obtained during Step 3,
it may become apparent that the conceptual site model (CSM) should be modified).

Step 1: Develop Conceptual Site Model

       Development of a CSM is recommended as the key first step in this process in determining the
level of modeling. As described in Section 2.2, a CSM identifies the processes and interactions that
typically control the transport and fate of contaminants, including sediment associated contaminants. If
this step is not performed, then the decision of what level of modeling is appropriate may be made with
less than the requisite information that might be needed to make a scientifically defensible decision.

       The development of a CSM usually requires examination of existing site data to assist in
determining the significant physical and biogeochemical processes and interactions. Relatively simple
quantitative expressions of key transport and fate processes using existing site data, such as presented by
Reible and  Thibodeaux (1999)  or Cowen et al. (1999), may help in identifying those processes most
significant at the site.

Step 2: Determine Processes that Can and Cannot be Currently Modeled

       This step concerns determining if the most significant processes and interactions that control the
transport and/or fate of sediment contaminants, as identified in the CSM, can be simulated with one or
more existing sediment transport and fate models. Mathematical models (in particular numerical models)
that have been developed can simulate most of the processes controlling the transport and fate of sediment
and contaminants in water bodies (including a wide variety of physical, chemical, and biological
processes).  Highlight 2-14 depicts the inter-relationship  of some major processes and the type of model
with which they are  associated.  If it is determined that there are existing models capable of simulating at
a minimum the most significant (i.e., first-order) processes and interactions, then the project manager
should (using the appropriate technical experts) identify the types of models  (e.g., analytical, regression,
numerical)  having this capability and eliminate from further consideration those types of models not
having this  capability.

       Depending on the needs at the site, models or model components ("modules") may link many of
these processes presented in Highlight 2-14 into one model. Examples of the processes that  can be
modeled include the following:

               Land and air: Physical processes that result in loading of contaminants to water bodies
               may include point discharges, overland flow  (i.e., runoff), discharge of ground water,
               NAPL seeps, and air deposition;

       •       Water column: Physical processes that may result in movement of dissolved or sediment-
               sorbed contaminants include transport via the water's ambient flow (advection),
               diffusion, and settling of sediment particles containing sorbed contaminants;

               Sediment bed:  Important physical processes include the movement of pore water and
               dissolved contaminants, seepage into and out of the sediment bed and banks, and the
               mixing of dissolved and sediment-sorbed contaminants by bioturbation. In addition, both
               sorbed and  dissolved material may be exchanged between the water column and sediment
               bed due to sediment deposition and resuspension or erosion; and

                                                                                            2-37

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
                Water column and sediment bed: Physiochemical processes influencing the fate and
                transport of contaminants include two-phase and three-phase chemical partitioning as
                described below. Biogeochemical reaction processes influencing the fate of
                contaminants include speciation, volatilization, anaerobic gas formation, hydrolysis,
                oxidation, photolysis, biotransformation, and biological uptake.
                Highlight 2-14: Sample Contaminant Exposure Modeling Framework
  MODELS
    AIR
Hydrodynarric/
Fluid Transport
Sediment
Transport
  WATER
         Interfacial
         Bed Layer
    BED
          Intermediate
            Layer
          Deep Bed
                                       Burial to
                                      Deep Bed
Chemical Fate
and Transport
  Food Chain
Bioaccurrulation
                                                         Volatilization
                                   Advection

                                   Biodegradatipn

                              Partitioning
PART
4 	
	 >
as
                                                                  Qffusion and Burial to
                                                                     Deep Bed
 Source: NRC 2001
        In Highlight 2-14 and in other modeling discussions, generally, "two-phase partitioning" refers to
modeling the contaminant in two parts or phases: a bioavailable dissolved fraction and a generally non-
2-38

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
bioavailable participate fraction. In "three-phase partitioning," contaminant concentrations are normally
considered in three phases: the bioavailable dissolved phase, a generally non-bioavailable dissolved
organic carbon (DOC) phase, and a generally non-bioavailable particulate organic carbon phase.

       If it is determined that there are no existing models capable of simulating, at a minimum, the most
significant (i.e., first-order) processes and interactions, then project managers may need to rely on other
tools or methods for evaluating proposed approaches, or develop and test new models or modules.

       Examples of processes that cannot be dynamically simulated, even using state-of-the-art sediment
transport models, may include geomorphological processes such as the development of meanders in
streams and rivers, bank cutting/erosion, nepheloid layer sediment transport, and mud wave phenomena.
However, there are empirical methods for simulating some  of these processes, including estimating the
total quantity of sediment introduced to a water body due to the failure of a river/stream bank.  Likewise,
there are  empirical tools to estimate the importance of nepheloid layer transport (i.e., relatively high
sediment flux occurring immediately above the sediment-water interface).  Empirical tools are also being
developed to simulate mud wave transport processes resulting from sediment disturbances such as
dredging and resultant dispersal of contaminated sediment residuals.

Step 3: Select an Appropriate Model

       If one or more models or types of mathematical models capable of simulating the controlling
transport and fate processes and interactions exist, then project managers should use the process described
above to  choose the appropriate type of model (i.e., level of analysis). If the decision is made to apply a
numerical model at a sediment site, selection of the most appropriate contaminated sediment transport and
fate model to use at a specific site is one of the critical steps in a modeling program.  During this process,
familiarity with existing sediment transport models is essential. Comprehensive technical reviews of
available models have been conducted by the EPA's ORD National Exposure Research Laboratory (see
U.S. EPA in preparation 1 and 2).

2.9.4  Model Verification, Calibration, and Validation

       Where numerical models are used, verification, calibration, and validation typically should be
performed to yield a scientifically defensible modeling study. The project manager should be aware that
the terms "verification" and "validation" are frequently used interchangeably in modeling literature.
These terms, for purposes of this guidance, mean:

       Model verification: Evaluating the model theory, consistency of the computer code with model
       theory,  and evaluation of the computer code for integrity in the calculations.  This should be an
       ongoing process, especially for newer models. Model verification  should be documented, or the
       model or model component should be peer-reviewed by an independent party if it is new.

       Model calibration: Using site-specific information  from a historical period of time to adjust
       model parameters in the governing equations (e.g.,  bottom friction coefficient in hydrodynamic
       models) to obtain an optimal agreement between a measured data set and model calculations for
       the simulated state variables.

       Model validation: Demonstrating that the calibrated model accurately reproduces known
       conditions over a different period of time with the physical parameters and forcing functions

                                                                                            2-39

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
       changed to reflect the conditions during the new simulation period, which is different from that
       used for calibration.  The parameters adjusted during the calibration process should NOT be
       adjusted during validation.  Model simulations during validation should be compared to the
       measured data set. If an acceptable level of agreement is achieved between the data and model
       simulations, then the model can be considered validated as an effective tool, at least for the range
       of conditions defined by the calibration and validation data sets. If an acceptable level of
       agreement is not achieved, then further analysis should be carried out to determine possible
       reasons for the differences between the model simulations and measured data during the
       validation period. The latter sometimes leads to refinement of the model (e.g., using a finer
       model grid) or to the addition of one or more physical/chemical processes that are represented in
       the model.

       It is important that both calibration and validation be conducted at the space and time scales
associated with the questions the model must answer. For example, if the model will be used to make
decade-scale predictions, when possible, it should be compared to decade-scale trend data. Even when
data exist for a much shorter time period than will be used for prediction, the long-term behavior of the
model should be examined as a part of the calibration process. It is not unusual for a model to perform
well for a short-term period, but produce unreasonable results when run for a much longer duration. The
extent to  which components of a modeling study are performed using verified models can determine to a
large degree the defensibility of the modeling project. If a verified model has not been sufficiently
calibrated or validated for a specific site, then the modeling study may lack defensibility and be of little
value. Where possible, project managers should use verified models in the public domain, calibrated and
validated to site-specific conditions.  Proprietary models may also be useful, but project managers should
be aware they contain code that has not been shared publicly and may not have been verified. The
interpretation of modeling results and the reliance placed on those results should heavily consider the
extent of documented model verification, calibration, and validation performed.

2.9.5  Sensitivity and Uncertainty of Models

       Another important tool for understanding  model results may be a sensitivity analysis. This
process typically consists of varying each of the input parameters by a fixed percent (while holding the
other parameters constant) to determine how the predictions vary. The resulting variations in the  state
variables are a measure of the sensitivity of the model predictions to the parameter whose value was
varied. This can be very informative, especially in understanding how the various processes being
modeled  affect contaminant fate and transport and which are dominant.  This analysis is frequently used
to identify the model parameters having the most impact on model results, so that the project team can
ensure these parameters are well constrained by site data.

       Uncertainty in models usually results from the following three principal sources:

               The necessity for models to use equations that are simplifications and  approximations of
               complex processes, which can result in uncertainty  in just how well the equations
               represent the actual processes;

       •       The uncertain accuracy of the values used to parameterize the equations  (i.e., uncertainty
               about how well the input data represent actual conditions); and
2-40

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
               The uncertain accuracy of model assumptions about future conditions, when using the
               model for prediction, (e.g., assumptions about future rainfall, land use, or upstream
               contaminant sources).

Typically, uncertainty analyses focus on only the second source, the accuracy of the input values for the
model. While quantitative uncertainty analyses are possible and practical to perform with watershed
loading models  and food chain/web models, they are generally not so (at the current time) for fate and
transport models.  If a quantitative assessment of the uncertainty of fate and transport model predictions
could be provided, the value of that prediction would be greatly increased. Lacking a quantitative
uncertainty analysis, one method modeling teams might consider to assess uncertainty is to  use bounding
calculations to produce a conservative model outcome to compare to the model's best estimate outcome.
This conservative model outcome may be developed by using parameter values that result in a
conservative outcome but do not result in significantly degraded model performance, as measured by
comparison to the calibration and validation data sets.  A second method to assess uncertainty involves
quantification of "model error" by comparison of results to the calibration and validation data and
application of that error to model predictions, as described in Connolly and Tonelli (1985).

2.9.6  Peer Review

       It is EPA policy that a peer review of numerical models is often appropriate to ensure that a
model provides  decision makers with useful and relevant information. Project managers should use
EPA's Guidance for Conducting External Peer Review of Environmental Regulatory Models (U.S. EPA
1994c) and the Peer Review Handbook (U.S. EPA 2000e) to determine whether a peer review of a model
is appropriate and, if so, what type of peer review should be used. As a rule of thumb, when a model is
being used outside the niche for which it was developed, is being applied  for the first time, or is a critical
component of a decision that is very costly, a peer review should be performed.  In addition, project
managers should refer to OSWER Directive 9285.6-08, Principles for Managing Contaminated
Sediments at Hazardous Waste Sites, Principle 6 (U.S.  EPA 2002a; see Appendix A).

       EPA peer review guidance for models (U.S. EPA 1994c) also notes that environmental models
that may  form part of the scientific basis for regulatory decision making at EPA are subject to the peer
review policy. However, it  cannot be more strongly stressed that peer review should be considered only
for judging the scientific credibility of the model including applicability, uncertainty, and utility
(including the potential for misuse) of results and not for directly advising the Agency on specific
regulatory decisions stemming in part from consideration of model output. Peer reviewers advise the
Agency regarding proper use and interpretation of a model; it is then the Agency's task to apply that
advice properly to regulatory decisions.

       Highlight 2-15 summarizes some important points to remember about modeling at sediment sites.
                                                                                            2-41

-------
Chapter 2: Remedial Investigation Considerations
          Highlight 2-15: Important Principles to Consider in Developing and Using Models
                                           at Sediment Sites
 1.      Consider site complexity before deciding whether and how to apply a mathematical model.  Site
         complexity and controversy, available resources, project schedule, and the level of uncertainty in model
         predictions that is acceptable, are generally the critical factors in determining the applicability and
         complexity of a mathematical model.  Potential remedy cost and magnitude of risk are generally less
         important, but they can significantly affect the level of uncertainty that is acceptable.

 2.      Develop and refine a conceptual site model that identifies the key areas of uncertainty where
         modeling information may be needed. When evaluating if a model is needed and in deciding which
         models might be appropriate, a conceptual site  model should be developed that identifies the key
         exposure pathways,  the key sediment and water-body characteristics, and the major sources of
         uncertainty that may affect the effectiveness of potential remedial  alternatives (e.g., capping, dredging,
         and/or MNR).

 3.      Determine what model output data are needed to facilitate decision making. As part of problem
         formulation, the project manager should consider the  following:  1) what site-specific information is needed
         to make the most appropriate remedy decision (e.g., degree of risk reduction that can be achieved,
         correlation between sediment cleanup levels and protective fish tissue levels, time to achieve risk
         reduction levels, degree of short-term risk); 2) what model(s) are capable of generating this information;
         and 3) how the model results can be used to help  make these decisions. Site-specific data collection
         should concentrate on input parameters that will have the  most  influence on model outcome.

 4.      Understand and explain model uncertainty.  The model assumptions, limitations, and the results of the
         sensitivity and uncertainty analyses should be clearly presented to decision makers and should be clearly
         explained in decision documents such as proposed plans  and RODs.

 5.      Conduct a complete modeling  study.  If an intermediate or advanced level model is used in decision
         making, the following components should be included in every modeling effort:
                         Model verification (or peer-review if a new model is used)
                         Model calibration
                         Model validation

 6.      Consider modeling results in conjunction with empirical data to inform site decision making.
         Mathematical models are useful tools that, in conjunction with site environmental measurements, can be
         used to characterize current site conditions, predict future conditions and risks,  and evaluate the
         effectiveness of remedial alternatives in reducing risk.  Modeling results should  generally not be relied
         upon exclusively as the basis for cleanup decisions.

 7.      Learn from modeling efforts.  If post-remedy monitoring data demonstrate that the remedy is not
         performing as expected (e.g., fish tissue levels are much higher than predicted), consider sharing these
         data with the  modeling team to allow them to perform a post-remedy validation of the  model. This could
         provide a basis for model enhancements that would improve future model  performance at other sites. If
         needed, this information could also be used to re-estimate the time frame when RAOs are expected to be
         met at the site.
2-42

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
                 3.0    FEASIBILITY STUDY CONSIDERATIONS

       Generally, the purpose of a feasibility study for a contaminated sediment site is to develop and
evaluate a number of alternative methods for achieving the remedial action objectives (RAOs) for the site.
This process lays the groundwork for proposing and selecting a remedy for the site that best eliminates,
reduces, or controls risks to human health and the environment. The feasibility study process is described
in the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) Guidance for Conducting Remedial
Investigations and Feasibility Studies under CERCLA (U.S. EPA 1988a, also referred to as the "RI/FS
Guidance").  The proposed plan and record of decision (ROD) process is described in the EPA's Guide to
Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and other Remedy Selection Decision
Documents (U.S. EPA 1999a, also referred to as the "ROD Guidance"). This chapter is intended to
supplement existing guidance by offering sediment-specific guidance about developing alternatives,
considering the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan  (NCP) criteria,
identifying applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs), estimating cost, and
implementing institutional controls.  Chapters 4, 5,  and 6 present more detailed guidance on evaluating
alternatives based on the three major approaches for sediment: monitored natural recovery (MNR), in-situ
capping, and dredging (or excavation) with treatment or disposal.

       Although this chapter focuses on remedial alternatives for managing contaminated sediment,
project managers beginning this stage of site management should keep in mind the first step at almost
every sediment site should be to implement measures to control any significant ongoing sources and to
evaluate the effectiveness of those controls. Until this is done, appropriately evaluating alternatives for
sediment may be difficult. However, it may be appropriate to evaluate implementation of interim
sediment cleanup measures prior to completing source control to control further dispersal of sediment hot
spots or reduce risks to human health and the  environment due to sediment contamination.

       In addition, project managers should keep in mind that flexibility is frequently important in the
feasibility study process at sediment sites. Iterative or adaptive approaches to site management are likely
to be appropriate at these sites. Also, project managers should consider pilot testing  various approaches
as part of the feasibility  study process.  Phasing, adaptive management, and early actions are described
further in Chapter 2, Section 2.7, Phased Approaches, Adaptive Management, and Early Actions.

3.1   DEVELOPING REMEDIAL ALTERNATIVES FOR SEDIMENT

       As described in Chapter 1, Section 1.3.1, Remedial Approaches, there are typically three major
approaches that can be taken to reduce risk from contaminated sediment when source control measures
are insufficient to reduce risks: MNR, in-situ capping, and sediment removal by dredging or excavation.
Hybrid approaches may combine these three.  A fourth approach, in-situ treatment, is currently under
development and may become a viable alternative in the future, especially in combination with in-situ
caps. Highlight 1-5 in Chapter 1 briefly summarizes these major approaches for sediment sites.

       Project managers should consider the following steps, which build on EPA's RI/FS Guidance by
adding details specific to sediment, when developing alternatives at sediment sites:

       1.     Develop remedial action objectives specifying the contaminants and media of interest,
              exposure pathways,  and remediation goals that permit a range of alternatives to be
                                                                                           3-1

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
               developed including each of the three major approaches (MNR, capping, and removal),
               and that consider state and local objectives for the site;

       2.      Identify estimated volumes or areas of sediment to which the approaches may be applied,
               taking into account the need for protectiveness as identified in the RAOs and the
               biological, chemical and physical characteristics of the site;

       3.      Develop additional detail concerning the equipment, methods, and locations to be
               evaluated for each alternative, including the three major approaches (e.g., potential
               natural recovery processes, potential cap materials and placement methods, number and
               types of dredges or excavators,  transport methods, treatment methods, type of disposal
               units, general disposal location, need for monitoring and/or institutional controls);

       4.      Develop additional detail concerning known major constraints on each alternative,
               including the three major approaches at the site (e.g., need to maintain flow capacity for
               flood control, need to accommodate navigational dredging);

       5.      To the extent possible with information available at this stage of the FS, identify the time
               frame(s) in which the alternatives are expected to achieve cleanup levels and RAOs; and

       6.      Assemble the more detailed methods into a set of alternatives representing a range of
               options, including MNR, in-situ capping, and removal options or combination of options,
               as appropriate.

       This process often is best done in an iterative fashion, especially at complex sites.  For example,
investigation into equipment and disposal options for sediment removal may lead to evaluation of a
variety of time frames for achieving risk reduction goals.  Typically, the number and type of remedial
alternatives that a project manager develops for any site is a site-specific decision. The project manager
should take into account the size, characteristics, and complexity of the site. However, due to the limited
number of approaches that may be available for contaminated sediment, generally project managers
should evaluate each approach carefully, including the three major approaches (MNR, in-situ capping,
and removal through dredging or excavation) at every sediment site at which they might be appropriate.

3.1.1  Alternatives that Combine Approaches

       At sites with multiple water bodies or sections of water bodies with differing characteristics or
uses, or differing levels of contamination, project managers have found that alternatives that combine a
variety of approaches are frequently the most promising. In many cases, institutional controls are also
part of many alternatives (see Section 3.6, Institutional Controls).  The following examples illustrate how
different approaches might be combined into alternatives:

       •       An alternative might combine a variety of dredging, transport, and disposal methods that
               remove  differing volumes of higher-risk contaminated sediment with MNR for more
               widespread areas of lesser risk;

       •       An alternative might combine armored in-situ capping of contaminated sediment in more
               erodible areas, with MNR in highly depositional areas;

3-2

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
        •       An alternative might combine dredging in federal navigation channels or for areas where
               there is insufficient water depth to maintain navigation or flood capacity with a cap, with
               in-situ capping of floodplain, intertidal or under-pier areas where a more technically
               practicable and less costly approach is desired; and

        •       An alternative might combine thin-layer placement (see Chapter 4, Monitored Natural
               Recovery) with MNR where the natural rate of sedimentation is insufficient to bury
               contaminants in a reasonable time frame.

3.1.2   No-A ction A Iternative

        The NCP at Title 40 Code of Federal Regulations (40 CFR) §300.430(e)(6) provides that the no-
action alternative should be considered at every site. The no action alternative should reflect the site
conditions described in the baseline risk assessment and remedial investigation. This alternative may be a
no-further-action alternative if some removal or remedial action has already occurred at the site, such as
under another ROD.

        No-action or no-further-action alternatives normally do not include any treatment, engineering
controls, or institutional controls but may include monitoring. For example, at a site where risk is
acceptable (e.g., because contaminant levels in surface sediment and biota are low and the site is stable),
but the site contains higher levels of contamination at depth, it may be advisable to evaluate periodically
the continued stability of buried contaminants.  A no action alternative may include monitoring of these
buried contaminants. Project managers and others should not confuse this however with MNR, where
natural processes are relied upon to reduce an unacceptable risk to acceptable levels. The difference is
often the increased level and frequency of monitoring included in the MNR alternative and the fact that
the MNR alternative includes a cleanup level and expected time frame for achieving that level. Project
managers should normally evaluate both a no action alternative and a MNR alternative at sediment sites.

        If a no-action or no-further-action alternative does not meet the NCP's threshold criteria
addressed in 40 CFR §300.430 (i.e., protection of human health and the environment and meeting
applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements), it is not necessary to carry it though to the detailed
analysis of alternatives. However, the ROD should explain why the no action alternative was dropped
from the analysis.  Chapter 7, Remedy Selection Considerations, includes guidance on when it may be
appropriate to select a no-action alternative.

3.1.3   In-Situ Treatment and Other Innovative Alternatives

        Generally, in-situ treatment is an approach that involves the biological, chemical, or physical
treatment of contaminated sediment in place. This approach is currently under development by
researchers and several pilot- and full-scale applications of the more promising technologies are
underway. Although significant technical limitations currently exist for many of the treatment
technologies, the results of the ongoing testing may demonstrate the viability of some of these approaches
in certain situations. Project managers are encouraged to track the development of in-situ treatment
methods. Potential in-situ treatment methods include the following:
                                                                                              3-3

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
        •       Biological Treatment: Enhancement of microbial degradation of contaminants by the
               addition of materials such as oxygen, nitrate, sufate, hydrogen, nutrients, substrate (e.g.,
               organic carbon), or microorganisms into the sediment or into a reactive cap;

        •       Chemical Treatment: The destruction of contaminants through oxidation and
               dechlorination processes by providing chemical reagents, such as permanganate,
               hydrogen peroxide, or potassium hydroxide, into the sediment or into a reactive cap; and

        •       Immobilization Treatment: Solidification, stabilization, or sequestering of contaminants
               by adding coal, coke breeze, Portland cement, fly ash, limestone, or other additives to the
               sediment for encapsulating the contaminants in a solid matrix and/or chemically altering
               the contaminants by converting them into a less bioavailable, less mobile, or less toxic
               form.

        Most techniques for in-situ treatment of sediment are in the early stages of development, and few
methods are currently commercially available.  Experiences gained to date in experimental or small-scale
applications of in-situ remedies have indicated that technical limitations to the effectiveness  of available
in-situ treatments continue to exist. For example, in-situ remedies relying on the addition of required
substrates and nutrients, reagents, or catalysts have been developed for some contaminants, such as
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), but developing an effective in-situ delivery system to add and mix the
needed levels of reagents to contaminated sediment is more problematic. The lack of an effective
delivery system has also hindered the application of in-situ stabilization systems [National Research
Council (NRC) 2001]. However, new developments may make this a more promising approach in the
future.

        Several EPA-funded bench and field studies in this area are underway. These include studies
conducted by EPA's  Superfund Innovative Technology Evaluation (SITE) program, which encouraged
the development and  routine use of innovative treatment, monitoring, and measurement technologies.
The SITE program is in the process of completing demonstration of several in-situ treatment technologies
(Highlight 3-1).  More information on the SITE program is available at http://www.epa.gov/ORD/SITE/.
Also, the Hazardous Substance Research Center (HSRC) - South and Southwest, is  performing research
about in-situ treatment and other innovative capping alternatives for contaminated sediment  in the
Anacostia River in Washington, DC.  More information on this program is available from the HSRC Web
site at http://www.hsrc.org.
Highlight 3-1: SITE Program In-situ Treatment Technology Demonstrations
Site Technology Type Contaminant
Jones Island CDF (Confined
Disposal Facility)
Milwaukee Harbor
Whatcom Waterway, Puget Sound
Anacostia River
Phytoremediation
Phytoremediation
Electrochemical Oxidation
Multiple Reactive Caps
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
(PAHs) and PCBs
PAHs and PCBs
Mercury and PAHs
PAHs and PCBs
3-4

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
       Other sources of information about innovative approaches to contaminated sediment management
include the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers' (USAGE) Dredging Operations Environmental Research
Program (DOER), which has contributed substantially to work in the area of risk assessment methods,
fate and transport models, and dredging and capping technologies. Information on this program and on
the Dredging Operations Technical Support (DOTS) program is available at http://el.erdc.usace.army.
mil/dots.  In addition, the Strategic Environmental Research and Development Program (SERDP) has
made recent investments in contaminated sediment research. Information about these projects can be
accessed from the SERDP Web site at http://www. serdp.org.

3.2   NCR REMEDY SELECTION CRITERIA

       The NCP at 40 CFR §300.430(e)(9) establishes a framework of nine criteria for evaluating
remedies.  These criteria address the requirements of the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), and additional technical and policy considerations that are
important for selecting remedial actions. Many of these criteria are also important for actions under the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA).

       The NCP at 40 CFR §300.430(e)(7) describes a method for screening potential alternatives  prior
to developing detailed  alternatives when a number of alternatives are being considered at a site.  Only the
alternatives judged as the best or most promising following this screening should be retained for further
development and detailed analysis. The three broad criteria for screening preliminary remedial
alternatives are: 1) effectiveness; 2) implementability;  and 3) cost.  Although a screening level analysis
may be necessary in some cases, due to the relatively limited number of approaches available for
sediment, project managers generally should not screen out any of the three major approaches early in the
FS.

       More detailed discussions of what should be addressed under each of the nine criteria can be
found in the ROD Guidance (U.S. EPA 1999a) and the RI/FS Guidance (U.S. EPA 1988a).  The
following provides a summary of the nine criteria (U.S. EPA 1988a).  More detailed explanations related
to sediment sites are cited after each criterion, as appropriate.
Threshold Criteria
               Overall Protection of Human Health and the Environment: This criterion is used to
               evaluate how the alternative as a whole achieves and maintains protection of human
               health and the environment; and

               Compliance with Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirements (ARARs): This
               criterion is used to evaluate whether the alternative complies with chemical-specific,
               action-specific, and location-specific ARARs or if a waiver is justified. In addition to
               ARARs, this criterion also commonly includes whether the alternative considers other
               criteria, advisories, and guidance that are to be considered at the site. This criterion is
               discussed further with respect to contaminated sediment in Section 3.3.
                                                                                           3-5

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
Balancing Criteria
               Long-Term Effectiveness and Permanence: This criterion includes an evaluation of the
               magnitude of human health and ecological risk from untreated contaminated materials or
               treatment residuals remaining after remedial action has been concluded (known as
               residual risk), and the adequacy and reliability of controls to manage that residual risk. It
               also includes an assessment of the potential need to replace technical components of the
               alternative, such as a cap or a treatment system, and the potential risk posed by that
               replacement. This criterion is discussed further with respect to contaminated sediment in
               Section 3.4;

               Reduction ofToxicity, Mobility, and Volume Through Treatment: This criterion refers to
               the evaluation of whether treatment processes can be used, the amount of hazardous
               material treated, including the principal threat that can be addressed, the degree of
               expected reductions, the degree to which the treatment is irreversible, and the type and
               quantity of treatment residuals. This criterion is discussed further with respect to
               contaminated sediment in Chapters 4, 5, and 6 related to the individual remedies;

               Short-Term Effectiveness: This criterion includes an evaluation of the effects of the
               alternative during the construction and implementation phase  until remedial objectives
               are met. This criterion includes an evaluation of protection of the community and
               workers during the remedial action, the environmental impacts of implementing the
               remedial action, and the expected length of time until  remedial objectives are achieved.
               This criterion is discussed further with respect to contaminated sediment in Section 3.4;

               Implementability: This  criterion is used to evaluate the technical feasibility of the
               alternative, including construction and operation, reliability, monitoring, and the ease of
               undertaking an additional remedial action if the remedy fails.  It also considers the
               administrative feasibility of activities needed to coordinate with other offices and
               agencies, such as for obtaining permits for off-site actions, rights of way, and institutional
               controls, and the availability of services and materials necessary to the alternative, such
               as treatment, storage, and disposal facilities. This criterion is  discussed further with
               respect to contaminated sediment in Chapters 4, 5, and 6 related to the individual
               remedies; and

               Cost: This criterion includes an evaluation of direct and indirect capital costs, including
               costs of treatment and disposal, annual costs of operation, maintenance, monitoring of the
               alternative, and the total present worth of these costs.  This criterion is discussed further
               with respect to contaminated sediment in Section 3.5.
Modifying Criteria
               State (Or Support Agency) Acceptance: This criterion is used to evaluate the technical
               and administrative concerns of the state (or the support agency, in the case of state-lead
               sites) regarding the alternatives, including an assessment of the state or the support
               agency's position and key concerns regarding the alternative, and comments on ARARs
               or the proposed use of waivers.  Tribal acceptance is also evaluated under this criterion.
3-6

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
              This criterion is discussed further with respect to contaminated sediment in Chapter 1,
              Section 1.5; and

       •      Community Acceptance: This criterion includes an evaluation of the concerns of the
              public regarding the alternatives. It determines which component of the alternatives
              interested persons in the community support, have reservations about, or oppose. This
              criterion is  discussed further with respect to contaminated sediment in Chapter 1, Section
              1.6.

       Additional guidance about how to apply these criteria to sediment alternatives is found
throughout the guidance, as indicated above. In addition, Chapter 7, Remedy Selection Considerations,
summarizes general considerations of each of the nine criteria with respect to the three major approaches.

3.3   APPLICABLE OR RELEVANT AND APPROPRIATE REQUIREMENTS

       Pursuant to CERCLA §121(d)(4), all remedial actions at CERCLA sites must be protective of
human health and the environment. In  addition, on-site actions need to comply with the substantive
portions of ARARs unless the ARAR is waived.  ARARs may be waived only under limited
circumstances. Compliance with administrative procedures, such as permits, is not required for on-site
response actions. Off-site actions must comply with both substantive and administrative requirements of
legally applicable laws and  regulations.

       Sediment cleanup levels for response actions under CERCLA are generally based on site-specific
risk assessments, but are occasionally based on ARARs. Project managers may also consider non-
promulgated advisories or guidance issued by federal, state, or tribal governments, frequently called TBC
("to be considered").  While TBCs may not be legally binding on their own, and, therefore, do not have
the same status as ARARs, TBCs can be used as a basis for making cleanup decisions. The project
manager should refer to CERCLA Compliance with Other Laws Manual (U.S. EPA  1988b). Also, the
preamble to the final NCP (55 Federal  Register (FR) 8741) states that, as a matter of policy, it is
appropriate to treat Indian tribes as states for the purpose of identifying ARARs (see NCP at 40 CFR
§300.515(b)  for provisions dealing with tribal governments).

       The process of identifying ARARs typically begins in the scoping phase of the RI/FS, continues
until the ROD is finalized, and may be  reexamined during the five-year review process.  Identification of
ARARs should be done on a site-specific basis and usually involves a two-part analysis. First,  a
determination of whether a given requirement is applicable should be made, and second, if it is not
applicable, then a determination should be made as to whether it is relevant and appropriate.  Highlight
3-2 lists some examples of potential federal, state, and tribal ARARs for sediment sites and actual and
hypothetical  examples of how remedial strategies have been adapted to comply with ARARs.

       For more information about ARARs, the project manager should consult the Compendium of
CERCLA ARARs Fact Sheets and Directives (U.S. EPA 1991b), and the Assessment and Remediation of
Contaminated Sediments (ARCS) Program Remediation Guidance Document (U.S. EPA 1994d).

       As part of the ARARs analysis, project managers, in consultation with the site attorney, should
consider appropriate  requirements promulgated under the Clean Water Act (CWA).  As described in the
examples in Highlight 3-2, federal water quality criteria as well as state-promulgated regulations

                                                                                          3-7

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
including state water quality standards may be potential ARARs for surface water when water is
discharged from dewatering or treatment areas or as effluent from confined disposal facilities (CDFs).
Furthermore, some states may have their own promulgated sediment quality standards that may be
potential ARARs for sediment.

       Total maximum daily loads (TMDLs) established or approved by the EPA under the CWA are
planning tools designed to reduce contributing point and nonpoint sources of pollutants in water quality
limited segments (WQLS). TMDLs calculate the greatest amount of loading of a pollutant that a water
body can receive without exceeding CWA water quality standards. TMDLs are usually established by the
states, territories, or authorized tribes and approved by the EPA. Effluent limits in point source national
pollutant discharge elimination system (NPDES) permits should be consistent with the assumptions and
requirements in a wasteload allocation in an approved TMDL.

       EPA-established TMDLs are not promulgated as rules, are not enforceable, and, therefore,  are not
ARARs.  TMDLs established by states, territories or authorized Indian tribes may or may not be
promulgated as rules. Therefore, TMDLs established by states, territories, or authorized Indian tribes,
should be evaluated on a regulation-specific and site-specific basis. Even if a TMDL is not an ARAR, it
may aid in setting protective cleanup levels and may be appropriately a TBC.  Project managers should
work closely with regional EPA Water program and state personnel to coordinate matters relating to
TMDLs.  The project manager should remember that even when a TMDL or wasteload allocation is not
enforceable, the water quality standards on which they are based may be ARARs.  TMDLs can also be
useful in helping  project managers evaluate the impacts of continuing sources, contaminant transport, and
fate and effects.  Similarly, Superfund's RI/FS may provide useful information and analysis to the federal
and state water programs charged with developing  TMDLs.

       Project managers are also strongly encouraged to follow the  consultation requirements of the
Endangered Species Act. For on-site actions, the Endangered Species Act, Section 7, requires federal
agencies to ensure that the actions they authorize, fund or carry out are not likely to jeopardize the
continued existence of endangered or threatened species, or adversely modify or destroy their critical
habitat.  By policy, EPA consults with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and the National Marine
Fisheries Service (NMFS) where a threatened or endangered species  or their habitat is or may be present.
The Commencement Bay NPL (National Priorities List) site provides an example of how a remedial
strategy has been adapted to comply with this act.  Chinook salmon are threatened species that are found
at this site during part of the year. After following EPA's policy of consulting with the NMFS, EPA
decided that to avoid harming the species, some in-water remedial work would be conducted only during
a window of time when juvenile salmon were not migrating through the area.  Other in-water work would
be performed outside of this window, using special conditions recommended by NMFS to minimize
impacts to salmon.

-------
                                     Highlight 3-2: Examples of Potential ARARs for Sediment Sites
Law or Regulation
Description
Examples of How Remedial Strategies have been
Adapted to Comply with ARARs
                                                          Potential Federal ARARs
Clean Water Act §304
40CFR part 130
EPA publishes national recommended Ambient Water
Quality Criteria (AWQC) for the protection of aquatic life and
human health. CERCLA§121(d)(2) requires EPA to
consider whether nationally recommended AWQC should be
relevant and appropriate requirements at a site.  CERCLA
§121(d)(2)(B) establishes the guidelines to consider in
determining when AWQC may be relevant and appropriate
requirements,  including consideration of the designated or
potential uses of surface water, the purposes for which the
criteria were developed and the latest information available.
In developing a remedy that included treatment of water
following dewatering sediment, EPA determined that a
revised AWQC was a relevant and appropriate criteria for
discharging to the waterway.
Clean Water Act §404
33 CFR parts 320-330 and
40 CFR part 230
Regulates the discharge of dredged or fill materials into
waters of the U.S.  Discharges of dredged or fill materials are
not permitted unless there is no practicable alternative that
would have less adverse impact on the aquatic ecosystem.
Any proposed discharge must avoid, to the fullest extent
practicable, adverse effects, especially on aquatic
ecosystems. Unavoidable impacts must be minimized, and
impacts that cannot be minimized must be mitigated.
Work at the ASARCO, Tacoma Washington, National
Priorities List (NPL) site included construction of an armored
cap in the inter-tidal zone.  Work at the Wyckoff/Eagle
Harbor, Washington, NPL site included construction of a
sheet pile barrier wall to control subsurface non-aqueous
phase liquid (NAPL) migration. To compensate for the loss
of habitat, intertidal habitat was created in another part of
these two sites.

Work at the Lavaca Bay, Texas site involved construction of
a CDF with  effluent discharge to the Bay.  CDF effluent
discharged  to waters of the U.S. is defined as the discharge
of dredged material under EPA and USAGE regulations
implementing Section 404 (40 CFR §232.2).

-------
Law or Regulation
Description
Examples of How Remedial Strategies have been
Adapted to Comply with ARARs
Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA); 40
CFR parts 260 to 268
Dredged material may be subject to RCRA regulations if it
contained a listed waste, or if it displays a hazardous waste
characteristic, for example,  by the Toxicity Characteristic
Leaching Procedure (TCLP). Most states have been
authorized in lieu of EPA to implement the RCRA program.
RCRA regulations may be potentially ARARs for the storage,
treatment, and disposal of the dredged material unless an
exemption applies.  One such exemption is if CWA404
applies to the cleanup activity (40 CFR part 261).
The material to be dredged contains a listed pesticide
formulation waste, and thus RCRA may be a applicable.
However, the site is located in a state where EPA implements
the RCRA program, and the on-site cleanup action will
comply with substantive requirements of a 404 permit.  Thus
the cleanup action is exempted from RCRA.  This situation is
explained in the description of the selected remedy in the
ROD.
Rivers and Harbors Act,
Section 10
33 CFR parts 320 to 323
Activities that could impede navigation and commerce are
prohibited. Prohibits authorized obstruction or alteration of
any navigable waterway.
A site with contaminated sediment has an authorized
navigation depth of 30 ft.  The evaluation of alternatives
needs to consider the need to maintain this minimum depth
when evaluating whether capping is or is not a feasible
alternative for the entire site.
Toxic Substances Control Act
(TSCA) 40 CFR part 761
Section 6(e) of TSCA regulates PCBs from cradle to grave
(i.e., from manufacture to disposal). TSCA and portions of its
implementing regulations may be an ARAR for on-site
response actions involving contaminated sediment.

The regulations provide several factors for determining
whether PCB contaminated media is PCB  remediation waste
(as defined per 40 CFR §761.3), including  the date of the
spill, PCB concentration of material spilled, and PCB
concentration currently at the site (i.e., the "as found"
concentration.) In general, material meeting the definition of
PCB remediation waste may be disposed of using one of the
three options under 40 CFR §761.61, which includes a self-
implementing option (40 CFR §761.61 (a)), a performance-
based option (40 CFR §761.61 (b)), and a risk-based option
(40 CFR §761.61 (c)).  Under the regulations, however, the
self-implementing option cannot be used to clean up
sediments in marine or freshwater ecosystems (see 40 CFR
Example: A determination was made to identify PCB
remediation waste by sampling the sediments.  Based on the
definition of PCB remediation waste (40 CFR §761.3), as the
spill occurred prior to 1978, those sediments with PCB
concentrations greater than 50 ppm are considered PCB
remediation wastes.  The risk-based option (under 40 CFR
§761.61 (c)) for PCB remediation waste is selected (the self-
implementing option at 40 CFR §761.61(a) is not available for
sediments).  A site-specific disposal plan is prepared that
includes a sites specific sampling protocol  as well as detailed
performance standards for on-site temporary storage and off-
site disposal for dredged sediments. After determining that
this approach will not pose an unreasonable risk of injury to
health or the environment (as specified in 40 CFR
§761.61 (c)),  the Regional Administrator approves the plan.

-------
Law or Regulation
Description
Examples of How Remedial Strategies have been
Adapted to Comply with ARARs
                              Selection of disposal options under 40 CFR §761.61 for
                              wastes generated at a Superfund site is generally made at
                              the regional level.  The risk-based option under 40 CFR
                              §761.61 (c) may often be the most appropriate option at
                              Superfund sites. In appropriate circumstances, the risk-
                              based option may allow disposal of PCS remediation wastes
                              with <50 ppm in a municipal landfill.

                              Substantive TSCA requirements also exist for storage and
                              other activities involving PCS contaminated wastes.
                                                       Potential State and Tribal ARARs
State Water Quality Standards
Regulation
Under the CWA, states are required to designate surface
water uses, and to develop water quality standards based on
those uses and the AWQC. Often an applicable requirement
for discharges to surface water. Where an Indian tribe has
promulgated water quality standards, these may also be an
applicable requirement.
A tribe has an EPA approved water quality standard
regulation which designates the uses of a river to include
rearing of aquatic life and other uses. Design and
construction of the selected remedy, including the confined
aquatic disposal facility, needs to achieve or waive the tribe's
water quality standards based on that use.
State Hazardous Waste
Regulations
Many states have been authorized by EPA to implement the
RCRA Subtitle C Hazardous Waste Program in lieu of EPA.
The sediment at a site was contaminated with a listed
hazardous waste.  The state has been authorized for RCRA,
and decided to not adopt the hazardous waste identification
rule (HWIR) sediment exemption. Treatment and disposal of
the dredged contaminated sediment must meet or waive the
state's hazardous waste regulations.
State Solid Waste Regulations
Most states have regulations for the location, design,
construction, operation and closure of solid waste
management facilities. Potential applicable or relevant and
applicable requirement for disposal of non-hazardous waste
contaminated sediment.
A remedial alternative includes on-site upland disposal of
dredged sediment.  The feasibility study examines the state
solid waste regulations and determines that a disposal facility
at two of the three possible sites can be designed to meet the
ARAR. The third site is eliminated from further analysis.

-------
Law or Regulation
Description
Examples of How Remedial Strategies have been
Adapted to Comply with ARARs
Total Maximum Daily Load
(TMDL) Regulation
Some states have established wasteload allocations in State-
promulgated and EPA-approved TMDLs. These allocations
may be an applicable or a relevant and appropriate
requirement, where promulgated by the state as an
enforceable regulation. Non-promulgated TMDLs  may be a
TBC.
A remedial dredging alternative includes an expected
temporary increase in total suspended solids in the water
body and residual contamination that provides a small
continuing load to the water body. EPA consulted with the
state TMDL program to determine whether TMDLs are a
potential ARAR or TBC and how they interact with the
alternative.
National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES)
Permit Regulations
Under the CWA, many states have been delegated the
authority for the NPDES permit program. These regulations
generally regulate discharges, including monitoring
requirements and effluent discharge limitations for point
sources. Where a remedy has a point discharge that is on-
site, the substantive requirements may be an applicable
regulation.
A Superfund remedy includes ground water remediation with
discharge of the water to surface water. EPA consulted with
the state NPDES permit program to determine water
treatment standards prior the discharge.

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
       Project managers are also strongly encouraged to follow the consultation requirements of the
National Historic Preservation Act, Section 106 (36 CFRpart 800). Section 106 requires federal agencies
to consider the effects of their actions on historic properties that are on or are eligible for listing on the
National Register of Historic Places.  Compliance generally includes conducting a preliminary survey to
determine the presence of significant resources, including among others, historic, prehistoric,
archeological, architectural, engineering or cultural resources. If significant resources are found,
generally a documentation package is prepared for review and comment by the State or Tribal Historic
Preservation Office and appropriate mitigation is included in site plans. Examples of how remedial
strategies have been adapted to comply with this Act include the Pine Street Canal Site in Vermont, where
mitigation for damages related to capping sunken barges and other historic features included study and
artifact collection by a local maritime museum related to a historic sunken barge of similar type in nearby
Lake Champlain. In addition, at the Fox River PCB (polychlorinated biphenyl) site in Wisconsin, historic
and prehistoric artifacts will be protected during nearby site activities and a potential shipwreck site will
either be avoided during dredging or a diver study employed for further examination.

       Project managers should also be aware of Executive Orders such as those covered by the
Statement of Procedures on Floodplain Management and Wetland Protections (Appendix A of 40 CFR
part 6). Although not ARARs, the Agency normally follows Executive Orders as a matter of policy. The
Statement of Procedures cited above sets forth EPA policy and guidance for carrying out Executive
Orders 11988 and 11990, which were written in furtherance of the National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA) and other environmental statutes. Executive Order 11988 concerns floodplain management and
the  evaluation by federal agencies of the potential effects of actions they may take in a floodplain to
avoid, to the extent possible, adverse effects associated with direct and indirect development of a
floodplain.  Executive Order 11990 concerns protection of wetlands and the avoidance by federal
agencies, to the extent possible, of the adverse impacts associated with the destruction or loss of wetlands
if a practical alternative exists. OSWER Directive 9280.0-03, Considering Wetlands at CERCLA Sites
(U.S.  EPA 1994e), contains further guidance on addressing this Executive Order.

       Examples of ways in which remedial strategies for sediment have been adapted in light of these
Executive Orders as a matter of policy include the following:

       •      EPA determined that capping  above grade would be  an inappropriate alternative for
              remediating contaminated sediment in a small river, as the increased bottom elevation
              would increase the risk of flooding. Instead, the final EPA remedy called for dredging
              contaminated sediment and capping back to the existing grade; and

              EPA selected a route that avoided the wetland and would minimize the potential for
              effects on the floodplain, after evaluating possible alignments for the access road to the
              contaminated sediment site. During design of the access road, additional features were
              incorporated to further minimize any indirect impact on the floodplain.

3.4  EFFECTIVENESS AND PERMANENCE  OF SEDIMENT ALTERNATIVES

       Two NCP balancing criteria for which project managers of sediment sites may find additional
guidance helpful are those related to short-term effectiveness, and long-term effectiveness and
permanence.  Each is described in more detail  below, as it relates to evaluation of contaminated sediment
                                                                                           3-13

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
alternatives. The NCP describes the assessment of short-term effectiveness as follows 40 CFR
§300.430(e)(9)(iii)(E)):

       The short-term impacts of alternatives shall be assessed considering the following:

       (1) Short-term risks that might be posed to the community during implementation of an
       alternative;

       (2) Potential impacts on workers during remedial action and the effectiveness and reliability of
       protective measures;

       (3) Potential environmental impacts of the remedial action and the effectiveness and reliability of
       mitigative measures during implementation; and

       (4) Time until protection is achieved.

       For contaminated sediment alternatives, short-term risks to the community and workers may
include those that may occur during dredging or capping operations or during the first few years of a
MNR remedy. For a sediment remedy involving bioaccumulative contaminants, short-term impacts may
include those due to continued human or ecological exposure to contaminants currently in the  food chain.
For a MNR alternative, these impacts may also be frequently due to continued human and ecological
exposure to contaminants in surface sediment. For in-situ capping, short-term impacts may be due to
factors such as contaminant releases during capping or accidents during transport or placement of cap
material. For dredging or excavation, short-term impacts may include those due to contaminant releases
during sediment removal, transport, treatment, or disposal or accidents during construction and operation
of facilities. Short-term impacts to the benthic community as a result of capping or dredging should also
be considered. Additional possible short-term impacts are presented in Highlight 7-3, Examples of Some
Key Differences Between Remedial Approaches for Contaminated Sediment.

       The time needed until protection is achieved can be difficult to assess at sediment sites, especially
where bioaccumulative contaminants are present. Generally, for sites where risk is due to contaminants
in the food chain, time to achieve protection can be estimated using models. These models may have
significant uncertainty, but may be useful for predicting whether or not there are significant differences
between time to achieve protection using different alternatives. When comparing time to achieve
protection from MNR to that for active remedies such as capping and dredging, it is  generally  important
to include the time for design and implementation of the active remedies in the analysis.

       The NCP describes the assessment of long-term effectiveness and permanence as follows
(40 CFR §300.430(e)(9)(iii)(C)):

       Alternatives shall be assessed for the  long-term effectiveness and permanence they afford, along
       with the degree of certainty that the alternative will prove successful. Factors that shall be
       considered,  as appropriate, include the following:

       (1) Magnitude of residual risk remaining from untreated waste or treatment residuals remaining at
       the conclusion of the remedial activities. The characteristics of the residuals should be
3-14

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
        considered to the degree that they remain hazardous, taking into account their volume, toxicity,
        mobility, and propensity to bioaccumulate; and

        (2) Adequacy and reliability of controls such as containment systems and institutional controls
        that are necessary to manage treatment residuals and untreated waste.  This factor addresses in
        particular the uncertainties associated with land disposal for providing long-term protection from
        residuals; the assessment of the potential need to repair or replace technical components of the
        alternative, such as a cap, a slurry wall, or a treatment system; and the potential exposure
        pathways and risks posed should the remedial action need replacement.

        For contaminated sediment alternatives, residual risk generally may be considered to be the risk
remaining after completion of dredging, capping,  or MNR.  In their evaluation of residual risk, project
managers should consider the volume, toxicity, mobility, and bioavailability of the remaining
contaminants, as well as their propensity to bioaccumulate.  The adequacy and reliability of controls used
to manage post-remediation sediment residuals or untreated contamination that remains in the sediment
should also be considered. Where institutional controls such as fish consumption advisories are one of
the controls used to manage residual risk, project managers  should assess their expected effectiveness and
whether resulting exposures are expected to be within protective levels. Developing answers to the
following questions may help the project manager in evaluating the long-term effectiveness and
permanence of alternatives:

        •       What is the likelihood that the planned cap, dredging approach, or MNR will meet the
               cleanup levels and RAOs?

        •       What is the level of human health and/or ecological risk remaining after implementation?

        •       What is the expected pattern  of risk reduction over time for the various alternatives and
               what uncertainties are associated  with that pattern?

        •       How much of the risk is due to the area that was remediated versus unremediated areas of
               contamination?

        •       What type and degree of long-term operation and maintenance (O&M) will be required?

        •       What are the requirements for long-term monitoring?

               What is the potential need for replacing or modifying the technical components of the
               alternative?

        •       What is the magnitude of risk should the remedy fail? and

               What is the degree of confidence  that there are adequate controls to identify and prevent
               remedy failure?

        It is important to remember that each of the three major approaches  may be capable of reaching
acceptable levels of both  short-term effectiveness and long-term effectiveness and permanence, and that
site-specific characteristics should be reviewed during the alternatives evaluation to ensure that the


                                                                                             3-15

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
selected alternative will be effective in that environment. Project managers should evaluate and compare
the effectiveness of in-situ (capping and MNR) and ex-situ (dredging) alternatives under the conditions
present at the site. There should not be necessarily a presumption that removal of contaminated
sediments from a water body will be necessarily more effective or permanent than capping or MNR.
Likewise, without sufficient evaluation there should not be a presumption that capping or MNR will be
effective or permanent. What constitutes an acceptable level of effectiveness and permanence is a site-
specific decision that should also consider each of the other NCP remedy selection criteria. Each of the
major approaches for sediment has its own remedy-specific considerations under these criteria, which are
summarized below.  Some aspects are discussed in more detail in the following remedy-specific chapters.

Monitored Natural Recovery

       For a MNR remedy, the risk present at the time of remedy selection should decrease with time as
natural processes progress. The level  of risk reduction afforded by this remedy generally depends on
what cleanup levels the natural processes are expected to be able to achieve in a reasonable time frame
and the level of contamination which may continue to enter the system from any uncontrolled sources.

       Residual risk following MNR and permanence for a MNR alternative frequently are related to the
stability of the sediment bed, or the chance that clean sediment overlying buried contaminants may be
eroded to such an extent that unacceptable risk is created.  Residual risk for an MNR remedy may also be
related to the chance that ground water flow, bioturbation, or other mechanisms may move buried
contaminants to the surface where they could cause unacceptable human or ecological exposure, even in
otherwise stable, non-erosional sediment.  Whether erosion, ground water flow, or other processes cause
unacceptable risk depends on the rate  of exposure due to those processes. For example, erosion of some
portions of a sediment bed, or some movement of contaminants through bioturbation, may not create an
unacceptable risk; therefore, it is important to review such factors on a site-specific basis.  Evaluating the
adequacy of controls for these risks in an MNR remedy may include evaluating the ability of the
monitoring plan to detect significant sediment erosion or contaminant movement, and evaluating the
adequacy of any institutional controls that are relied upon to control erosion (e.g., dam or breakwater
maintenance agreements).

In-Situ Capping

       For an in-situ capping remedy, risk due to direct exposure to contaminated sediment in the
capped area generally decreases rapidly, although risks may remain from uncapped areas.  The level of
risk reduction associated with this remedy generally depends on the action level selected for capping  (i.e.,
what level of contamination will remain outside the capped area) and the level of contamination that may
continue to enter the system from any uncontrolled sources. Residual risk, after the cap is in place,
usually is related to the following: 1) likelihood of cap erosion or disruption exposing contaminants; 2)
likelihood of contaminants migrating through the cap; and 3) risks from contaminants remaining in
uncapped areas.  Like MNR, whether  cap erosion or contaminant migration through a cap cause
unacceptable risk depends on depends on the rate of exposure due to those processes. An evaluation  of
long-term effectiveness and permanence for capping also should include an evaluation of the ability to
monitor the effectiveness of the cap and to replace or replenish components of the cap through time
before any significant contaminant releases occur.
3-16

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
Dredging or Excavation

        For a dredging or excavation remedy, risks within the site itself may initially increase due to
increased exposure to contaminants released into the surface water during sediment removal, but this
increase should be temporary and localized. After this time, risk should decrease.  The speed of the
decrease and the level of long-term risk reduction associated with this remedy generally depends on the
action level and/or cleanup levels selected for sediment removal (i.e., what level of contamination will
remain outside of the dredged/excavated area), the level of residual contamination in the area after
dredging, and the level of contamination that may continue to enter the system from any uncontrolled
sources.

        Residual risk, after the dredging or excavation is complete, is usually related to the following:  1)
risk from contaminated sediment left behind outside of the dredged or excavated areas and from
contaminated sediment resuspended  and transported by dredging; 2) residual contamination left in place
after dredging (an estimate of the likely post-dredging/post-backfilling surficial contamination levels
should be developed); and 3) risk posed by untreated contaminants and treatment residuals at their
disposal location. Similar to capping, the long-term effectiveness evaluation should include the need to
replace  technical components of the  remedy after remedial action is completed. For dredging or
excavation, this usually focuses on technical components of any on-site disposal units and the need to
replenish backfill material in the dredged areas if backfill was used.

        Project managers should recognize that all approaches for remediating sediment leave some
contaminants in place after remedial actions are completed, whether buried beneath a natural sediment
layer or engineered cap, left near the surface or mixed with backfill as residuals following dredging or
excavation, or as low levels of contamination outside of areas that were capped or dredged. All of these
residual contaminants are affected by a variety of natural processes that can disperse, contain or sequester
them. As described above and in the three remedy-specific chapters of this guidance that follow, MNR,
in-situ capping, and sediment removal, each may be capable of achieving acceptable levels of
effectiveness and permanence.  Site-specific site characteristics should be reviewed to ensure that the
selected alternative will provide adequate short-term and long-term effectiveness at a particular site.

3.5   COST

        Developing accurate cost estimates generally is an essential part  of evaluating alternatives. It is
also appropriate at many sites, and can be especially useful at large sites, to include the relative cost of
achieving different cleanup levels. This typically is an important part of evaluating the cost-effectiveness
of a range of protective alternatives which may, for example, be associated with different fish
consumption rates or different levels of ecological protection.

        Guidance on preparing cost  estimates and the general role of cost in remedial alternative selection
is discussed in A Guide to Developing and Documenting Cost Estimates During the Feasibility Study
(U.S. EPA  and USAGE 2000). The  general elements of a cost estimate include capital costs, annual and
periodic O&M costs, and net present value (U.S. EPA and USAGE 2000).  A cost estimate prepared as
part of the CERCLA cleanup process should not include potential claims for natural resource damages or
potential restoration credits, but may include costs for mitigation of habitat lost or impaired by the
remedial action, where appropriate.
                                                                                             3-17

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
3.5.1   Capital Costs

        Capital costs generally are those expenditures needed to construct a remedial action (U.S. EPA
and USAGE 2000).  Capital costs include only those expenditures initially incurred to implement a
remedial alternative and major capital expenditures in future years. Capital cost elements that may be
important at sediment sites include those listed in Highlight 3-3. As indicated in the Highlight, capital
costs may include construction monitoring and environmental monitoring before, during and immediately
following the remedial action. Monitoring beyond that point should be considered part of O&M.
         Highlight 3-3: Examples of Categories of Capital Costs for Sediment Remediation

        Categories                                       Capital Costs
 General (may apply to
 several or all remedial
 approaches)
Mobilization/demobilization

Site preparation (e.g., fencing, roads, utilities)

Construction monitoring, sampling, testing, and analysis before, during, and
immediately following construction (e.g., bathymetric surveys)

Environmental monitoring before, during, and immediately following
construction (e.g., water quality monitoring)

Debris and/or structure (e.g., piers, pilings) removal and disposal

Project management and support throughout construction, including
preparation of remedial action documentation and construction submittals

Engineering needs during construction (not pre-construction design)

Post-construction habitat restoration (e.g., plantings)

Pilot studies

General contingency

Indirect costs

Implementation of institutional controls
 Monitored Natural
 Recovery
Monitoring and reporting prior to attainment of cleanup levels
 In-situ Capping
Cap materials
-D      Material costs
-D      Equipment and labor costs
-D      Cost of mitigation if required under CWA §404

Transport, storage, and placement of cap materials
-D      Barge/tug lease costs
-D      Stockpiling of cap material
-D      Land use cost
3-18

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
        Categories
                        Capital Costs
 Dredging or Excavation
Dredging or excavation equipment and labor costs

Engineering controls to protect water quality (e.g., silt curtains)

Site decontamination for support facilities (e.g., truck wash, dewatering
area)

Sediment isolation for excavation (e.g., sheetpile, earthen dams)

Construction of dewatering area/temporary storage of dredged material

Transporting sediment to treatment or disposal site
-D      Barge/tug lease costs
-D      Pipeline costs

Land acquisition costs for construction easements or  relocating utilities
 Pretreatment/Treatment
Land acquisition costs

Construction of pretreatment/treatment/storage buildings

Treatment of sediment

Treatment and discharge of water from dewatering process

Engineering controls to protect water quality (e.g., process water and storm
water runoff controls)

Disposal of treatment residuals
 In-Water Contained
 Aquatic Disposal, In-
 Water or Upland Confined
 Disposal Facilities
Land acquisition or use costs

Construction of disposal site and any associated disposal costs
-D      Demolition of existing facilities
-D      Excavation to support berm
-D      Equipment and labor costs

Berm construction
-D      Imported materials for berm
-D      Equipment costs

Capping disposal site
-D      Cap materials
-D      Equipment and labor costs

Engineering controls to protect water quality

Cost of mitigation if required under CWA §404
                                                                                                      3-19

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
       Categories                                     Capital Costs
 Upland Landfill Disposal
Land acquisition costs

Construction costs

Transportation costs

Tipping fees for regional landfill
       The basis for a cost estimate may include a variety of sources, including cost curves, generic unit
costs, vendor information, standard cost estimating guides, and similar estimates, as modified for the
specific site. Where site-specific costs are available from pilot studies or removal actions, they are likely
to be the best source of realistic cost information. Where this is not available, actual costs from similar
projects implemented at other sites is frequently the next best source of costs.

       Substantial amounts of historical cost data for some components of sediment remediation (e.g.,
removal, transport, disposal, and residue management) may be available from other project managers.
EPA's Office of Superfund Remediation and Technology Innovation (OSRTI) can help project managers
locate sites where a similar approach has been implemented. Additionally, the project manager may find
it useful to refer to the ARCS program's remediation guidance document (U.S. EPA 1994d) for a
discussion on the general elements of cost estimates for sediment sites. This document provides examples
of percentages for general costs and site-specific costs for both in-situ and ex-situ remedies. Also, many
of the local district USAGE offices have extensive experience with dredging and in-water construction
and may be an additional source of good cost information.

3.5.2  Operation and Maintenance  (O&M) Costs

       O&M costs are generally those post-construction costs necessary to ensure or verify the
continued effectiveness of a remedial action (U.S. EPA and USAGE 2000). These costs may be annual or
periodic (e.g., once only, or once every five years). It is important to note that short-term O&M costs
generally are incurred as part of the remedial action phase of a project, while  long-term O&M costs or
long-tenn cap maintenance generally are part of the O&M phase of a project  (U.S. EPA and USAGE
2000). At Fund-lead sites, it can be very important to differentiate these two  cost categories because
CERCLA has specific requirements addressing payment for long-term O&M [CERCLA §104(c))(3)), see
Section 3.5.4, State Cost Share]. Some examples of categories that are generally considered short-term
O&M at sediment sites include the following:

       •       Operation of sediment or water treatment facilities during the remedial action;

       •       Monitoring, sampling, testing,  analysis, and reporting during the remedial action (some
               may be considered capital costs, see Section 3.5.1 above);

       •       Maintenance of in-situ cap or on-site disposal site during the shake-down period (e.g.,
               one year);

       •       Maintenance of engineering  site controls during shake-down period (e.g., one year);
3-20

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
       •       Cost overrun contingency; and

       •       Project management and support.

       Some examples of categories that are generally considered long-term O&M at sediment sites
include the following:

       •       Maintenance and monitoring of institutional controls;

       •       Long-term monitoring, sampling, testing, analysis, and reporting;

       •       Long-term maintenance of in-situ cap or on-site disposal unit; and

       •       Long-term maintenance of engineering site controls.

       Additional issues related to long-term monitoring and maintenance of all three remedial
approaches (MNR, capping, and dredging or excavation) are discussed in Chapter 8 of this guidance.

3.5.3  Net Present Value

       The NCP also provides that an analysis of remedy net present value, or present worth, should be
used [NCP §300.430(e)(9)(iii)(G)]. A net present value analysis should be used to compare expenditures
occurring over different time periods. This standard methodology allows for a cost comparison of
different  alternatives having capital, O&M, and monitoring costs that would be incurred in different time
periods on the basis of a single cost figure for each alternative.  In general, the period of analysis should
be equivalent to the project duration, resulting in a complete life cycle cost estimate for implementing the
remedial  alternative. Past EPA guidance recommended the general use of a 30-year period of analysis for
estimating present value costs (U.S. EPA 1988a). Although this may be appropriate in some
circumstances, the blanket use of a 30-year period is no longer recommended. Site-specific justification
should be provided for the period of analysis selected, especially when the project duration (i.e., time
period required for design, construction, O&M, and closeout) exceeds the selected period of analysis
(U.S. EPA and USAGE 2000).

       For sediment approaches that leave significant quantities of contaminated sediment in place, such
as in-situ capping or MNR based on natural burial, the actual monitoring period is likely to be longer than
30 years, although project managers are encouraged not to assume that monitoring in perpetuity will be
necessary at every site. This is discussed further in Chapter 8, Remedial Action and Long-Term
Monitoring.

       The discount rate that should be used for this analysis is established by the  Office of Management
and Budget (OMB).  Based on current Agency policy, as reflected in the NCP preamble (55 FR 8722) and
the OSWER Directive 9355.3-20, Revisions to OMB Circular A-94 on Guidelines and Discount Rates for
Benefit-Cost Analysis (U.S. EPA 1993b), a seven percent discount rate should be used in estimating the
present worth value for potential alternatives. This figure could be revised in the future, and project
managers should use the current figure contained in an update of the OMB Circular. Project managers
should be aware that this rate may not be the same as rates that various potentially responsible parties
(PRPs) or federal facilities use for similar analyses. The  project manager should refer to A Guide to


                                                                                            3-21

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
Developing and Documenting Cost Estimates for the Feasibility Study (U.S. EPA and USAGE 2000) for
more information.

3.5.4   State Cost Share

        At Fund-lead sites, generally the state is responsible under CERCLA for ten percent of remedial
action costs and 100 percent of long-term O&M costs (see also 40 CFR §300.510(b) and (c)). Other
requirements may apply if the facility was publicly operated at the time of disposal of hazardous
substances and for federal facilities. Where O&M costs are significantly different between alternatives,
this may add to differences of opinion about preferred alternatives. For the discussion to be based on the
best available information, it is especially important that cost estimates be as accurate as possible,
including costs of long-term O&M.

        After a joint EPA/state inspection of an implemented Fund-financed remedial action, EPA may
share, for a period of up to one year, in the cost of the operation of the remedial action to ensure that the
remedy is  operational and functional (40 CFR §300.510(c)(2)). For sediment sites, this may arise at sites
involving in-situ caps and on-site disposal facilities.

        The  RAOs at sediment sites typically address sediment and biota, but remedies may also include
surface water restoration as a goal of the remedial action. The NCP specifies the following in 40 CFR
§300.510(c)(2):

        In the case of the restoration of ground or surface water, EPA shall share in the cost of
        the state's operation of ground or surface water restoration remedial actions as specified
        in 40 CFR §300.435(f)(3).

        The  NCP at 40 CFR §300.435(f)(3) specifies that:

        For Fund-financed remedial actions involving treatment or other measures to restore
        ground- or surface-water quality to the level that assures protection of human health and
        the environment, the operation of such treatment or other measures for a period of up to
        10 years after the remedy becomes operational and functional will be considered part of
        the remedial action. Activities required to maintain the effectiveness of such treatment or
        other measures following the  10-year period, or after remedial action is complete,
        whichever is earlier, shall be considered O&M.

In 40 CFR §300.435(f)(3) and (4), the NCP also addresses when a restoration activity can  be considered
administratively "complete" for purposes of federal funding  and discusses several  actions that are
excluded from consideration under this provision.

        Where a sediment site includes surface water restoration as a goal, the project manager should
consult with their Office of Regional Counsel to determine how these provisions may apply to their site.

3.6   INSTITUTIONAL CONTROLS

        The  term "institutional control" (1C) generally refers to non-engineering measures intended to
affect human activities in such a way as to prevent or reduce exposure to hazardous substances, often by

3-22

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
limiting land or resource use. ICs can be used at all stages of the remedial process to reduce exposure to
contamination.  Chapter 7, Remedy Selection Considerations, offers guidance on when it may be
appropriate to select a remedy that includes institutional controls at sediment sites and considerations
regarding their effectiveness and enforceability. For more detailed information on ICs in general, refer to
OSWER Directive 9355.0-74FS-P, Institutional Controls: A Site Manager's Guide to Identifying,
Evaluating, and Selecting Institutional Controls at Superfund and RCRA Corrective Action Cleanups
(U.S. EPA 2000f) and Federal Facilities Restoration and Reuse Office (FFRRO) guidance, Institutional
Controls and Transfer of Real Property under CERCLA Section 120 (h)(3)(A), (B), or (C) (U.S. EPA
2000g).

       As explained in the site managers guide cited above (U.S. EPA 2000f), the following are the four
general categories of ICs:

       •       Governmental controls;

       •       Proprietary controls;

       •       Enforcement and permit tools with 1C components; and

       •       Information devices.

       Usually, governmental controls (e.g., bans on harvesting fish or shellfish) are implemented and
enforced by the state or local government.  Proprietary controls (often referred to as "deed restrictions"),
such as easements or covenants, typically involve  legal instruments placed in the chain of title of the site
or property.  Where enforcement tools are used to  implement ICs, they may include provisions of
CERCLA Unilateral Administrative Orders (UAOs), Administrative Orders on Consent (AOCs), or
Consent Decrees (CD).  Information devices are designed to provide information or notification to the
public. The three most  common types of ICs at sediment sites include fish consumption advisories and
commercial fishing bans, waterway use restrictions, and land use restriction/structure maintenance
agreements. Each of these ICs is discussed in more detail below.

Fish Consumption Advisories and Fishing Bans

       Fish consumption advisories are informational devices that are frequently already in place and
incorporated into sediment site remedies. Commercial fishing bans are government controls that ban
commercial fishing for specific species or sizes offish or shellfish. Usually, state departments of health
are the governmental entities that establishes these advisories and bans. Frequently, fish consumption
advisories and fishing bans are in place before a site is listed on the NPL, but if not, it could be necessary
for the state to issue or revise them in conjunction  with an early or interim action, or the final remedial
action. An advisory usually consists of informing  the public that they should not consume fish from an
area, or consume no more than a specified number offish meals over a specific period of time from a
particular area.  Sensitive sub-populations or subsistence fishers may be subject to more stringent
advisories.  Advisories can be publicized through signs at popular fishing locations, pamphlets, or other
educational outreach materials and programs. Information should be provided in appropriate languages to
meet the needs of the impacted communities. However, project managers should be aware that
consumption advisories are not enforceable controls and their effectiveness can be extremely variable.
This is discussed further in Chapter 7, Remedy Selection Considerations.


                                                                                            3-23

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
Waterway Use Restrictions

       For any alternative where subsurface contamination remains in place (e.g., capping, MNR, or an
in-water confined disposal site), waterway use restrictions may be necessary to ensure the integrity of the
alternative. Examples include restricting boat traffic in an area to establish a no-wake zone, or
prohibiting anchoring of vessels. In considering boating restrictions, it is important to determine who can
enforce the restrictions, and under what authority and how effective such enforcement has been in the
past. In addition, a restriction on easements for installing utilities, such as fiber optic cables, can be an
important mechanism to help ensure the overall protectiveness of a remedy. It may also be necessary to
evaluate remedial alternatives that involve changing the navigation status of a waterway. For a federally
authorized navigation channel, deauthorization or reauthorization of the channel to a different width
and/or depth configuration would be required and should be fully investigated before selecting the
remedy.  The state may also have additional authority to change harbor lines or the navigation status of a
waterway.

       Federal deauthorization can be a lengthy process that requires a formal request to the USAGE, an
opportunity for users of the waterway to comment, and, ultimately, deauthorization by Congress.  By
comparison, for those waterways or portions of waterways the USAGE has placed in "caretaker" status
(i.e., not actively maintained), channel reauthorization to widths and depths consistent with local
requirements (e.g., to support continued recreational use) can be completed relatively quickly. Proposed
channel modifications/reauthorizations are typically processed by congressional conferees and may be
incorporated into the Water Resources Development Act (WRDA) or other equivalent legislative
vehicles.

       In designing caps to be placed within federal navigational channels, horizontal and vertical
offsets, developed by the USAGE based on considerations of normal dredging accuracy and overdepth
allowances, can provide a factor of safety to protect the surface of the cap from potential damage during
potential future maintenance dredging activities.

Land Use Restrictions and Structure Maintenance Agreements

       Where contamination remains in place, it may be necessary for the project manager to work with
private parties, state land management agencies, or local governments to implement use restrictions on
nearshore areas and adjacent upland properties. For example, construction of boat ramps, retaining  walls,
or marina development can expose subsurface  contamination and compromise the long-term effectiveness
of a remedy.  Where contaminated sediment exceeding cleanup levels is identified in proximity to utility
crossings or other infrastructure and temporary or permanent relocation of utilities in support of a
dredging remedy may not be feasible or practical, capping may be desirable even though temporary cap
disruption may be necessary periodically.

       Ownership of aquatic lands varies by state and locality. In many cases, nearshore areas can be
privately owned out to the end of piers.  For private property owners, more traditional ICs, such as
proprietary controls or enforcement tools with  1C components, can be considered. Potentially, some of
these restrictions can be implemented through  agencies who permit construction activities in the aquatic
environment. Several federal, state, and local laws place restrictions on and may require permits or
substantive requirements documents to be obtained for dredging, filling, or other construction activities in
the  aquatic  environment.  These include Section 404 of the Clean Water Act, Title 33 United States Code


3-24

-------
Chapter 3: Feasibility Study Considerations
(U.S.C.) Section 1344, and Sections 9 and 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899, 33 U.S.C. 401 and
403. It may also be possible to implement some ICs through coordination with existing permitting
processes. Harbor Master Plans, state-designated port areas, and local authorities may also function to
restrict certain uses. In addition, long-term maintenance of structures such as dams or breakwaters may-
be a necessary component of some sediment remedies.  Where this is the case, it is important that project
managers clarify how this maintenance is part of the remedy and who is responsible for the remedy.
Where maintenance decisions may change through time, contingencies may be needed for additional
actions.

        Highlight 3-4 summarizes some important points to remember about feasibility studies at
sediment sites.
        Highlight 3-4: Some Key Points to Remember about Feasibility Studies for Sediment
         Generally, project managers should implement and then evaluate the effectiveness of major source
         control actions before finalizing the evaluation of alternatives for sediment

         Generally, project managers should evaluate each of the three major approaches: MNR, in-situ capping,
         and removal through dredging or excavation, at every sediment site

         At sites with multiple water bodies or sections of water bodies with different characteristics or uses,
         alternatives that combine a variety of remedial approaches are frequently the most promising

         MNR, in-situ capping, and sediment removal may each be capable of achieving acceptable levels of long-
         term effectiveness and permanence; site-specific site characteristics should be reviewed to ensure that
         the selected alternative will be effective at a particular site

         Accurate cost estimates, including long-term O&M costs and, where appropriate,  materials handling,
         transport, and disposal costs, are very important to a good comparison of alternatives; a Actual costs
         from pilot projects at a site and at similar, completed sediment sites are among the best cost resources

         Institutional controls can be used at all stages of the remedial process to reduce exposure to
         contamination; project managers should consider the effectiveness and enforce ability of controls used at
         the site and evaluate their role in risk reduction
                                                                                                 3-25

-------
This page left intentionally blank.

-------
Chapter 4: Monitored Natural Recovery
                   4.0   MONITORED NATURAL RECOVERY

4.1   INTRODUCTION

       Monitored natural recovery (MNR) is a remedy for contaminated sediment that typically uses
ongoing, naturally occurring processes to contain, destroy, or reduce the bioavailability or toxicity of
contaminants in sediment. Not all natural processes result in risk reduction; some may increase or shift
risk to other locations or receptors. Therefore, to implement MNR successfully as a remedial option,
project managers should identify and evaluate those processes that contribute to risk reduction. MNR
usually involves acquisition of information over time to confirm that these risk-reduction processes are
occurring. Project managers should also be aware of the potential for combining  natural recovery with
engineering approaches, for example  by installing flow control structures to encourage deposition or by
the placement of a thin layer of additional clean sediment or additives to enhance sorption or chemical
transformation.  These combined approaches are discussed further in Section 4.5, Enhanced Natural
Recovery.

       MNR may rely on a wide range of naturally occurring processes to reduce risk to human and/or
ecological receptors. These processes may include physical, biological, and chemical mechanisms that
act together to reduce the risk posed by the contaminants. Depending on the contaminants and the
environment, this risk reduction may  occur in a number of different ways. Highlight 4-1 lists the most
common risk reduction processes. Natural processes that reduce toxicity through transformation or
reduce bioavailability through increased sorption are usually preferable as a basis for remedy  selection to
mechanisms that reduce exposure through natural burial or mixing-in-place because the
destructive/sorptive mechanisms generally have a higher degree of permanence. However, many
contaminants that remain in sediment are not easily transformed or destroyed. For this reason, risk
reduction due to natural burial through sedimentation is more common and can be an acceptable sediment
management option. Dispersion is the least preferable basis for remedy selection based on MNR. While
dispersion may reduce risk in the source area, it generally increases exposure to contaminants and may
result in unacceptable risks to downstream areas or other receiving water bodies.  As reiterated in Chapter
7, Remedy Selection Considerations,  project managers  should carefully evaluate the effects of this
increased exposure and risk to receiving water bodies before selecting MNR where dispersion is one of
the risk reduction mechanisms, to ensure that it is not simply transferring risk to a new area.  Project
managers should be aware that at most sites, a variety of natural processes are occurring that may reduce
risk.

       As used in this guidance, MNR is similar in some ways to the Monitored Natural Attenuation
(MNA) remedy used for ground water and soils [U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA
1999d)].  The key difference between MNA for ground water and MNR for sediment is in the type of
processes most often being relied upon to reduce risk. Transformation of contaminants is usually the
major attenuating process for contaminated ground water, these processes are frequently too slow for the
persistent contaminants of concern (COCs) in sediment to provide for remediation in a reasonable time
frame. Therefore, isolation and mixing of contaminants through natural sedimentation is the process most
frequently relied upon for contaminated sediment.
                                                                                            4-1

-------
Chapter 4: Monitored Natural Recovery
        Highlight 4-1: General Hierarchy of Natural Recovery Processes for Sediment Sites
 Many different natural processes may reduce risk from contaminated sediment, including the following, listed from
 generally most to least preferable, though all potentially acceptable, as a basis for selecting MNR:

         A      The contaminant is converted to a less toxic form through transformation processes, such as
                biodegradation or abiotic transformations

         B      Contaminant mobility and bioavailability are reduced through sorption or other processes binding
                contaminants to the sediment matrix

         C      Exposure levels are reduced by a decrease in contaminant concentration levels in the near-
                surface sediment zone through burial or mixing-in-place with cleaner sediment

         D      Exposure levels are reduced by a decrease in contaminant concentration levels in the near-
                surface sediment zone through dispersion of particle-bound contaminants or diffusive or
                advective transport of contaminants to the water column or (see caveats in text regarding use of
                these processes for risk reduction)
        To select a MNR remedy, the project manager generally should consider the need for the
following:

               A detailed understanding of the natural processes that are affecting sediment and
               contaminants at the site;

        •       A predictive tool (generally based either on computer modeling or extrapolation of
               empirical data) to predict future effects of those processes;

               A means to control any significant ongoing contaminant sources;

               An evaluation of ongoing risks during the recovery period and exposure control, where
               possible; and

        •       The ability to monitor the natural processes and/or concentrations of contaminants in
               sediment or biota to see if recovery is occurring at the expected rate.

        Some consider that all sediment site remedies are using natural recovery to some extent because
natural processes are ongoing whether or not an active cleanup is underway [e.g.. National Research
Council (NRC) 2001]. It is true that natural processes in most cases will continue whether or not an
active cleanup is underway, but these processes may either reduce, transfer, or increase risk.  Natural
processes may reduce residual risk following dredging or in-situ capping at many sites, and it can be very-
valuable to monitor further risk reduction. However, it is also important for project managers to
distinguish whether they are relying upon natural processes to reduce risk to an acceptable level (i.e.,
using MNR as a remedy), or simply noting the fact that natural processes are ongoing at a site and are
expected to continue to reduce residual risks.  Therefore, the key factors that normally distinguish MNR
as a remedy are the presence of unacceptable risk, the ongoing burial  or degradation/transformation, or
dispersion of the contaminant, and the  establishment of a cleanup level that MNR is expected to meet
within a particular time frame.
4-2

-------
Chapter 4: Monitored Natural Recovery
       MNR has been selected as a component of the remedy for contaminated sediment at
approximately one dozen Superfund sites so far. Historically, at many sites MNR has been combined
with dredging or in-situ capping of other areas of a site.  Although natural recovery following effective
source control has been observed (e.g., decreases in sediment contaminant levels, sediment toxicity, and
shellfish tissue contaminant levels), long-term monitoring data on fish tissue are not yet available at most
sites to document continued risk reduction (see e.g., Magar et al. 2003). However, monitoring results
documented at some sites are promising (e.g., Patmont et al. 2003, U.S. EPA 2001g, U.S. EPA 2001h,
Swindell et al. 2000).  When hazardous substances left in place are above levels that allow for unlimited
use and unrestricted exposure, a five-year review pursuant to Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) §121(c) may be required (U.S. EPA 2001i).

       Although each of the three potential remedy approaches (MNR, in-situ capping, and removal)
should be considered at every site at which they might be appropriate, MNR should receive detailed
consideration where the site conditions listed in Highlight 4-2 are present.
     Highlight 4-2: Some Site Conditions Especially Conducive to Monitored Natural Recovery
         Anticipated land uses or new structures are not incompatible with natural recovery

         Natural recovery processes have a reasonable degree of certainty to continue at rates that will contain,
         destroy, or reduce the bioavailability or toxicity of contaminants within an acceptable time frame

         Expected human exposure is low and/or can be  reasonably controlled by institutional controls

         Sediment bed is reasonably stable and likely to remain so

         Sediment is resistant to resuspension (e.g., cohesive or well-armored sediment)

         Contaminant concentrations in biota and in the biologically active zone of sediment are moving towards
         risk-based goals on their own

         Contaminants already readily biodegrade or transform to lower toxicity forms

         Contaminant concentrations are low and cover diffuse areas

         Contaminants have low ability to bioaccumulate
4.2   POTENTIAL ADVANTAGES AND LIMITATIONS

       In most cases, the two key advantages of MNR are its relatively low implementation cost and its
non-invasive nature.  While costs associated with site characterization and modeling can be extensive, the
costs associated with implementing MNR are primarily associated with monitoring. However,
implementation costs may also include the cost of implementing institutional controls and public
education to increase the effectiveness of those controls. MNR typically involves no man-made physical
disruption to the existing biological community, which may be an important advantage for some wetlands
or sensitive environments where the harm to the ecological community due to sediment disturbance may
outweigh the risk reduction of an active cleanup.
                                                                                              4-3

-------
Chapter 4: Monitored Natural Recovery
       Other advantages of MNR may include no construction or infrastructure is needed, and may,
therefore, be much less disruptive of communities than active remedies such as dredging or in-situ
capping.  No property should be needed for materials handling, treatment, or disposal facilities, and no
contaminated materials should be transported through communities.

       Two key limitations of MNR may include it generally leaves contaminants in place and that it can
be slow in reducing risks in comparison to active remedies. Any remedy that leaves untreated
contaminants in place probably includes some risk of reexposure of the contaminants. When MNR is
based primarily on natural burial, there is some risk of buried contaminants being reexposed or dispersed
if the sediment bed is significantly disturbed by unexpectedly strong natural or man-made
(anthropogenic) forces. The potential effects of reexposure may be greater if high concentrations of
contaminants remain in the sediment, and likewise, lower if contaminant concentrations or risks are low.
There is also some risk of dissolved contaminants being transported to the surface water at levels that
could cause unacceptable risk.  The time frame for natural recovery may be slower than that predicted for
dredging or in-situ capping. However, time frames for various alternatives may overlap when
uncertainties are taken into account. In addition,  realistic estimates of the longer design and
implementation time for active  remedies should be factored in to the comparison. Like any remedy that
takes a period of time to reach remediation goals, remedies that include MNR frequently rely upon
institutional controls, such as fish consumption advisories, to control human exposure during the recovery
period. These controls may have limited effectiveness and usually have no ability to reduce ecological
exposures.

       Major areas of uncertainty frequently noted for MNR include the ability to 1) predict future
sedimentation rates in dynamic environments and 2) predict rates of contaminant  flux through stable
sediment. It can be especially difficult to predict rates of natural recovery where contaminant levels and
risks are already low because small additional factors become relatively more important. However, a
higher level of uncertainty may be more acceptable in these situations as well.

4.3   NATURAL RECOVERY PROCESSES

       The success of MNR as a risk reduction approach typically is dependent upon understanding the
dynamics of the contaminated environment and the fate and mobility of the contaminant in that
environment. The natural processes of interest for MNR may include a variety of processes that, under
favorable conditions, act without human intervention to reduce the mass, toxicity, mobility, or
concentration of contaminants in the sediment bed. These natural processes may  include the following:

               Physical processes: Sedimentation, advection, diffusion, dilution, dispersion,
               bioturbation, volatilization;

       •       Biological processes:  Biodegradation, biotransformation, phytoremediation, biological
               stabilization; and

       •       Chemical processes: Oxidation/reduction, sorption, or other processes resulting in
               stabilization or reduced bioavailability.

       Highlight 4-3 illustrates some of the natural processes the project manager should consider when
evaluating MNR.  With few exceptions, these processes interact in aquatic systems, sometimes increasing

4-4

-------
Chapter 4: Monitored Natural Recovery
the risk-reduction effects of a process compared to what they might be for that process in isolation, and
sometimes reducing those risk-reduction effects. For example, as recognized by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency's (EPA) Science Advisory Board (SAB) Environmental Engineering Committee.
Monitored Natural Attenuation: USEPA Research Program -AnEPA Science Advisory Board Review
(U.S. EPA 200Ij), sustained burial processes remove contaminants from the bioavailable zone, but can
also impede certain degradation processes, such as aerobic biodegradation. Likewise, contaminant
sorption to sediment particles may reduce both bioavailability  and rates  of contaminant transformation.
In addition, in the case of mixed contaminants, the same natural process may result in very different
environmental fates. When dealing with mixed contaminants at a site, the project manager should not
focus unduly on one contaminant without understanding the effects of natural processes on the other
contaminants, including breakdown products. Understanding the interactions between effects and
prioritizing the significance of these effects to the MNR remedy should be part of a natural process
analysis.
     Highlight 4-3: Sample Conceptual Model of Natural Processes Potentially Related to MNR
                        Volatilization
                                         Air Deposition
         Water V
                                  Hydrodynamics and
                                   Geomorphologic
                                      Change
                                                               Bioaccumulation
                                                     Resuspension
                                                     and Dispersion
                                                                      Phyto processes
                       Bioturbation
                       -Identify temporal
                       and spatial changes

                       -Geochemistry, redox
                       effects, and chemical
                       enhanced desorption
Biodegradation
——^—^«
Bioavailability
                                        Chemical and
                                          Biological
                                           Status
                                                                                     Water
                                                                                     Column
                                                                                   Suspended
                                                                                    Particles
-Evaluation of additional
contaminant sources in the
watershed (terrestrial,
aquatic, and atmospheric)
                                                                                                  4-5

-------
Chapter 4: Monitored Natural Recovery
4.3.1   Physical Processes

        Generally, physical processes do not directly change the chemical nature of contaminants.
Instead, physical processes may bury, mix, dilute, or transfer contaminants to another medium.  Physical
processes of interest for MNR include sedimentation, erosion, diffusion, dilution, dispersion, bioturbation,
advection, and volatilization (including temperature-induced desorption of semi-volatiles). All of these
processes may reduce contaminant concentrations in surface sediment, and thus reduce risk associated
with the sediment. Sedimentation normally reduces risk physically by containing contaminants in place.
Other physical processes, such as erosion, dispersion, dilution, bioturbation, advection, and volatilization
may reduce contaminant concentrations in sediment as a result of transferring the contaminants to another
medium or dispersing them over a wider area (e.g., via ground water or surface water). These processes
may reduce, increase, or transfer the risk posed by the contaminants. As discussed previously in Section
4.1, project managers should carefully evaluate the potential for increased exposure and risk to receiving
water bodies before selecting MNR where dispersion is one of the risk reduction mechanisms.

        Physical processes in sediment can operate at vastly different rates. Some may occur faster than
others, but may or may not have more impact on risk. In general, processes in which contaminants are
transported by bulk movement of particles or pore water (e.g., erosion, dispersion, bioturbation,
advection) occur at faster rates than processes in which  contaminants are transported by diffusion or
volatilization and, therefore, are frequently, but not always, more important when evaluating MNR.
Processes that result in particle movement are particularly important for hydrophobic or other
contaminants that are strongly sorbed to sediment particles. Some physical processes are continuous, and
others seasonal or episodic. Depending on the environment, any of these types of processes (i.e.,
continuous, seasonal, or episodic) may have the most impact on natural recovery  of a site. For example,
project managers should not assume that episodic flooding will have a positive or negative effect on risk
over an entire site. Flooding is most likely to cause erosion in some areas, while causing significant
deposition in others.

        Transport and deposition of cleaner sediment in a watershed may lead to natural burial of
contaminated sediment in a quiescent environment.  Natural burial may reduce the availability of the
contaminants to aquatic plants and animals and, therefore, may reduce toxicity and bioaccumulation. The
overlaying cleaner sediment also serves to reduce the flux of contaminants into the surface water by
creating a longer pathway that the desorbed contaminants must travel to reach the water column.
However, while bioturbation by burrowing organisms may promote mixing and dilution of contaminated
sediment with the newly deposited cleaner sediment, for bioaccumulative contaminants it may also result
in continued bioaccumulation  into the food web until contaminant isolation occurs.

        The long-term protectiveness provided by sedimentation depends upon the physical stability of
the new sediment bed and the rates of movement of contaminants through the new sediment. Major
events, such as  severe floods or ice movements may scour the  buried sediment, exposing contaminated
sediment and releasing the contaminants into the water column.  Ground water that flows through the
sediment bed also may transport dissolved contaminants into the water column. Depending  upon their
extent, processes such as these may extend the natural recovery period or, in some cases, inhibit it
altogether.  Project managers should consider the potential influence of these processes on exposure rates
and risk. A site-specific evaluation of both sediment and contaminant fate and transport are  important to
evaluating MNR as a remedy.  There are a variety of empirical and modeling methods to assess rates of
4-6

-------
Chapter 4: Monitored Natural Recovery
various physical processes at specific sites.  These are discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.8, Sediment and
Contaminant Fate and Transport, and Section 2.9, Modeling.

4.3.2   Biological and Chemical Processes

        Like most natural processes, biological processes also depend on site-specific conditions and are
highly variable. During biodegradation, a chemical change is facilitated by microorganisms living in the
sediment.  One of the important limitations to the usefulness of biodegradation as a risk-reduction
mechanism is that the greater the molecular weight of the organic contaminants, the greater partitioning to
sorption sites on sediment particles (Mallhot and Peters 1988) and the lower the contaminant availability
to microorganisms. Some degradation of high molecular weight organic compounds occurs naturally in
soil and sediment with anaerobic and aerobic microorganisms (Brown et al.  1987, Abramowicz and Olsen
1995, Bedard and May 1996, Shuttleworth and Cerniglia 1995, Cerniglia 1992, Seech et al. 1993).
Degradation rates vary with depth in sediment partly due to the change from aerobic or anaerobic
conditions. This changes frequently occur at depths of a few millimeters to a few centimeters where
sediments have  substantial organic content and conditions are quiescent, and may occur deeper in some
circumstances.  Longer residence times of contaminants in the sediment (aging) also usually result in
increased sequestration (Luthy et al. 1997, Dec and Bollag 1997). These processes reduce the availability
of the organic compounds to microorganisms and, therefore, reduce the extent and rates of biodegradation
(Luthy et al. 1997, Tabak and Govind 1997). However, this can  also reduce the availability of the
contaminant to receptors living in the sediment and as well as at higher trophic levels.

        Chemical processes in sediment are especially  important for metals. Many environmental
variables govern the chemical state of metals in sediment,  which in turn affects their mobility, toxicity,
and bioavailablity making natural recovery due to chemical processes difficult to predict. Much of the
current understanding of the role of chemical processes in controlling risk is focused on the important
geochemical changes resulting from changes in redox potential that can affect the bioavailability of metal
and organic metal compounds.  Formation of relatively insoluble metal sulfides under reducing conditions
can often effectively control the risk posed by metal contaminants if reducing conditions are maintained.
Environmental variables include pore water pH and alkalinity, sediment grain size, oxidation-reduction
(redox) conditions, and the amount of sulfides and organic carbon present in the sediments. Furthermore,
many chemical processes in sedimentary environments are also affected by the biological community.

Biochemical Processes for Polycvclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs)

        The class of hydrocarbons known as poly cyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) is a common
contaminant in sediment and biota at Superfund sites.  Many organisms are capable of accumulating PAH
contaminants in their tissue, but biomagnification does not generally occur in vertebrate species (Suedel
et al. 1994). Fish do not generally accumulate higher tissue PAH concentrations than their prey due to
their ability to metabolize and eliminate PAHs; however, the PAH metabolites may themselves cause
chronic toxicity, such as reduced growth and reproduction as well as increased incidence of neoplasms in
fish. The potential exists for bioaccumulation in some  invertebrate species because of their lesser ability
to metabolize and eliminate PAHs (Meador et al. 1995).

        PAHs may be subject to physical, chemical and biological breakdown in the environment and
where these processes are effective, may be especially  amenable  to natural recovery.  The type of process
that dominates may depend on time. For example, following a release of PAHs into the environment,

                                                                                             4-7

-------
Chapter 4: Monitored Natural Recovery
physical-chemical processes such as dispersion, volatilization, and photodegredation may dominate.
Where these processes are effective in attenuating the contaminants to less toxic levels, tolerant microbial
species may cause further biodegradation.  There is a wide variation in rates of biodegradation and
toxicity reduction, depending on the levels of microbial activity and the physical and chemical conditions
of the site (Swindell et al. 2000).  PAHs biodegrade more quickly through aerobic than anaerobic
processes, although the degradation rate usually decreases as the number of aromatic rings increases
(Shuttleworth and Cerniglia 1995, Cerniglia 1992, Seech et al. 1993). While biodegradation of PAHs
may occur under anaerobic conditions, PAHs usually persist longer in anaerobic sediment compared to
aerobic environments (U.S. EPA 1996d, Safe 1980).

       Although low PAH degradation rates are often attributed to low bioavailability (see review by
Reid et al. 2000), evidence  reported by Schwartz  and Scow (2001) demonstrates that it may be the lack of
enzyme induction amongst the PAH-degrading bacteria that is responsible for low rates below a threshold
PAH concentration.  Other researchers have reported this phenomenon for PAHs (Ghiorse et al. 1995,
Langworthy et al. 1998) and other aromatic organics (Zaidi et al. 1988, Roch and Alexander 1997). At
elevated PAH concentrations in sediment, there is selective pressure for PAH-degrading bacteria, which
can increase the capacity to attenuate PAHs naturally. However, there is uncertainty about whether and
how fast this degradation may reach acceptable risk levels.  Because of the variation among sites, site-
specific studies may be needed to resolve uncertainties concerning degredation rates and whether these
rates will contribute to recovery within an acceptable time frame.

Biochemical Processes for Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)

       Release of a PCB Aroclor (see PCB data information in Chapter 2, Section 2.1.2, Types of Data)
into the environment may result in a change in  its congener composition.  This is a result of the combined
weathering effects and such processes as differential volatilization, solubility, sorption, anaerobic
dechlorination, and metabolism, and results in changes in the composition of the PCB  mixture in
sediment, water,  and biota over time and between trophic levels (NRC 2001).

       Highly chlorinated congeners of PCBs may gradually partially dechlorinate naturally in anaerobic
sediment (Brown et al. 1987, Abramowicz and Olsen 1995, Bedard and May 1996). In general, less-
chlorinated PCBs bioaccumulate less than the highly chlorinated congeners, but are  more soluble and,
therefore, more readily transported into and within the water column than highly chlorinated PCBs. The
less chlorinated PCBs exhibit significantly less potential human carcinogenic and dioxin-like (coplanar
structure) toxicity (Abramowicz and Olsen 1995, Safe 1992), but may be transformed  in humans into
forms with potential for other toxicity (Bolger  1993).

       Aerobic processes may then biodegrade the less chlorinated PCB  congeners (Flanagan and May
1993, Harkness et al. 1993). The sediment concentrations of other chemicals and the total organic content
tend to control these processes.  However, little evidence exists that lower chlorinated  congeners under
the anaerobic or anoxic conditions found in most sediment are significantly transformed.  Therefore, these
partially dechlorinated organics tend to accumulate and persist (U.S. EPA 1996d, Harkness et al.  1993).
Although desirable, it is unclear whether biologically mediated dechlorination of PCBs would be
effective  in achieving remedial objectives in a reasonable time frame and may  result in the production of
more toxic byproducts.
4-8

-------
Chapter 4: Monitored Natural Recovery
4.4   EVALUATION OF NATURAL RECOVERY

       An evaluation of MNR as a potential remedy or remedy component should generally focus on
considering, at a minimum, the following questions:

•      Is there evidence that the system is recovering?

•      Why is the system recovering or not recovering?

•      What is the pattern of recovery or non-recovery expected in the future?

This evaluation should be supported with a variety of types of site-specific characterization data and,
often, modeling. The lines of evidence approach for evaluation of natural attenuation of contaminants in
soil and ground water can provide a general framework for evaluating MNR in sediment (e.g., U.S. EPA
1999d). Swindell and his colleagues include a chapter on natural remediation of sediment that presents a
useful summary discussion (Swindell et al. 2000). EPA's Office of Research and Development (ORD) is
in the process of drafting a technical resource document specifically for MNR in sediments and may also
include suggested protocols.  In addition, members of the joint industry-EPA Sediments Action Team of
the Remedial Technologies Development Forum (RTDF) has developed a series of working papers on
MNR that can be found at http://www.rtdf.org/public/sediment/mnrpapers.htm (Davis et al. 2003, Dekker
et al. 2003, Erickson et al. 2003, Magar et al. 2003, Patmont et al. 2003).

       As with the evaluation of any sediment alternative, an evaluation of MNR should be generally
based on a thorough conceptual site model that includes current and future pathways of human and
ecological exposure to the contaminants. This conceptual understanding should be based on site-specific
data collected over a number of years and, for factors known to fluctuate seasonally, data collected during
different seasons.  Lines of evidence that can be used to construct a plausible case for the use of MNR
include those listed in Highlight 4-4.  It is  important to note that not all lines of evidence or types of
information are appropriate at every site, but, generally, multiple lines of evidence are needed.  Project
managers should be aware that a substantial spacial and temporal record may be useful to establish a
reliable trend, especially for surface sediment data, which typically vary widely.
             Highlight 4-4: Potential Lines of Evidence of Monitored Natural Recovery
         Long-term decreasing trend of contaminant levels in higher trophic level biota (e.g., piscivorous fish)

         Long-term decreasing trend of water column contaminant concentrations averaged over a typical low-flow
         period of high biological activity (e.g., trend of summer low flow concentrations)

         Sediment core data demonstrating a decreasing trend in historical surface contaminant concentrations
         through time

         Long-term decreasing trends of surface sediment contaminant concentration, sediment toxicity, or
         contaminant mass within the sediment
                                                                                             4-9

-------
Chapter 4: Monitored Natural Recovery
Examples of types of site-specific information that could be collected to support the lines of evidence
listed in Highlight 4-4 include the following:

               Identification and characterization of ongoing sources of contamination;

               Characterization of sediment types (e.g., bed mapping) and stratigraphic structure of the
               sediment bed;

       •       Evaluation of historical and current contaminant levels in biota and surface water;

       •       Evaluation of geomorphology, long-term accretion, and erosion;

       •       Evaluation of sequestration mechanisms (e.g., sorption, precipitation) and rates of
               degradation or transformation;

               Determination of the depth of the surface mixed layer;

               Measurement of suspended solids and contaminant transport during high-energy (e.g.,
               storm) events;

       •       Measurement of sediment erosion properties and impacts of ice on sediment transport;

       •       Evaluation of impacts of ground water advection or movement of non-aqueous phase
               liquids (NAPL); and

               Development of a tool to allow prediction of future recovery and risk reduction (e.g.,
               sediment and contaminant fate and transport modeling).

       The amount of physical, biological, and chemical process information needed to assess the
applicability of MNR adequately is site specific. An important step in documenting the potential for
MNR as a management alternative normally is to show observed reductions in exposure and risk  can be
reasonably expected to continue into the future.  In systems where the mechanisms causing the recovery
are uncertain, or where the fate and transport processes driving recovery may be complex and changing
with time, simple  extrapolation of historical trends may not be appropriate. In such cases, a well-
constructed model can be a useful tool  for predicting future behavior of the system.  The use of models is
discussed further in Chapter 2, Section 2.9 Modeling.

       Integration of the data quality objective (DQO) process with risk evaluation can help identify
which natural processes are most critical to the evaluation of MNR at a site.  Generally, the identification
of MNR data needs and preparation of study design can be structured similarly to the DQO process (U.S.
EPA 2000a) that is normally integrated within the remedial investigation and feasibility study (RI/FS).
The DQO process is discussed in greater detail in Chapter 2, Section 2.1.1.
4-10

-------
Chapter 4: Monitored Natural Recovery
4.5   ENHANCED NATURAL RECOVERY

       In some areas, natural recovery may appear to be the most appropriate remedy, yet the rate of
sedimentation or other natural processes is insufficient to reduce risks within an acceptable time frame.
Where this is the case, project managers may consider accelerating the recovery process by engineering
means, for example by the addition of a thin layer of clean sediment. This approach is sometimes referred
to as "thin-layer placement" or "particle broadcasting."  Thin-layer placement normally accelerates
natural recovery by adding a layer of clean sediment over contaminated sediment.  The acceleration can
occur through several processes, including increased dilution through bioturbation of clean sediment
mixed with underlying contaminants.  Thin-layer placement is typically different than the isolation caps
discussed in Chapter 5, In-situ Capping, because it is not designed to provide long-term isolation of
contaminants from benthic organisms. While thickness of an isolation cap can range up to several feet,
the thickness of the material used in thin layer placement could be as little as a few inches. The grain size
and organic carbon content of the clean sediment to be used for thin-layer placement should be carefully
considered in consultation with aquatic biologists.  In most cases,  natural materials (as opposed to
manufactured materials) approximating common substrates found in the  area should be used.  Clean
sediment can be placed in a uniform thin layer over the contaminated area or it can be  placed in berms or
windrows, allowing natural sediment transport processes to distribute the clean sediment to the desired
areas.

       Project managers might also consider the addition of flow control structures to enhance
deposition in certain areas of a site. Enhancement or inception of contaminant degradation through
additives might also be considered to speed up natural recovery. However, when evaluating the
feasibility of these approaches, project managers should consult state and federal water programs
regarding the introduction of clean sediment or additives to the water body.  For example, in some areas,
potentially erodible clean sediment already is a major nonpoint source pollution problem, especially in
areas near sensitive environments such as those with significant subaquatic vegetation or shellfish beds.

4.6   ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS

       MNR is likely to be effective most quickly  in depositional environments after source control
actions and active remediation of any high risk sediment have been completed.  Where external  sources
were controlled many years previously and no discernable high risk  sediment areas can be identified,  yet
site risks remain unacceptable, it may be questionable whether natural processes alone will reduce risks
satisfactorily in the future. At these sites, it can be especially important to evaluate the effectiveness of
previous source control actions and to evaluate potential additional active sediment source control or
remediation methods for selected areas.  For MNR, as for other sediment remedies, effective source
control is often critical to reaching remedial objectives in a reasonable time frame and to preventing re-
contamination.

       As discussed in Chapter 7, Remedy Selection Considerations, when evaluating MNR, the short-
term effects on human health and the environment during the recovery period (i.e., the baseline risks for
the site) should be compared to the short-term effects of other approaches such as effects of resuspension
of contaminants due to dredging and habitat changes caused by capping. Section 7.3,  Considering
Remedies, discusses the process of comparing short-term and long-term risks associated with various
approaches in a net comparative risk analysis.
                                                                                            4-11

-------
Chapter 4: Monitored Natural Recovery
       In most cases, the long-term effectiveness of MNR is dependent on the dynamic processes of
mixing and burial overtime remaining dominant over sediment resuspension or contaminant movement
via advective flow or other mechanisms. Assessment of sediment and contaminant fate and transport are,
therefore, very important at most sites.  Some potential mechanisms for physical disruption of overlying
cleaner sediment, such as keel drag or pipeline construction, may be amenable to human management
controls.  Others mechanisms for physical disruption, such as ice scour or flooding, may be only partly
manageable or not manageable. The importance of contaminant movement through overlying sediment to
surficial sediment and the overlying water can depend on several factors, including the chemical
characteristics of the contaminant, physical characteristics of the sediment, and patterns of ground water
flow. These issues can also be of concern for in-situ capping and are discussed further in Chapter 2,
Section 2.8, Sediment and Contaminant Fate and Transport, in  Chapter 5, In-Situ Capping, and in the U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE) Technical Note, Subaqueous Capping and Natural Recovery:
Understanding the Hydrogeologic Setting at Contaminated Sediment Sites (Winter 2002). In general, the
presence  of processes, such as erosion or ground water flow, that cause release of contamination to the
water column should not eliminate consideration of MNR as a remedy; instead, they should lead to
evaluation of the consequences of those processes on exposure and risk.

       Generally, regions should consider using  MNR either in conjunction with source control or active
sediment remediation or as a follow-up measure to an active remedy.  For example, MNR may be an
appropriate approach for some sediment sites after control of floodplain soils and NAPL seeps.  At other
sites, MNR may be an appropriate approach to control risk from areas of wide-spread, low-level sediment
contamination, following dredging or capping of more highly-contaminated areas.  MNR may also be an
appropriate measure to reduce residual risk from dredging or excavation in cases where the active cleanup
is not expected to achieve risk-based measures alone.

       When considering the use of MNR as a follow-up measure, project managers should consider the
change in conditions caused by the active remedy. As noted by the SAB (U.S. EPA 200Ij): "If MNA [or,
as used in this guidance, MNR] is to be considered after a remedial action (e.g., the removal of heavily
contaminated portions or capping), the effects of the remedial action on the chemistry, biology, and
physics of contaminated sediments should be evaluated. The effects include: 1) potential disturbances on
reaction conditions and aquatic life when dredging is used, and 2) changes on reaction conditions and
mass transfer in the sediment and at the sediment/water interface when capping is used."

       MNR should be considered when it would meet remedial objectives within a time frame that is
reasonable compared to active remedies. However, the Agency recognizes that MNR may take longer to
reach cleanup levels in sediment than dredging or in-situ capping and, therefore, may take longer to reach
all remedial action objectives, such as contaminant reductions in fish.  It is important to compare time
frames on as accurate a basis as possible, including for example, accurate assessments of time for design
and implementation of dredging or capping and realistic assumptions concerning dredging residuals.
Where possible, estimates of the uncertainty  in the recovery time frame associated with each alternative
should also be made.  Factors that the project manager should consider in determining whether the time
frame for MNR is "reasonable" include the following:

       •       The extent and likelihood of human exposure to contaminants during the recovery period,
               and if controlled by institutional controls, the effectiveness of those controls;
4-12

-------
Chapter 4: Monitored Natural Recovery
               The value of ecological resources that may continue to be impacted during the recovery
               period;

        •       The time frame in which affected portions of the site may be needed for future uses
               which will be available after MNR has achieved cleanup levels; and

               The uncertainty associated with the time frame prediction.

        As with any remedy, project managers should carefully evaluate the uncertainties involved and
consider the need for contingency measures, contingency remedies, or interim decisions where there is
significant uncertainty about effectiveness. For MNR, as for other approaches which take a period of
time to reduce risk, project managers should carefully consider how risks can be controlled during the
recovery period. For sites with bioaccumulative contaminants, institutional controls such as fish
consumption advisories are frequently needed to reduce human exposures during this period.  In most
cases, no institutional controls are possible for reducing ecological exposure during the recovery period.
See Chapter 3, Section 3.6, Institutional Controls, and Chapter 7, Section 7.5, Considering Institutional
Controls, for more information concerning institutional controls at sediment sites. Highlight 4-5 lists
some important points to remember from this chapter.
   Highlight 4-5: Some Key Points to Remember When Considering Monitored Natural Recovery
         Source control should be generally implemented to prevent recontamination

         MNR frequently includes multiple physical, biological, and chemical mechanisms that act together to
         reduce risk

         Evaluation of MNR should be usually based on site-specific data collected over a number of years.  At
         some sites, this may include an assessment of seasonal variation for some factors

         Project managers should evaluate the long-term stability of the sediment bed, the mobility of
         contaminants within it, and the likely ecological and human health impacts of disruption

         Multiple lines of evidence are frequently needed to evaluate MNR (e.g., time-series data, core data,
         modeling)

         Thin-layer placement of clean sediment may accelerate natural  recovery in some cases

         Contingency measures should be included as part of an MNR remedy when there is significant
         uncertainty that the remedial action objectives will be achieved within the predicted time frame

         Generally, MNR should be used either in conjunction with source control or active sediment remediation
                                                                                               4-13

-------
This page left intentionally blank.

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
                                5.0   IN-SITU CAPPING

5.1   INTRODUCTION

       For purposes of this guidance, in-situ capping refers to the placement of a subaqueous covering or
cap of clean material over contaminated sediment that remains in place.  Caps are generally constructed of
granular material, such as clean sediment, sand, or gravel.  A more complex cap design can include
geotextiles, liners, and other permeable or impermeable elements in multiple layers that may include
additions of material to attenuate the flux of contaminants (e.g., organic carbon).  Depending on the
contaminants and sediment environment, a cap is designed to reduce risk through the following primary
functions:

               Physical isolation of the contaminated sediment sufficient to reduce exposure due to
               direct contact and to reduce the ability of burrowing organisms to move contaminants to
               the surface;

               Stabilization of contaminated sediment and erosion protection of sediment and cap,
               sufficient to reduce resuspension and transport to other sites; and/or

       •       Chemical isolation of contaminated sediment sufficient to reduce exposure from
               dissolved and colloidally bound contaminants transported into the water column.

Caps may be designed with different layers to serve these primary functions or in some cases a single
layer may serve multiple functions.

       As of 2004, In-situ capping has been selected as a component of the remedy for contaminated
sediment at approximately fifteen Superfund sites. At some sites, in-situ capping has served as the
primary approach for sediment, and at other sites it has been combined with sediment removal (i.e.,
dredging or excavation) and/or monitored natural recovery (MNR) of other sediment areas. In-situ
capping has been successfully used at a number of sites in the Pacific Northwest, several of which were
constructed over a decade ago (see site list at http://www.epa.gov/superfund/resources/sediment/
sites.htm). When hazardous substances left in place are above levels allowing for unlimited use and
unrestricted exposure, a five-year review pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) §121(c) may be required [U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (U.S. EPA 20011)].

       Variations of in-situ capping include  installation of a cap after partial removal of contaminated
sediment and innovative caps, which incorporate treatment components. Capping is sometimes
considered following partial sediment removal where capping alone is not feasible due to a need to
preserve a minimum water body depth for navigation or flood control, or where it is desirable to leave
deeper contaminated sediment in place to preserve bank or shoreline stability following removal. There
are pilot studies underway to investigate the effectiveness of in-situ caps that incorporate various forms of
treatment (see Chapter 3, Section 3.1.3, In-Situ Treatment and Other Innovative Alternatives).
Application of thin layers of clean material may  be used to enhance natural recovery through burial and
mixing with clean sediment when natural sedimentation rates are not sufficient (see Chapter 4, Section
4.5, Enhanced Natural Recovery). Placement of a thin layer of clean material is also sometimes used to


                                                                                            5-1

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
backfill dredged areas, where it mixes with dredging residuals and further reduces risk from
contamination that remains after dredging.  In this application, the material is not often designed to act as
an engineered cap to isolate buried contaminants and is, therefore, not considered in-situ capping in this
guidance.

        Much has been written about subaqueous capping of contaminated sediment. The majority of this
work has been performed by, or in cooperation with, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE).
Comprehensive technical guidance on in-situ capping of contaminated sediment can be found in the
EPA's Assessment and Remediation of Contaminated Sediment (ARCS) Program Guidance for In-Situ
Subaqueous Capping of Contaminated Sediments (U.S. EPA 1998d) and the Assessment and Remediation
of Contaminated Sediments (ARCS) Program Remediation Guidance Document (U.S. EPA 1994d),
available through EPA's Web site at http://www.epa.gov/glnpo/sediment/iscmain. Additional technical
guidance is available from the USACE's Guidance for Subaqueous Dredged Material Capping (Palermo
etal. 1998a)

        Although each of the three potential remedy approaches (MNR, in-situ capping,  and removal)
should be considered at every site at which they might be appropriate, capping should receive detailed
consideration where the site conditions listed in Highlight 5-1 are present.
           Highlight 5-1: Some Site Conditions Especially Conducive to In-Situ Capping
         Suitable types and quantities of cap material are readily available

         Anticipated infrastructure needs (e.g., piers, pilings, buried cables) are compatible with cap

         Water depth is adequate to accommodate cap with anticipated uses (e.g., navigation, flood control)

         Incidence of cap-disrupting human behavior, such as large boat anchoring, is low or controllable

         Long-term risk reduction outweighs habitat disruption, and/or habitat improvements are provided by the
         cap

         Hydrodynamic conditions (e.g., floods, ice scour) are not likely to compromise cap or can be
         accommodated in design

         Rates of ground water flow in cap area are low and not likely to create unacceptable contaminant
         releases

         Sediment has sufficient strength to support cap (e.g., higher density/lower water content, depending on
         placement method)

         Contaminants have low rates of flux through cap

         Contamination covers contiguous areas (e.g., to simplify capping)
5.2   POTENTIAL ADVANTAGES AND LIMITATIONS

       Two advantages of in-situ capping are that it can quickly reduce exposure to contaminants and
that, unlike dredging or excavation, it requires less infrastructure in terms of material handling,


5-2

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
dewatering, treatment, and disposal.  A well-designed and we 11-placed cap should more quickly reduce
the exposure offish and other biota to contaminated sediment as compared to dredging, as there should be
no or very little contaminant residual on the surface of the cap.  Also, the cap often provides a clean
substrate for recolonization by bottom-dwelling organisms.  Changes in bottom elevation caused by a cap
may create more desirable habitat, or specific cap design elements may enhance or improve habitat
substrate. Another possible advantage is that the potential for contaminant resuspension and the risks
associated with dispersion and volatilization of contaminated materials during construction are typically
lower for in-situ capping than for dredging operations and risks associated with transport and disposal of
contaminated sediment are avoided.  Most capping projects use conventional equipment and locally
available materials, and may be implemented more quickly and may be less expensive than remedies
involving removal and disposal or treatment of sediment.

       In-situ capping may be less disruptive of local communities than dredging or excavation.
Although some local land-based facilities are often needed for materials handling, usually no dewatering,
treatment, or disposal facilities need to be located and no contaminated materials are transported through
communities. Where clean dredged material is used for capping, a much smaller area of land-based
facilities  is needed.

       The major limitation of in-situ capping is the contaminated sediment remains in the aquatic
environment where contaminants could become exposed or be dispersed if the cap is significantly
disturbed or if contaminants move through the cap in significant amounts.  In addition, in some
environments, it can be difficult to place a cap without significant contaminant losses from compaction
and disruption of the underlying sediment. If the water body is shallow, it may be necessary to develop
institutional controls (ICs), which can be limited in terms of effectiveness and reliability, to protect the
cap from disturbances such as boat anchoring and keel drag.

       Another potential limitation of in-situ capping may be in some situations, a preferred habitat may
not be provided by the surficial cap materials.  To provide erosion protection, it may be necessary to use
coarse cap materials that are different from native soft bottom materials,  which may alter the biological
community. In some cases, it may be desirable to select capping materials that discourage colonization
by native deep-burrowing organisms to limit bioturbation and release of underlying contaminants.

5.3   EVALUATING SITE CONDITIONS

       A good understanding of site-specific conditions typically  is critical to predicting the expected
feasibility and effectiveness of in-situ capping.  Site conditions can affect all aspects of a capping project,
including design, equipment and cap material selection, and monitoring and management programs.
Some limitations in site conditions can be accommodated in the cap design. General aspects of site
characterization are discussed in Chapter 2, Remedial Investigation Considerations.  Some specific
aspects of site characterization important for in-situ capping are introduced briefly in the following
sections.

5.3.1  Physical Environment

       Aspects of the physical environment that should be considered include water body dimensions,
depth and slope (bathymetry) of sediment bed, and flow patterns, including tides, currents, and other
                                                                                             5-3

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
potential disturbances in cold climates, such as an ice scour. Existing infrastructure such as bridges,
utility crossings, and other marine structures are discussed in Section 5.3.3.

        The bathymetry of the site influences how far cap material will spread during placement and the
cap's stability. Flat bottoms and shallow slopes should allow material to be placed more accurately,
especially if capping material is to be placed hydraulically. Water depth also can influence the amount of
spread during cap placement. Generally, the longer the descent of the cap material through the water
column, the more water is entrained in the plume, resulting in a thinner layer of cap material over a larger
area.

        The energy of flowing water is also an important consideration. Capping projects are easier to
design in low energy environments (e.g., protected harbors, slow-flowing rivers, or micro-tidal estuarine
systems).  In open water, deeper sites are generally less influenced by wind or wave generated currents
and less prone to erosion than shallow, near-shore environments.  However, armoring techniques or
selection of erosion-resistant capping materials can make capping technically feasible in some high
energy environments. Currents within the water column can affect dispersion during cap placement and
can influence the selection of the equipment to be used for cap placement. Bottom currents can generate
shear stresses that can act on the cap surface and may potentially erode the cap.  In addition to ambient
currents due to normal riverine or tidal flows, the project manager should consider the effects of storm-
induced waves and other episodic events (e.g., floods, ice scour).

        The placement of an in-situ cap can alter existing hydrodynamic conditions. In harbor areas or
estuaries, the decrease in depth or change in bottom geometry can affect the near-bed current patterns, and
thus the flow-induced bed shear stresses. In a riverine environment, the placement of a cap generally
reduces depth and restricts flow and may alter the sediment and flood-carrying capacity of the channel.
Modeling studies may be useful to assess these changes in site conditions where they are likely to be
significant. Project managers are encouraged to draft decision documents that include some flexibility in
requirements for how a cap affects carrying capacity of a water body, while still meeting applicable or
relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs). For example, in some water bodies, a cap may be
appropriate even though it  decreases, but not significantly, the flood-carrying capacity.  In depositional
areas, the effect of new sediment likely to be deposited on the cap should be considered in predicting
future flood-carrying capacity.  Clean sediment accumulating on the cap can increase the isolation
effectiveness of the cap over the long term and may also increase consolidation of the underlying
sediment bed.

5.3.2   Sediment Characteristics

        The project manager should determine the physical, chemical, and biological characteristics of
the contaminated sediment pursuant to using the data quality objective (DQO) process during the
remedial investigation.  The results of the characterization, in combination with the remediation goals and
remedial action objectives  (RAOs), should determine the areal extent or boundaries of the area to be
capped.

        Shear strength, especially undrained shear strength, of contaminated sediment deposits is of
particular importance in determining the feasibility of in-situ capping. Most contaminated sediment is
fine-grained, and is usually high in water content and relatively low in shear strength. Although a cap can
be constructed on sediment with low shear strengths, the ability of the sediment to support a cap and the

5-4

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
need to construct the cap using appropriate methods to avoid displacement of the contaminated sediment
should be carefully considered. The presence of other materials within the sediment bed, such as debris,
wood chips, high sludge fractions, or other non-mineral-based sediment fractions, can also present special
problems when interpreting grain size and other geotechnical properties of the sediment, but their
presence can also improve sediment stability under a cap. It could be necessary to remove large debris
prior to placing a cap, for example, if it will extend beyond the cap surface and cause scouring. Side-scan
sonar can be an effective tool to identify debris.

       The chemical characteristics of the contaminated sediment are an important factor that may affect
design or selection of a cap, especially if capping highly mobile or highly toxic sediment.  Capping may
change the uppermost layer of contaminated sediment from an oxidizing to an anoxic condition, which
may change the solubility of metal contaminants and the susceptibility of organic contaminants to
microbial decomposition in this upper zone.  For example, many of the divalent metal cations (e.g., lead,
nickel, zinc) become less soluble in anaerobic conditions, while other metal ions (e.g., arsenic) become
more  soluble.  Mercury, in the presence of pore water sulfate concentrations and organic matter, can
become methylated through the action of anaerobic bacteria, and highly chlorinated, poly chlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs) may degrade to less chlorinated forms in an anaerobic environment.  These issues are
also discussed in Chapter 4, Section 4.3.2, Biological and Chemical Processes.

       When contaminated sediment is capped, chemical conditions in the contaminated zone change.
Mercury methylation is generally reduced as organic matter deposition and biological processes are
reduced.  Organic matter remaining beneath a cap may be decomposed by anaerobic microorganisms and
release methane and hydrogen sulfide gases. As these dissolved gases accumulate, they could percolate
through the cap by convective or diffusive transport.  This process has the potential to solubilize some
contaminants and carry them upward, dissolved in the gaseous bubbles. The grain size of the capping
material controls in part how these avenues are developed. Finer grained caps may develop fissures
whereas coarser grained caps such as sands allow gas to pass through. However, a compensating factor in
some  cases is caused by the caps' insulation ability, which can cause underlying sediment to stay cooler
and thus reduce expected decomposition rates. Where gas generation is expected to be significant, these
factors should be considered during cap design.

5.3.3   Waterway Uses and Infrastructure

       If the site under consideration is adjacent to or within a water body used for navigation, recreation
or flood control, the effect of cap placement on those uses should be  evaluated.  As described in Section
5.3.1, the flood-carrying capacity of a water body could be reduced by a cap. If water depths are reduced
in a harbor or river channel, some commercial and recreational vessels may have to be restricted or
banned. The acceptable draft of vessels allowed to navigate over a capped area depends on water level
fluctuations (e.g., seasonal, tidal, and wave) and the potential effects of vessel groundings on the cap.
Potential cap erosion caused by propeller wash should be evaluated.  Where circumstances dictate, an
analysis should be conducted for activities that may affect cap integrity such as the potential for routine
anchoring of large vessels. Anchoring by recreational vessels may or may not compromise the integrity
of a cap, depending on its design.  Such activities may indicate the need for restrictions (see Chapter 3,
Section 3.6, Institutional Controls) or a modification of the cap design to accommodate certain activities.
It may be necessary to restrict fishing and swimming to prevent recreational boaters from dragging
anchors across a cap. In some situations, partial dredging prior to cap placement may minimize these
limitations of capping.

                                                                                             5-5

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
        Other activities in and around the water body may also impact cap integrity and maintenance
needs and should be evaluated. These include the following:

               Water supply intakes;

               Storm water or effluent discharge outfalls;

               Utilities crossings;

               Construction of bulkheads, piers, docks, and other waterfront structures;

               Navigational dredging adjacent to the cap area; and

               Future development of commercial navigation channels in the vicinity of the cap.

        Utilities (e.g., storm drains) and utility crossings (e.g., water, sewer, gas, oil, telephone, cable, and
electric lines) are commonly located in urban waterways. It may be necessary to relocate existing utility
crossings under portions of water bodies if their deterioration or failure might impact cap integrity. More
commonly however, pipes or utilities are left in place under caps, and long-term operation and
maintenance (O&M) plans include repair of cap damage caused by the need to remove, replace, or repair
the pipes or utilities.  Future construction or maintenance of utility crossings would have to consider the
cap, and it may be necessary to consider limiting those activities through institutional controls (ICs) if cap
repair cannot be assured.  The presence of the cap can also place constraints on future waterfront
development if dredging would be needed as part of the development activity.

        In designing caps to be placed within federal navigation channels, horizontal and vertical
separation distances may be developed by USAGE based on considerations of normal dredging accuracy
and depth allowances. This can provide a factor of safety to protect the cap surface from damage during
potential future maintenance dredging.

        To date, environmental agencies have little  experience with the ability to enforce use restrictions
necessary to protect the integrity of an in-situ cap (e.g., vessel size limits, bans on anchoring, etc.),
although experience is growing. Generally, a state or local  enforcement mechanism  is necessary to
implement specific use restrictions. Project managers should  consider mechanisms for compliance
assurance, enforcement, and the consequences of non-compliance, on use restrictions when evaluating in-
situ capping.

5.3.4   Habitat Alterations

        In-situ capping alters the aquatic environment and,  therefore, can affect aquatic organisms in a
variety of ways. As is discussed further in Chapter  6, Dredging and Excavation, while a project may be
designed to minimize habitat loss or degradation, or even to enhance habitat, both sediment capping and
sediment removal do alter the environment.  Where baseline risks are relatively low, it is important to
determine whether the potential loss of a contaminated habitat is a greater impact than the benefit of
providing a new, modified but less contaminated habitat.  Habitat considerations are especially important
when evaluating materials for the uppermost layers  of a cap.  Sandy sediment and stone  armor layers are
often used to cap areas with existing fine-grained sediment. Through time, sedimentation and other

5-6

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
natural processes will change the uppermost layer of the cap. At least initially, changes in organic carbon
content of the capping material may change the feeding behavior of bottom-dwelling organisms in the
capped area. Generally, the uppermost cap layers become a substrate for recolonization. Where possible,
caps should be designed to provide habitat for desirable organisms. In some cases it is possible to provide
a habitat layer over an erosion protection layer by filling the interstices of armor stones with materials
such as crushed gravel. In some cases, natural sedimentation processes after cap placement can create
desirable habitat characteristics. For example, placement of a rock cap in some riverine systems can
result in a final cap surface that is similar to the previously existing surface because the rock may become
embedded with sands/silts through natural sedimentation.

       Desirable habitat characteristics for cap surfaces vary by location. Providing a layer of
appropriately sized rubble that  can serve as hard substrate for attached molluscs (e.g., oysters, mussels)
can greatly enhance the ecological value at some sites. Material suitable for colonization by foraging
organisms,  such as bottom-dwelling fish, can also be appropriate.  A mix of cobbles and boulders may be
desirable for aquatic environments in areas with substantial flow. In addition, the potential for attracting
burrowing organisms incompatible with the cap design or ability to withstand additional physical
disturbances should be considered.  Habitat enhancements should not impair the function of the cap or its
ability to withstand the shear stresses of storms, floods, propeller wash, or other disturbances.  Project
managers should consult with local resource managers and natural resource trustee agencies to determine
what types  of modifications to the cap surface would provide suitable substrate for local  organisms.

       Habitat considerations  are also important when evaluating post-capping bottom elevations.
Capping often increases bottom elevations, which in itself can alter the pre-existing habitat. For example,
a remediated subtidal habitat can become intertidal, or lake habitat can become a wetland (Cowardin et al.
1979). Changes in bottom elevation may either enhance or degrade desirable habitat, depending on the
site.

       Project managers should consult EPA staff familiar with implementing the Clean Water Act, as
well as natural resource trustees and USAGE, where Section 404 of the Clean Water Act is either
applicable or relevant and appropriate [see Chapter 3, Section 3.3, Applicable or Relevant and
Appropriate Requirements (ARARs) for Sediment Alternatives]. Where remedies under consideration
degrade aquatic habitat, substantive requirements may include minimizing the permanent loss of habitat
and mitigating it by creation or restoration of a similar habitat elsewhere. However, it should not be
assumed that in-situ caps  result in a permanent loss of habitat; this is a  site-specific decision.  In addition,
project managers should be aware that any mitigation related to meeting the substantive requirements of
ARARs for the site, such  as the Clean Water Act, may be independent of the Natural Resource Trustees'
natural resource damage assessment process.

5.4  FUNCTIONAL COMPONENTS OF A CAP

       As introduced in  Section 5.1 of this chapter, caps are generally designed to fulfill three primary
functions: physical isolation, stabilization/erosion protection, and chemical isolation. In some cases,
multiple layers of different materials are used to fulfill these function and in some cases, a single layer
may serve multiple functions.  Project managers are encouraged to consider the use of performance-based
measures for caps in remedy decisions to preserve flexibility in how the cap may be  designed to fulfill
these functions.
                                                                                              5-7

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
5.4.1   Physical Isolation Component

        The cap should be designed to isolate contaminated sediment from the aquatic environment order
to reduce exposure to protective levels. The physical isolation component of the cap should also include
a component to account for consolidation of cap materials.

        To provide long-term protection, a cap should be sufficiently thick to effectively separate
contaminated sediment from most aquatic organisms that dwell or feed on, above, or within the cap.  This
serves two purposes:  1) to decrease exposure of aquatic organisms to contaminants, and 2) to decrease the
ability of burrowing organisms to move buried contaminants to the surface (i.e., bioturbation).  To design
a cap component for this second purpose, the depth of the effective mixing zone (i.e., the depth of
effective sediment mixing due to bioturbation and/or frequent sediment disturbance) and the population
density of organisms within the sediment profile should be  estimated and considered in selecting cap
thickness. Especially in marine environments, the potential for colonization by deep burrowing
organisms (e.g., certain species of mud shrimp) could lead to a decision to design a thicker cap.  Measures
to prevent colonization or disturbance of the cap by deep burrowing bottom-dwelling organisms can be
considered in cap design, and in developing biological monitoring requirements for the project.  Project
managers should refer to Chapter 2, Section 2.8.3 and consult with aquatic biologists with knowledge of
local conditions for evaluation of the bioturbation potential. In some cases, a site-specific biological
survey of bioturbators would be appropriate. In addition, the USAGE Technical Note Subaqueous Cap
Design: Selection of Bioturbation Profiles, Depths and Process Rates [Clarke et al. 2001, (Dredging
Operations and Environmental  Research (DOER)-C21 at http://el.erdc.usace.army.mil/dots/doer/
technote.htmll. provides information on designing in-situ caps and also provides many useful references
on bioturbation.  Although not usually a major pathway for contaminant release, project managers should
also be aware of the potential for wetland/aquatic plants to penetrate a cap and create pathways for some
contaminant migration.

        The project manager should consider consolidation when designing the cap. Fine-grained
granular capping materials can  undergo consolidation due to their own weight.  The thickness of granular
cap material should have an allowance for consolidation so that the minimum required cap thickness is
maintained following consolidation.  An evaluation of consolidation is important in interpreting
monitoring data to differentiate between changes in cap surface elevation or cap thickness due to
consolidation, as opposed to erosion.

        Even if the cap material is not compressible, most contaminated sediment is compressible and
some may be  highly compressible. Underlying contaminated sediment will almost always undergo some
consolidation due to the added weight of the capping material or armor stone.  The degree of
consolidation should provide an indication of the volume of pore water expelled through the
contaminated layer and capping layer to the water column due to consolidation. The consolidation-driven
advection of pore water should be considered in the evaluation of short-term contaminant flux. Also,
consolidation may decrease the vertical permeability of the capped sediment and thus reduce long-term
flux.  Methods used to define and quantify consolidation characteristics of sediment and capping
materials, such as standard laboratory tests and computerized models, are available (U.S. EPA 1998d,
Palermo et al.  1998a, Liu and Znidarcic 1991).
5-8

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
5.4.2   Stabilization/Erosion Protection Component

        This functional component of the cap is intended to stabilize both the contaminated sediment and
the cap itself to prevent either from being resuspended and transported from the capping location. The
potential for erosion generally depends on the magnitude of the applied bed shear stresses due to river,
tidal, and wave-induced currents, turbulence generated by ships/vessels (due to propeller action and
vessel draft), and sediment properties such as particle size, mineralogy and  bed bulk density.  At some
sites, there is also the potential for seismic disturbance, especially where contaminated sediment and/or
cap material are of low shear strength.  These and other aspects of investigating sediment stability are
discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.8, Sediment Stability and Contaminant Fate and Transport.
Conventional methods for analysis of sediment transport are available to evaluate erosion potential of
caps, ranging from simple analytical methods to complex numerical models (U.S. EPA 1998d, Palermo et
al. 1998a).  Uncertainty in the estimate of erosion potential should be evaluated as well.

        The design of the erosion protection features of an in-situ cap (i.e.,  armor layers) should be based
on the magnitude and probability of occurrence of relatively extreme erosive forces estimated at the
capping site.  Generally, in-situ caps should be designed to withstand forces with a probability of 0.01 per
year, for example, the 100-year storm.  As is discussed further in Chapter 2 (Section 2.8, Sediment
Stability and Contaminant Fate and Transport), in some circumstances, higher or lower probability events
should also be considered.

        Another consideration for capping, especially capping of contaminated sediment with high
organic  content is whether significant gas generation due to anaerobic degradation will occur. Gas
generation in sediment beneath caps, especially those constructed of low permeable materials, could
either generate significant uplift forces and threaten the physical stability of the overlying capping
material, or carry some contaminants through the cap.  Little has been documented in this area to date, but
the possible influence of this process on cap effectiveness presents an uncertainty the project  manager
should consider in the analysis of remedial alternatives.

5.4.3   Chemical Isolation Component

        If a cap has a properly designed physical isolation component, contaminant migration associated
with the movement of sediment particles should be controlled.  However, the vertical movement of
dissolved contaminants by advection (flow of ground water or pore water) through the cap is  possible,
while some movement of contaminants by molecular diffusion (movement across a concentration
gradient) over long periods usually is inevitable.  However, in assessing these processes, it is  important to
also assess the sorptive capacity of the cap material, which will act to retard contaminant flux through the
cap, and the long-term fate of capped contaminants that may transform through time. Slow releases of
dissolved contaminants through a cap at low levels will generally not create unacceptable exposures. If
reduction of contaminant flux is necessary to meet remedial action objectives, however, a more involved
analysis to include capping effectiveness testing and modeling should be conducted as a part  of cap
design.  Because of the uncertainties involved in predicting future flux rates over very long time periods,
this guidance does not advocate a particular minimum rule of thumb for the appropriate time  frame for
design with respect to chemical isolation.  In general, it is reasonable for the physical isolation component
(i.e., physical stability) of a cap design to be based on a shorter time frame (e.g., a disruptive  event with a
more frequent recurrence interval) than the much longer time frames considered in design for chemical
isolation (e.g., the time required for accumulation of contaminants in the cap material or that  required to

                                                                                             5-9

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
attain the maximum chemical flux through the cap), in part because erosion of small areas of a cap is
easier to repair.

        Nevertheless, both advective and diffusive processes should be considered in cap design.  If a
ground water/surface water interaction study indicates that advection is not significant over the area to be
capped (e.g., migration of ground water upward through the cap would not prevent attaining the RAOs),
the cap design may need to address only diffusion and the physical isolation and stabilization of the
contaminated sediment.  In this case, it may not be necessary to design for control of dissolved and/or
colloidally facilitated transport due to advection (Ryan et al. 1995).

        In contrast, where ground water flow upward through the cap is expected to be significant, the
hydraulic properties of the cap should also be determined and factored into the cap design.  These
properties should include the hydraulic conductivity of the cap materials, the contaminated sediment, and
underlying clean sediment or bedrock. According to a USAGE laboratory study, ground water flow
velocities exceeding 10~5 cm/sec potentially result in conditions in which equilibrium partitioning
processes important to cap effectiveness could not be maintained (Myers et al. 1991). Such conditions
should be carefully considered in the cap design. High rates of ground water flow through contaminated
sediment may cause unacceptable exposures.  In these areas, in-situ capping may not be an effective
remedial approach without additional protective measures. Use of amended caps (caps containing
reactive or sorptive material to sequester organic or inorganic contaminants) is one potential measure
undergoing pilot studies.  Project managers should refer to the Remediation Technologies Development
Forum (RTDF) Web site at http://www.rtdf.org for the latest in-situ cleanup developments. More
information on the interactions of ground water and in-situ caps can be found in the USAGE Technical
Note, Subaqueous Capping and Natural Recovery: Understanding the Hydrogeologic Setting at
Contaminated Sediment Sites (Winter 2002).

        Where non-aqueous phase liquids (NAPL) are present in part of an area to be capped, the  process
for potential contamination migration should be carefully considered. NAPL  may be mobilized by
consolidation-induced or ground water-induced advective forces.  Field sampling and bench-scale tests
such as the Seepage Induced Consolidation Test can be designed to test these  issues  (e.g., Hedblom et al.
2003). In situations where conventional cap designs are not likely to be effective, it may be possible to
consider impervious materials (e.g., geomembranes, clay,  concrete, steel, or plastic) or reactive materials
for the cap design.  Where this is done, however, care must be taken such that head increases along the
edges of the impervious area do not lead to additional NAPL migration. Project managers are encouraged
to draw  on the experience of others who have conducted pilot or full  scale  caps in the presence of NAPL.

        Laboratory tests can be used to calculate sediment- and capping material-specific diffusion and
chemical partitioning coefficients.  Several numerical models are available to  predict long-term
movement of contaminants due to advection and diffusion processes  into or through caps, including caps
with engineered components. The models can evaluate the effectiveness of varying thicknesses of
granular cap materials with differing properties [grain size and total organic carbon (TOC)]. The results
generated by such models include flux rates to overlying water and sediment and pore water
concentrations in the entire sediment and cap profile as a function of time.  These results can be compared
to sediment remediation goals or applicable water quality criteria in overlying surface water, or
interpreted in terms of a mass loss of contaminants as a function of time. Results could also be compared
to similar calculations for other remediation technologies.
5-10

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
5.5   OTHER CAPPING CONSIDERATIONS

       In preparing a feasibility study to evaluate in-situ capping for a site, project managers should
consider the following:

       •       Identifying candidate capping materials physically and chemically compatible with the
               environment in which they will be placed;

               Evaluating geotechnical considerations including consolidation of compressible materials
               and potential interactions and compatibility among cap components;

       •       Assessing  placement methods that will minimize short-term risk from release of
               contaminated pore water and resuspension  of contaminated sediment during cap
               placement; and

       •       Identifying performance objectives and monitoring methods for cap placement and long-
               term assessment of cap integrity and biota effects.

In addition to evaluation during the feasibility study, these aspects should be addressed in more detail
during design. These topics are discussed briefly below.  In addition, project managers should refer to
Chapter 8, Section 8.4.2 for a discussion of general monitoring considerations  for in-situ capping, and to
Chapter 3, Section 3.6 for a discussion of ICs that may relate to caps.

5.5.1  Identification of Capping Materials

       Caps  are generally composed of clean granular materials, such as upland sand-rich soils or sandy
sediment; however, more complex cap designs could be required to meet site-specific RAOs. The project
manager should take into consideration the expected effects of bioturbation, consolidation, erosion, and
other related processes on the short- and long-term exposure and risk associated with contaminants. For
example, if the potential for erosion of the cap is significant, the level of protection could be raised by
increasing cap thickness or by engineering the cap to be more erosion-resistant through use  of cap
material with  larger grain size, or by using an armor layer.  Porous geotextiles  do not contribute to
contaminant isolation, but serve to reduce the potential for mixing and displacement of the underlying
sediment with the  cap material. A cap composed of naturally occurring sand is generally preferred over
processed sand because the associated fine fraction and organic carbon content found in natural sands are
more effective in providing chemical isolation by sequestering contaminants migrating through the cap.
However, sand containing a significant fraction of finer material may also increase turbidity during
placement.

       Specialized materials may be used to enhance the chemical isolation capacity or otherwise
decrease the thickness of caps compared to sand caps. Examples include engineered clay aggregate
materials (e.g., AquaBlok™), and reactive/adsorptive materials such as activated carbon, apatite, coke,
organoclay, zero-valent iron and zeolite. Composite geotextile mats containing one or more of these
materials (i.e., reactive core mats) are becoming available commercially.
                                                                                            5-11

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
       Highlight 5-2 illustrates some examples of cap designs.
                               Highlight 5-2: Sample Cap Designs
       Geotextile
           Geogrid
                                       Water Column
                                          Sand
                                    A. Eagle Harbor, WA
                                    B. Sheboygan, Wl
                                                        V
                                       Water Column
                                          Sand
                                          Gravel
                                 C.  Convair Lagoon, CA
                                                                                -36"
                                                                         24"Min.
                                                                          12"
 Source: Modified from U.S. EPA 1998d
5-12

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
5.5.2   Geotechnical Considerations

        Usually, contaminated sediment is predominately fine-grained, and often has high water content
and low shear strength. These materials are generally compressible. Unless appropriate controls are
implemented, contaminated sediment can be easily displaced or resuspended during cap placement.
Following placement, cap stability and settlement due to consolidation can become two additional
geotechnical issues that may be important for cap effectiveness.

        As with any geotechnical problem of this nature, the shear strength of the underlying sediment
will influence its resistance to localized bearing capacity or sliding failures, which could cause localized
mixing of capping and contaminated materials. Cap stability immediately after placement is critical,
before any excess pore water pressure due to the weight of the cap has dissipated. Usually, gradual
placement of capping materials over a large area will reduce the potential for localized failures.
Information on the behavior of soft deposits during and after placement of capping materials is limited,
although some field monitoring data have shown successful sand capping of contaminated sediment with
low shear strength.  Conventional geotechnical design approaches should, therefore, be applied with
caution  (e.g., by building up a cap gradually over the entire area to be capped).  Similarly, caps with
flatter transition slopes at the edges are not generally subject to a sliding failure normally predicted by
conventional slope stability analysis.

5.5.3   Placement Methods

        Various equipment types and placement methods have been used for capping projects. The use of
granular capping materials (i.e., sand, sediment, and soil), geosynthetic fabrics, and armored materials are
all in-situ cap considerations discussed in this section.  Important considerations in selection of placement
methods include the need for controlled, accurate placement of capping materials.  Slow, uniform
application that allows the capping material to accumulate in layers is often necessary to avoid
displacement of or mixing with the underlying contaminated sediment.  Uncontrolled placement of the
capping material can also result in the resuspension of contaminated material into the water column and
the creation of a fluid mud wave that moves outside of the intended cap area.

        Granular cap material can be handled and placed in a number of ways.  Mechanically  excavated
materials and soils from an upland site or quarry usually have relatively little free water.  Normally, these
materials can be handled mechanically in a dry state until released into the water over the contaminated
site. Mechanical methods (e.g., clamshells or release from a barge) rely on gravitational settling of cap
materials in the water column, and could be limited by depth in their application. Granular cap materials
can also be entrained in a water slurry and carried to the contaminated site wet, where they can be
discharged by pipe into the water column at the water surface or at depth. These hydraulic methods offer
the potential for a more precise placement, although the energy required for slurry transport could require
dissipation to prevent resuspension of contaminated  sediment.  Armor layer materials can be placed from
barges or from the shoreline using conventional equipment, such as clamshells.  Placement of some cap
components, such as geotextiles, could require special equipment. Examples of equipment types used for
cap placement are shown in Highlight 5-3. The Guidance for In-Situ Subaqueous Capping of
Contaminated Sediments (U.S. EPA 1998d) contains more detailed information about cap placement
techniques.
                                                                                            5-13

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
       Monitoring sediment resuspension and contaminant releases during cap placement is important.
Cap placement can resuspend some contaminated sediment.  Contaminants can also be released to the
water column from compaction or disruption of underlying sediment during cap placement. Both can
lead to increased risks during and following cap placement. Applying cap material slowly and uniformly
can minimize the amount of sediment disruption and resuspension. Therefore, designs should include
plans to minimize and monitor impacts during and after construction.

5.5.4  Performance Monitoring

       Performance objectives for an in-situ cap relate to its ability to provide sufficient physical and
chemical isolation and stabilization of contaminated sediment to reduce exposure and risk to protective
levels. Broader RAOs for the site such as decreases in contaminant concentrations in biota or reduced
toxicity should be monitored when applicable.  The following processes should be considered when
evaluating the performance of a cap, and in developing a cap monitoring program:

               Erosion or other physical disturbance of cap;

               Contaminant flux into cap material and into the surface water from underlying
               contaminated sediment (e.g., ground water advection, molecular diffusion); and

       •       Recolonization of cap surface and resulting bioturbation.

       General considerations related to monitoring caps and an example of cap monitoring elements are
presented in Chapter 8, Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring.

       Performance monitoring of a cap should be related to the design standards and remedial action
objectives related to the site. Generally, physical monitoring is initially conducted on a more frequent
schedule  than chemical or biological monitoring because it is less expensive to perform. Some processes
(i.e., contaminant flux) are not generally assessed directly  because they are very difficult to measure, but
are assessed by measuring contaminant concentrations in bulk samples from the cap surface, in shallow
cores into the surface layer of a cap, and by bathymetric surveys and various photographic techniques.  It
is often desirable to establish several permanent locational benchmarks so that repeated surveys can be
accurately compared. In some cases, contaminant flux and the resulting contaminant concentration in
surface sediment, cap pore water, or overlying surface water can be compared to site-specific sediment
cleanup levels or water quality standards (e.g., federal water quality criteria or state promulgated
standards). In addition, the concentration of contaminants accumulating in the cap material as a function
of time can be compared to site-specific target cleanup levels during long-term cap performance
monitoring. Both analytical and numerical models exist to predict cap performance and have been
compared and validated with laboratory tests and field results (e.g., Ruiz et al. 2000). However, project
managers should be aware that representative chemical monitoring of caps is  difficult, in part because of
the need to distinguish between vertical migration into the cap and the mixing that occurs at the
cap/sediment interface during placement.  In some cases, physical measurement of cap integrity and water
column chemical measurement may be sufficient for routine monitoring.
5-14

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
                Highlight 5-3: Sample Capping Equipment and Placement Techniques
                         SURFACE RELEASE FROM BARGE         SURFACE RELEASE FROM HOPPER DREDGE
                     4-  MB     G   r	4- jf
                       m                /
                SPREADING WITH PIPELINE AND
                   BAFFLE PLATE OR BOX
SURFACE DISCHARGE WITH PIPELINE
                 SUBMERGED DIFFUSER WITH PIPELINE
                DIRECT MECHANICAL PLACEMENT
           BARGE EQUIPPED FOR GEOTEXTILE PLACEMENT
                      BARGE WITH TREMIE
                                                         SPREADING BY CONTROLLED BARGE RELEASE
                                                                   JETTING FROM BARGE
                                                                 LAND-BASED DIRECT PLACEMENT
                                                                    SAND SPREADER BARGE
 Source: U.S. EPA1998d
                                                                                                     5-15

-------
Chapter 5: In-Situ Capping
        Highlight 5-4 presents some general points to remember from this chapter.
          Highlight 5-4: Some Key Points to Remember When Considering In-Situ Capping
         Source control generally should be implemented to prevent recontamination

         In-situ caps generally reduce risk through three primary functions: physical isolation, stabilization, and
         reduction of contaminant transport

         Caps may be most suitable where water depth is adequate, slopes are moderate, ground water flow
         gradients are low or contaminants are not mobile, substrates are capable of supporting a cap, and an
         adequate source of cap material is available

         Evaluation of capping alternatives and design of caps should consider buried infrastructure, such as
         water, sewer, electric and phone lines, and fuel pipelines

         Alteration of substrate and depth from capping should be evaluated for effects on aquatic biota

         Evaluation of a capping project in natural riverine environments, should include consideration of a fluvial
         system's inherent dynamics, especially the effects of channel migration, flow variability including extreme
         events, and ice scour

         Evaluation of capping alternatives should include consideration of cap disruption from human and natural
         sources, including at a minimum, the 100-year flood and other events such as seismic disturbances with
         a similar probability of occurrence

         Selection of cap placement methods should minimize the resuspension of contaminated sediment and
         releases of dissolved contaminants from compacted sediment

         Use of experienced contractors skilled in marine construction techniques is very important to placement
         of an effective cap

         Monitor in-situ caps during and after placement to evaluate long-term integrity of the cap, recolonization
         by biota, and  evidence of recontamination

         Maintenance  of in-situ caps is expected periodically
5-16

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
                       6.0    DREDGING AND EXCAVATION

6.1   INTRODUCTION

       Dredging and excavation are the two most common means of removing contaminated sediment
from a water body, either while it is submerged (dredging) or after water has been diverted or drained
(excavation). Both methods typically necessitate transporting the sediment to a location for treatment
and/or disposal. They also frequently include treatment of water from dewatered sediment prior to
discharge to an appropriate receiving water body.  Sediment is dredged by the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers (USAGE) on a routine basis at numerous locations for the maintenance of navigation channels.
The objective of navigational dredging is to remove sediment as efficiently and economically as possible
to maintain waterways for recreational, national defense, and  commercial purposes. Use of the term
"environmental dredging" has evolved in recent years to characterize dredging performed specifically for
the removal of contaminated sediment.  Environmental dredging is intended to remove sediment
contaminated above certain action levels while minimizing the spread of contaminants to the surrounding
environment during dredging [National Research Council (NRC 1997)].

       Some of the key components to be evaluated when considering dredging or excavation as a
cleanup method include sediment removal, transport, staging, treatment (pretreatment, treatment of water
and sediment, if necessary), and disposal (liquids and solids). Highlight 6-1 provides an sample flow
diagram of the  possible steps in a dredging or excavation alternative.  The simplest dredging or
excavation projects may consist of as few as three of the components shown in Highlight 6-1. More
complex projects may include most or all of these components. Efficient coordination of each component
typically is very important for a cost-effective cleanup.  Project managers should recognize, in general,
fewer sediment rehandling steps leads to lower implementation risks and lower cost.
                  Highlight 6-1: Sample Flow Diagram for Dredging/Excavation
                                                                                         6-1

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
        Sediment removal by dredging or excavation has been the most frequent cleanup method used by
the Superfund program at sediment sites. Dredging or excavation has been selected as a cleanup method
for contaminated sediment at more than 100 Superfund sites (some as an initial removal action).  At
approximately fifteen to twenty percent of these sites, an in-situ cleanup method [i.e., capping or
monitored natural recovery (MNR)] was also selected for sediment at part of the site.  When dredging is
the selected remedy and hazardous substances left in place are above levels that allow for unlimited use
and unrestricted exposure, a five-year review pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) §121(c) may be required (U.S. EPA 200li).

        Project managers should also refer to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's)
Assessment and Remediation of Contaminated Sediments (ARCS) Program Remediation Guidance
Document (U.S. EPA 1994d), and Handbook: Remediation of Contaminated Sediments (U.S. EPA
1991c), the NRC?s Contaminated Sediments in Ports and Waterways: Cleanup Strategies and
Technologies (NRC 1997), and Operational Characteristics and Equipment Selection Factors for
Environmental Dredging (Palermo et al. 2004) for detailed discussions of the processes and technologies
available for dredging and excavation.

        Although each of the three potential remedy approaches (MNR, in-situ capping, and removal)
should be considered  at every site at which they might be appropriate, sediment removal by dredging or
excavation should receive detailed consideration where the site conditions listed in Highlight 6-2 are
present.
       Highlight 6-2: Some Site Conditions Especially Conducive to Dredging or Excavation
         Suitable disposal site(s) is available and nearby

         Suitable area is available for staging and handling of dredged material

         Existing shoreline areas and infrastructure can accommodate dredging or excavation needs;
         maneuverability and access not unduly impeded by piers, buried cables, or other structures

         Navigational dredging is scheduled or planned

         Water depth is adequate to accommodate dredge but not so great as to be infeasible; or excavation in the
         dry is feasible

         Long-term risk reduction of sediment removal outweighs sediment disturbance and habitat disruption

         Water diversion is practical, or current velocity is low or can be minimized, to reduce resuspension and
         downstream transport during dredging

         Contaminated sediment overlies clean or much cleaner sediment (so that  over-dredging is feasible)

         Sediment contains low incidence of debris (e.g., logs, boulders, scrap material) or  is amenable to
         effective debris removal prior to dredging or excavation

         High contaminant concentrations cover discrete areas of sediment

         Contaminants are highly correlated with sediment grain size (to facilitate separation and minimize
         disposal costs)
6-2

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
6.2   POTENTIAL ADVANTAGES AND LIMITATIONS

       One of the advantages of removing contaminated sediment from the aquatic environment often is
that, if it achieves cleanup levels for the site, it may result in the least uncertainty about long-term
effectiveness of the cleanup, particularly regarding future environmental exposure to contaminated
sediment.  Removal of contaminated sediment can minimize the uncertainty associated with predictions
of sediment bed or in-situ cap stability and the potential for future exposure and transport of
contaminants.

       Another potential advantage of removing contaminated sediment is the flexibility it may leave
regarding future use of the water body.  In-situ cleanup methods such as MNR and capping frequently
include institutional controls (ICs) that limit water body uses.  Although remedies at sites with
bioaccumulative contaminants usually require the development or continuation of fish consumption
advisories for a period of time after removal, other types of ICs that would be needed to protect a cap or
layer of natural sedimentation might not be necessary if contaminated sediment is removed.

       Another advantage, especially where dredging residuals are low, concerns the time to achieve
remedial action objectives (RAOs).  Active cleanup methods such as sediment removal and, particularly,
capping may reduce risk more quickly and achieve RAOs faster than would be achieved by natural
recovery.  (However, in comparing time frames between approaches, it is important to include accurate
estimates of the time for design and implementation of active approaches.) Also, sediment removal is the
only cleanup method that can allow for treatment and/or beneficial reuse of dredged or excavated
material.  (However, caps that incorporate treatment measures, sometimes called "active" caps, are under
development by researchers.  See Chapter 3, Section 3.1.3, In-Situ Treatment and Other Innovative
Alternatives.)

       There are also some potential sediment removal limitations that can be significant.
Implementation of dredging or excavation is usually more complex and costly than MNR or in-situ
capping because of the removal technologies themselves (especially in the case of dredging) and the need
for transport, staging, treatment (where applicable), and disposal of the dredged  sediment. Treatment
technologies for contaminated sediment frequently offer implementation challenges because of limited
full-scale experience and high cost.  In some parts of the country, disposal capacity may be limited in
existing municipal or hazardous waste landfills, and it may be difficult to locate  new local disposal
facilities.  Dredging or excavation may also be more complex and costly than other approaches due to
accommodation of equipment maneuverability and portability/site access. Operations and effectiveness
may be affected by utilities and other infrastructures, surface and submerged structures (e.g., piers,
bridges, docks, bulkheads, or pilings), overhead restrictions, and narrow channel widths.

       Another possible limitation of sediment removal is the level of uncertainty associated with
estimating the extent of residual contamination following removal that can be high at some sites. For
purposes of this guidance, residual contamination is contamination remaining in the sediment after
dredging within or adjacent to the dredged area. The mass and contaminant concentration of residuals is
generally a result of many factors including dredge equipment, dredge operator experience, proper
implementation of best management practices, sediment characteristics, and site conditions.

Residual contamination is likely to be greater in the presence of cobbles, boulders, or buried debris, in
high energy environments, at greater water depths, and where  more highly contaminated sediment lies

                                                                                            6-3

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
near the bottom of the dredge thickness or directly overlies bedrock or a hard bottom.  Residuals may also
be greater in very shallow waters and when dredging sediment with high water contents.  These
complicating factors can make the sediment removal process difficult and costly.  The continued
bioaccumulation of residual contaminants can also affect the achievement of risk-based remediation
goals.  Dredging residuals have been underestimated at some sites, even when obvious complicating
factors are not present. For some sites, this has resulted in not meeting selected cleanup levels without
also backfilling with clean material.

       Another potential limitation of dredging effectiveness includes contaminant losses through
resuspension and, generally to a lesser extent, through volatilization.  Resuspension of sediment from
dredging normally results in releases of both dissolved and particle-associated contaminants to the water
column.  Resuspended particulate material may be redeposited at the dredging site or,  if not controlled,
transported to downstream locations in the water body. Some resuspended contaminants may also
dissolve into the water column where they are more available for uptake by biota. While  aqueous
resuspension generally is much less of a concern during excavation, there may be increased concern with
releases to air. Losses en route to and/or at the disposal or treatment site may include effluent or runoff
discharges to surface water, leachate discharges to ground water, or volatile emissions to air. Each
component of a sediment removal alternative typically necessitates additional handling of the material
and presents a possibility of contaminant loss, as well as other potential risks to workers and
communities.

       Finally, similar to in-situ capping, dredging or excavation includes at least a temporary
destruction of the aquatic community and habitat within the remediation area.

       Where it is feasible, excavation often has advantages over dredging for the following reasons:

       •       Excavation equipment operators and oversight personnel can much more easily see the
               removal operation. Although in some cases diver-assisted hydraulic dredging or video-
               monitored dredging can be used, turbidity, safety and other technological constraints
               typically result in dredging being performed without visual assistance;

               Removal of contaminated sediment is usually more complete (i.e., residual contamination
               tends  to be lower when sediment is  removed after the area is dewatered);

       •       Far fewer waterborne contaminants are released when the excavation area has been
               dewatered;  and

               Bottom conditions (e.g.,  debris) and sediment characteristics (e.g., grain size and specific
               gravity) typically require much less consideration.

       However, site preparation for excavation can be more lengthy and costly than for a dredging
project due to the need for dewatering or water diversion. For example, coffer dams, sheet pile walls, or
other diversions/exclusion structures would need to  be fabricated and installed. Maneuvering around
diversion/exclusion structures may be required because earth moving equipment cannot access the
excavation area or double handling may be required to move material outside of the area.  In addition,
excavation is generally limited to relatively shallow areas.
6-4

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
6.3   SITE CONDITIONS

6.3.1   Physical Environment

        Several aspects of the physical environment may make sediment removal more or less difficult to
implement. In the remedial investigation, the following types of information should be collected, as they
can affect the type of equipment selected and potentially the feasibility of sediment removal:

        •       Bathymetry,  slope of the sediment surface and water depth;

        •       Currents and tides;

        •       Bottom conditions, especially the presence of debris and large rocks both on top of and
               within the sediment bed;

               Depth to and (un)evenness of bedrock or hard bottom (e.g., stiff glacial till);

               Sediment particle size distribution, degree of consolidation, and shear strength;

               Thickness and vertical delineation of contaminated sediment;

               Distance between dredging and disposal locations;

               The presence and maintenance condition of structures such as piers, pilings, cables, or
               pipes; and

        •       Land access to water body.

        Additionally, sediment removal may change the hydrodynamics and slope stability of the
remediation area.  These changes should be evaluated to ensure that the removal activity does not cause
significant bank or structural  instability, shoreline facility damages, or other unacceptable adverse effects
in or near the removal operation.

        Data on both the horizontal and vertical characterization of the physical and chemical sediment
characteristics  are generally needed during the remedial investigation to evaluate the feasibility, cost, and
potential effectiveness of dredging or excavation. The results of this characterization should help
determine the area, depth, and volume to be removed, and the volume of sediment requiring treatment
and/or disposal. Some aspects of sediment characterization are discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.1, Site
Characterization.

        The project manager  should refer to Evaluation of Dredged Material Proposed for Disposal at
Island, Nearshore or Upland Confined Disposal Facilities - Testing Manual (USAGE 2003) and
Evaluation of Dredged Material Proposed for Discharge in Waters of the U.S. - Inland Testing Manual
(U.S. EPA and USAGE 1998) for further information.  In addition, several guidance documents on
estimating contaminant losses from dredging and disposal have been developed by the EPA and USAGE.
For example, the project manager should refer to Estimating Contaminant Losses from Components of
Remediation Alternatives for  Contaminated Sediments (U.S. EPA 1996e).

                                                                                            6-5

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
6.3.2   Waterway Uses and Infrastructures

       Any evaluation of the feasibility of a dredging or excavation remedy should consider impacts to
existing and reasonably anticipated future uses of a waterway. Waterway uses that may need to be
considered when evaluating a sediment removal alternative include the following:

       •       Navigation (e.g., commercial, military, recreational);

       •       Residential/commercial/military moorage and anchorage;

       •       Flood control;

       •       Recreation;

       •       Fishing (e.g., subsistence, commercial, recreational);

       •       Water supply, such as presence of intakes;

       •       Storm water or effluent discharge outfalls;

       •       Use by fish and wildlife, especially sensitive or important aquatic habitats;

       •       Waterfront development;

       •       Utility crossings; and

       •       Existing dredge disposal sites.

       Evaluation of the feasibility of a sediment removal remedy should include an analysis of whether
impacts to these potential uses may be avoided or minimized both during construction and in the long
term.

6.3.3  Habitat Alteration

       The project manager should consider the impact of habitat loss or alteration in evaluating a
dredging or excavation alternative. As is also discussed in Chapter 5, In-Situ Capping, while a project
may be designed to minimize habitat loss, or even enhance habitat, sediment removal and disposal do
alter the environment. It is important to determine whether the loss of a contaminated habitat is a greater
impact than the benefit of providing a new, modified but less contaminated habitat.  For example, a
sediment removal alternative may or may not be appropriate where extensive damage to an existing
forested wetland will occur.  If the contaminated sediment in the wetland is bioavailable and may be
impacting wildlife populations, the short-term disruption of the habitat may be warranted to limit ongoing
long-term impacts to wildlife. Comparatively, if the wetland is functioning properly and is not acting as a
contaminant source to the biota and the surrounding area, it may be appropriate to leave the wetland intact
rather than remove the contaminated sediment.  Deliberations to alter wetland and aquatic habitats should
be considered in the remedial decision process.  Appropriate coordination with natural resource agencies
6-6

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
will typically assist the project manager in determining the extent of impacts that a dredging project may
have on aquatic organisms or their habitat, and how to minimize these impacts.

       Another consideration is avoidance of short-term ecological impacts during dredging.  This may
involve timing the project to avoid water quality impacts during migration and breeding periods of
sensitive species or designing the dredging project to minimize suspended sediment during dredging and
disposal.

6.4    EXCAVATION TECHNOLOGIES

       Excavation of contaminated sediment generally involves isolating the contaminated sediment
from the overlying water body by pumping or diverting water from the area, and managing any
continuing inflow followed by sediment excavation using conventional dry land equipment.  However,
excavation may be possible without water diversion in some areas such as wetlands during dry seasons or
while the sediment and water are frozen during the winter. Typically, excavation is performed in streams,
shallow rivers and ponds, or near shore areas.

       Prior to pumping out the water, the area can be isolated using one or more of the following
technologies:

               Sheet piling;

               Earthen dams;

               Cofferdams;

               Geotubes, inflatable dams;

               Rerouting the water body using temporary dams or pipes; or

               Permanent relocation of the water body.

        Sediment isolation using sheet piling commonly involves driving interlocking metal plates (i.e.,
sheet piles) into the subsurface, and thereby either blocking off designated areas or splitting a stream
down the center. Highlight 6-3 shows an example of where this technology has been used. If a stream is
split down its center, then one side of the stream may be excavated in the dry, after pumping out the
trapped water.  When the excavation of the first side of the stream is completed, water may be diverted
back to the excavated side and sediment on the other side may be excavated. Sheet piling  may not be
feasible where bedrock or hard strata are present at or near the bottom surface. Where sheet piling is used
to isolate a dredging or excavation action, project managers should consider potential hydraulic impacts
of the diverted flow.  Such diversion in most cases will increase natural flow velocity, which may scour
sediment outside the diversion wall. If the sediment is also contaminated, as is likely to be the case, the
increased dispersion of the sediment should be considered in design choices. Temporarily rerouting a
water body with dams is sometimes done for small streams or ponds (Highlight 6-4). This includes the
use of temporary dams to  divert the water flow allowing excavation of now "dry" contaminated sediment.
The ability and cost to provide hydraulic isolation of the contaminated area during remediation is a major
factor in selecting the appropriate removal technology.

                                                                                            6-7

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
       Once isolated, standing water within the excavation area will need to be removed.  Although
surface water flows are eliminated, ground water may infiltrate the confined area. The ground water can
be collected in sumps or dewatering wells. After collection, the ground water should be characterized,
managed, treated (if necessary), and discharged to an appropriate receiving water body. Management of
water within the confined area is another important logistical and cost factor that can influence the
decision of wet versus dry removal techniques.
           Highlight 6-3: Example of Excavation Following Isolation Using Sheet Piling
 Source: Pine River/Velsicol, EPA Region 5
       Isolation and dewatering of the area is normally followed by excavation using conventional
earthmoving equipment such as a backhoe or dragline. Where sediment is soft, support of the excavation
equipment in the dewatered area can be problematic because underlying materials may not have the
strength to support equipment weight. This also may reduce excavation depth precision. Both factors
should be accounted for in design.  When the excavation activities are complete, temporary dam(s) or
sheet piling(s) are removed, and the water body is restored to its original hydraulic condition.

       Another less common type of excavation project involves permanent relocation of a water body
(also shown in Highlight 6-4). This, for example, was accomplished at the Triana/Tennessee River
Superfund Site in Alabama and is being implemented at the Moss-American Superfund site in Wisconsin.
The initial phases of such a project may be similar to excavation projects that temporarily reroute a water
body. However, in a permanent stream relocation project, a replacement stream normally is constructed
and then the original water body is excavated or capped and converted into an upland area. To the extent
the original water body is covered over, direct exposure to residual contamination is generally eliminated.

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
          Highlight 6-4: Examples of Permanent or Temporary Rerouting of a Water Body
 A: Permanent River Relocation - Triana/Tennessee River Site

 The Triana/Tennessee River site consists of an 11-mile stretch of two tributaries, the Huntsville Spring Branch
 (MSB) and Indian Creek, which both empty into the Tennessee River. Remedial actions involved rerouting of the
 channel in Huntsville Spring Branch (MSB mile 5.4 to 4.0), the filling and burial in place of the total DDT (dichloro
 diphenyl trichloroethane and its metabolites) in the old channel, the construction of diversion structures at the
 upper and lower end of the stream to prevent stream reversion to the former stream channel, and the diversion of
 storm water runoff to prevent flow across the filled channel. Remedial actions for MSB mile 4.0 to 2.4 consisted of
 constructing four diversion structures; excavating a new channel between MSB  mile 3.4 and 2.4; filling three areas;
 constructing a diversion ditch around the fill areas; and excavating portions of the sediment from the channel.

 These remedial actions effectively isolated in place 93% of the total DDT in the  Huntsville Spring Branch-Indian
 Creek system of the Tennessee River. These remedial actions began on April  1, 1986, and were completed on
 October 16, 1987. Through March 1, 2001, the remedial actions have been inspected yearly by a federal and
 state Review Panel.  The remedial action has not required any repair of the structures to maintain their integrity,
 and monitoring has shown that total DDT concentrations in fish and water continue to decline.
 B: Temporary ReRouting of a River - Bryant Mill Pond Project at the Allied Paper, Inc./Portage
 Creek/Kalamazoo River Site

 In EPA Region 5, an EPA-conducted
 removal and onsite containment
 action removed polychlorinated
 biphenyls (PCBs)-contaminated
 sediment from the Bryant Mill Pond
 area of Portage Creek.  During the
 removal action, that was conducted
 from June  1998 - May 1999, Portage
 Creek was temporarily diverted from
 its normal streambed so that 150,000
 yds3 of the creek bed and floodplain
 soils could be excavated using
 conventional excavation equipment.
 PCS concentrations remaining after
 the removal action were below 1 ppm.
 Source: U.S. EPA Region 5
        Excavation may also include excavation of sediment in areas that experience occasional dry
conditions, such as intermittent streams and wetlands.  These types of projects generally are logistically
similar to upland construction projects and frequently use conventional earthmoving equipment.

6.5   DREDGING TECHNOLOGIES

        For purposes of this guidance the term "dredging" means the removal of sediment from an
underwater environment, typically using floating excavators called dredges. Dredging involves
mechanically grabbing, raking, cutting, or hydraulically scouring the bottom of a waterway to dislodge
the sediment.  Once dislodged, the sediment may be removed from a waterway either mechanically with
buckets or hydraulically by pumping. Therefore, dredges may be categorized as either mechanical or
hydraulic depending on the basic means of removing the dredged material.  Some dredges employ
                                                                                                 6-9

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
pneumatic (compressed air) systems to pump the sediment out of the waterway (U.S. EPA 1994d);
however, these have not gained general acceptance on environmental dredging projects.

6.5.1   Mechanical Dredging

        The fundamental difference between mechanical and hydraulic dredging equipment is how the
sediment is removed. Mechanical dredges offer the advantage of removing the sediment at nearly the
same solids content and, therefore, volume as the in-situ material. Little additional water is entrained
with the sediment as it is removed. Thus, the volumes of contaminated material and process water to be
disposed, managed, and/or treated are minimized. However, the water that is present in the bucket above
the sediment must either be collected, managed, and treated, or be permitted to leak out, which generally
leads to higher contaminant losses during dredging.

        The mechanical dredges most commonly used in the U.S. for environmental dredging are the
following (Palermo et al. 2004):

        •       Clamshell: Wire supported, conventional open clam bucket, circular shaped cutting
               action;

               Enclosed bucket: Wire  supported, near  watertight or sealed bucket as compared to
               conventional open clam bucket (recent  designs also incorporate a level cut capability as
               compared to a circular-shaped cut for conventional buckets, for example, the Cable Arm
               and Boskalis Horizontal Closing Environmental Grab); and

        •       Articulated mechanical: Backhoe designs, clam-type enclosed buckets, hydraulic closing
               mechanisms, all supported by articulated fixed-arm (e.g., Ham Visor Grab, Bean
               Horizontal Profiling Grab (HPG), Toa High Density Transport, and the Dry Dredge).

        The mechanical dredge types listed above reflect equipment used for environmental dredging and
generally are readily available in the U.S. The enclosed bucket dredges were designed to address a
number of issues often raised relative to remedial dredging including contaminant removal efficiency and
minimizing sediment resuspension.  However, newly redesigned dredging equipment may not be cost-
effective or preferred at every site. For example, in some environments, an enclosed bucket may be most
useful for soft sediment but may not close efficiently on debris. A conventional clamshell dredge may
have greater leverage and be able to close on or cut debris in some cases; however, material mounded
over the top may be resuspended.  An articulated mechanical dredge may have advantage in stiffer
sediment since the fixed-arm arrangement can push the  bucket into the sediment to the desired cut-level,
and not rely on the weight of the bucket for penetration. Highlight 6-5 shows two examples of
mechanical dredges.

6.5.2   Hydraulic Dredging

       Hydraulic dredges remove and transport sediment in the form of a slurry through the inclusion or
addition of high volumes of water at some point in the removal process (Zappi and Hayes 1991).  The
total volume of material processed may be greatly increased and the solids  content of the slurry may be
considerably less than that of the in-situ sediment although solids content varies between dredges (U.S.
EPA 1994d).  The excess water is usually discharged as effluent at the treatment or disposal site and often

6-10

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
                          Highlight 6-5: Examples of Mechanical Dredges
 Note: A = Cable Arm Corp. dredge (Source: Cable Arm, Corp.)
 B = Bean Company Horizontal Profiling Grab (HPG) dredge, New Bedford Harbor Site (Source: Barbara Bergen, U.S. EPA)
needs treatment prior to discharge.  Hydraulic dredges may be equipped with rotating blades, augers, or
high-pressure water jets to loosen the sediment (U.S. EPA 1995b). The hydraulic dredges most
commonly used in the U.S. for environmental dredging are the following (Palermo et al. 2004):

        •       Cutterhead: Conventional hydraulic pipeline dredge, with conventional cutterhead;

        •       Horizontal auger: Hydraulic pipeline dredge with horizontal auger dredgehead (e.g.,
               Mudcat);

               Plain suction: Hydraulic pipeline dredge using dredgehead design with no cutting action,
               plain suction (e.g., cutterhead dredge with no cutter basket mounted, Matchbox
               dredgehead, articulated Slope Cleaner, Scoop-Dredge BRABO, etc.);
                                                                                              6-11

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
        •       Pneumatic: Air operated submersible pump, pipeline transport, either wire supported or
               fixed-arm supported (e.g., Japanese Oozer, Italian Pneuma, Dutch "d," Japanese
               Refresher, etc.);

        •       Specialty dredgeheads: Other hydraulic pipeline dredges with specialty dredgeheads or
               pumping systems (e.g., Boskalis Environmental Disc Cutter, Slope Cleaner, Clean
               Sweep, Water Refresher, Clean Up, Swan 21 Systems, etc.); and

        •       Diver assisted: Hand-held hydraulic suction with pipeline transport.

        Some of the hydraulic dredges included above have been specifically developed to reduce
resuspension during the removal process. As with modified mechanical dredges, project managers should
be aware that there may be tradeoffs in terms of production rate and ability to handle debris with many of
these modifications. Highlight 6-6 presents examples of hydraulic dredges.

6.5.3   Dredge Equipment Selection

        The selection of appropriate dredging equipment is generally essential for an effective
environmental dredging operation.  The operational characteristics of the three types of mechanical and
six types of hydraulic dredges presented in the guidance sections above are listed in Highlights 6-7a and
6-7b. This information was reviewed by an expert panel and attendees at a special session on
environment dredging at the Meeting of the Western Dredging Association (WEDA XXI) and the 33rd
Annual Texas A&M Dredging Seminar in Houston, Texas.  The operational characteristics and identified
selection factors presented in Highlights 6-7a and 6-7b have been drawn from information compiled for
this guidance as well as earlier published reviews of dredge characteristics. Quantitative operational
characteristics (both capabilities and limitations) are summarized for conditions likely to be encountered
for many environmental dredging projects.  The numbers are not representative of all dredge designs and
sizes available, but represent those most commonly used for environmental dredging. Qualitative
selection factors for each dredge type are presented based on the best professional judgment of the panel
and/or their interpretation of readily available data. Site-specific results and supporting references are
available in Operational Characteristics and Equipment Selection Factors for Environmental Dredging
(Palermo et al. 2004).

        The information in Highlights 6-7a and 6-7b is intended to help project managers  make initial
screening assessments of general dredge capabilities and identify equipment types for further evaluation
at the feasibility study stage or for pilot field testing. Note that whenever an equipment type receives a
rating of "high," it means that a particular dredge type should perform better for that selection factor. It is
not intended as a guide for final equipment selection for remedy implementation. There are many site-
specific circumstances that dictate which equipment type is most appropriate for any given situation, and
each type can be applied in different ways to adapt to site  conditions. Project managers should use their
own experience and judgment in using this information, and may find it useful to consider other sources
of information for purposes of comparison. In addition, because new equipment is being continuously
developed and tested, project managers will need to consult with experts who are familiar with the latest
in equipment technologies. Experience has shown that an effective environmental dredging operation
also  depends on the use of highly skilled dredge operators familiar with the goals of environmental
remediation, in addition to close monitoring and management of the dredging operation.
6-12

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
                              Highlight 6-6: Examples of Hydraulic Dredges
 Note: A = Fox River, Wl; horizontal auger hydraulic dredge deployment (Source: Jim Hahnenberg U.S. EPA)
 B = Manistique, Ml; closeup of twin-vortex pump, hydraulic dredge cutterhead (Source: Ernie Watkins U.S. EPA)
 C = Closeup of swinging ladder hydraulic dredge cutterhead (Source: Ellicott Corporation)
                                                                                                          6-13

-------
Highlight 6-7a: Sample Environmental Dredging Operational Characteristics and Selection Factors1
EQUIPMENT TYPE2
Mechanical Dredges Hydraulic/Pneumatic Dredges Dry Excavation
(2 to 8 cubic meter buckets) (15 to 30 cm pump sizes)
Conventional Enclosed Articulated Cutter- Horizontal Plain Pneumatics Specialtyio Divern Various Mechanical
Clamshell Bucket (WireJ4 Mechanical heads Auger? Suctions Excavators^
(Wire)s (Fixed Armjs
OPERATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS13
Operating
Production Rate
(m3/hr)14
Percent Solids
(by weight)15
Vertical Operating
Accuracy (cm)'16
Horizontal
Operating
Accuracy (cm)17
Maximum
Dredging Depth
(m)18
Minimum
Dredging Depth
(m)19
48 (2 m3 bucket)
95 (4 m3 bucket)
143 (6 m3 bucket)
193 (8m3 bucket)
Near
In-Situ
15
10
Stability
Limitations

Near
In-Situ
15
10
Stability
Limitations

Near
In-Situ
10
10
15

23 (15 cm pump)
41 (20 cm pump)
64 (25 cm pump)
93 (30 cm pump)
5
10
10
15
1
5
10
10
5
0.5
5
10
10
15
1
Site
Specific
15 or
Higher
15
10
45
5
Equipment
Specific
Equipment
Specific
10
10
15
1
10
<5
-
—
30
0.5
Site Specific
In-Situ
or Greater
5
5
Stability
Limitations


-------
EQUIPMENT TYPE2
Mechanical Dredges Hydraulic/Pneumatic Dredges Dry Excavation
(2 to 8 cubic meter buckets) (15 to 30 cm pump sizes)
Conventional Enclosed Articulated Cutter- Horizontal Plain Pneumatics Specialtyio Divem Various Mechanical
Clamshell Bucket (Wire)< Mechanical heads Auger? Suctions Excavatorsi2
(Wire)s (Fixed Arm)s
EQUIPMENT SELECTION FACTORS20
Limit Sediment
Resuspension21
Control
Contaminant
Release 22
Minimize Residual
Sediment23
Transport by
Pipeline24
Transport by
Barge25
Positioning
Control in
Currents/Wind/
Tides26
Maneuverability27
Portability/
Access28
Availability29
Low
Low
Low
Medium
High
High
High
High
High
High
High
Medium
Medium
High
High
High
High
High
High
High
Medium
Medium
High
High
High
High
High
Medium
Medium
Medium
High
Medium
High
Low
High
High
Medium
Medium
Medium
High
Medium
Medium
Low
High
High
High
Medium
Medium
High
Medium
High
Low
High
High
High
Medium
Medium
High
Medium
High
Low
High
Medium
High
Medium
Medium
High
Medium
High
Low
Medium
Medium
High
High
High
High
Low
Medium
High
High
High
High
High
High
Medium
High
High
High
High
High

-------
ON



ON
EQUIPMENT TYPE2
Mechanical Dredges Hydraulic/Pneumatic Dredges Dry Excavation
(2 to 8 cubic meter buckets) (15 to 30 cm pump sizes)
Conventional Enclosed Articulated Cutter- Horizontal Plain Pneumatics Specialtyio Diver n Various Mechanical
Clamshell Bucket (Wire)< Mechanical heads Auger? Suction: Excavatorsi2
(Wire)s (Fixed Arm)5
Debris/Loose
Rock/
Vegetation30
Hardpan/Rock
Bottom31
Flexibility for
Varying
Conditions32
Thin Lift/Residual
Removal33
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Medium
High
Low
Medium
Medium
Low
Low
High
Medium
Low
Low
Medium
High
Low
Medium
Low
High
Low
Medium
Low
High
Low
Medium
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
High
High
High
High
Note: For additional information on development and technical basis for the entries in this table refer to: Palermo, M., N. Francingues, and D. Averett. 2004.
Operational Characteristics and Equipment Selection Factors for Environmental Dredging. Journal of Dredging Engineering, Western Dredging Association.

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
     Highlight 6-7b: Footnotes for Sample Environmental Dredging Operational Characteristics
                                             and Selection Factors
       This table provides some of the currently available general information that can help project managers initially assess
       dredge capabilities, and screen and select equipment types for evaluation at the feasibility study stage or for pilot field
       testing. This table is NOT intended as a guide for final equipment selection  for remedy implementation, and regions may
       find it useful to consider other sources of information for purposes of comparison. There are many site-specific,
       sediment-specific, and project-specific circumstances that will indicate which equipment is most appropriate for any given
       situation, and each equipment type can be applied in different ways to adapt to site and sediment conditions. In addition,
       because new equipment is being continuously developed, project managers should consult with  experts who are familiar
       with the latest technologies.
       Equipment types shown here are considered the most commonly used for environmental dredging in the U.S.  Other
       dredge types are available.  Equipment used for environmental dredging is usually smaller in size than that commonly used
       for navigation dredging. Information presented here is tailored for mechanical bucket sizes from 3 to 10 cubic yards (about
       2 to 8 m3), and hydraulic/pneumatic pump sizes from 6 to 12 inches (about 15 to 30 cm). Larger sizes are available for
       many equipment types.
       Clamshell - conventional clamshell dredges, wire supported, conventional open clam bucket.
       Enclosed Bucket - wire supported, near watertight or sealed bucket usually incorporating a level cut capability.
       Articulated Mechanical - backhoe designs, clam-type enclosed buckets, hydraulic closing mechanisms, all supported by
       articulated fixed-arm.
       Cutterhead - conventional hydraulic pipeline dredge, with conventional cutterhead.
       Horizontal Auger - hydraulic pipeline dredge with horizontal auger dredgehead.
       Plain Suction - hydraulic pipeline dredge using dredgehead design with no cutting action.
       Pneumatic - air operated submersible pump, pipeline transport, either wire supported or fixed-arm supported.
  10
       Specialty Dredgeheads - other hydraulic pipeline dredges with specialty dredgeheads or pumping systems
  11
       Diver Assisted - hand-held hydraulic suction with pipeline transport.
  12
       Dry Excavation - conventional excavation equipment operating within dewatered containments such as sheet-pile
       enclosures or cofferdams.
  13
       OPERATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS - quantitative entries, reflecting capabilities and limitations of dredge types, and are
       solely a function of the equipment itself.
  14
       Production Rate - in-situ volume of sediment removed per unit time. Rates shown are for production cuts as opposed to
       "cleanup passes" and are for active periods of operation under average conditions. Rates for two bucket or pump sizes are
       shown for comparison.  For mechanical dredges, the rates were calculated assuming 80% bucket fill with a bucket cycle
       time of 2 minutes.  For hydraulic dredges, the rates were calculated assuming in-situ sediment 35% solids by weight, 5%
       solids by weight for slurry, and pump discharge velocity of 10 ft/sec. The rate shown for diver-assisted assumes a
       maximum pump size of 15 cm and roughly 50% efficiency of diver effort while working.  Production rate for dry excavation
       is would be largely dictated by the time required to isolate and dewater the areas targeted for excavation.  A variety of
       factors may influence the effective operating time  per day, week, or season, and should be considered in calculating times
       required for removal.
  15
       Percent Solids by Weight - ratio of weight of dry solids to total weight of the dredged material as removed, expressed as a
       percentage. Percent solids for mechanical dredging is a function of the in-situ percent solids and the effective bucket fill
       (expressed as a percentage of the bucket capacity filled by in-situ sediment as opposed to free water), and near in-situ
       percent solids is possible for production cuts. A wide range of percent solids for hydraulic dredges is reported, but 5%
       solids can be expected for most environmental dredging  projects.
                                                                                                                6-17

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
      Highlight 6-7b:  Footnotes for Sample Environmental Dredging Operational Characteristics
                                              and Selection Factors
  16
       Vertical Operating Accuracy - the ability to position the dredgehead at a desired depth or elevation for the cut and maintain
       or repeat that vertical position during the dredging operation. Although positioning instrumentation is accurate to within a
       few cm, the design of the dredge and the linkages between the dredgehead and the positioning system will affect the
       accuracy attainable in positioning the dredgehead. A vertical accuracy of cut of approximately 15 cm (one-half foot) is
       considered attainable for most project conditions. Fixed arm equipment holds some advantage over wire-supported in
       maintaining vertical operating accuracy. The accuracies achievable for sediment characterization should be considered in
       setting performance standards for environmental dredging operating accuracy (both vertical and horizontal).
  17
       Horizontal Operating Accuracy - the ability to position and operate the dredgehead at a desired location or within a desired
       surface area.  Considerations are similar to those for vertical accuracy.
  18
       Maximum Dredging Depth - physical limitation to reach below a given depth. Wire-supported buckets or pumps can be
       deployed at substantial depths, so the maximum digging depth generally is limited by stability of the excavation.  Reach of
       fixed arm supported buckets or hydraulic dredges is limited by the length of the arm or ladder.  Conventional backhoe
       equipment is generally limited to about 15 m reach. Smaller hydraulic dredges are usually designed for a maximum
       dredging depth of about 15 m.  Hydraulic dredges usually also have a limiting depth of removal of about 50 ft due to the
       limitation of atmospheric pressure, but this limitation can often be overcome by addition  of a submerged pump on the
       ladder. The table entries should NOT be considered as hard and fast limits.  Larger dredge sizes and designs are
       available for deeper depths.
  19
       Minimum Dredging Depth - constraints on draft limitations of some floating dredges or potential loss of pump prime for
       hydraulic dredges. Such limitations can be managed if the dredge "digs its way into the area." For smaller dredges, these
       limitations typically are at approximately the 1 m water depth. Pneumatic dredges require a minimum water depth of about
       5 m for efficient pump operation.
 20
       SELECTION FACTORS - qualitative entries, reflecting the potential performance of a given dredge type, and are a function
       of both the capability of the equipment type and the site and/or sediment conditions.  Entries defined as follows:
                (High) - indicating the given dredge type is generally suitable or favorable for a given issue or concern,
                (Medium) - indicating the given dredge type addresses the issue or concern, but it may not be preferred, and
                (Low) - indicating the given dredge type may not be a suitable selection for addressing this issue or concern.
 21
       Limit Sediment Resuspension - potential of a given dredge type in minimizing sediment resuspension. Clamshell (Low) -
       Circular-shaped cutting action, cratered bottom subject to sloughing, open bucket design subject to washout and spillage,
       scows and workboats working in shallow areas.  Enclosed Bucket (High) - Seal around the lips of the bucket and an
       enclosed top when in the shut position, level cut design minimizes sloughing. Articulated Mechanical (High) - Less
       resuspension as compared to conventional clamshell dredges.  Cutterhead/Horizontal Auger (Medium) - Conventional
       cutterhead dredges and horizontal augers result in less resuspension as compared to conventional clamshell dredges.
       May be fitted with hoods or shrouds to partially control resuspension.  Plain Suction/Pneumatic (High) - No mechanical
       action to dislodge the material. Specialty (High) - Although designs vary, all the so-called specialty dredges have features
       specifically intended to  reduce resuspension.  Diver Assisted (High) - Precision of diver assisted hydraulic dredging, the
       smaller size of the dredgeheads used, and inherently slow speed of operation. Dry Excavation (High) - Completely isolates
       the excavation process from the water column.
 22
       Control Contaminant Release - the inherent ability to control sediment resuspension and dissolved and volatile releases for
       the given equipment type and associated operation.  Clamshell (Low) - Can be operated such that the excavation and
       water column exposure of the bucket is within a silt curtain containment or enclosure; however, high suspended solids
       within the silt curtain may be released when the curtain is moved.  Enclosed Bucket/Articulated Mechanical (Medium) - can
       be operated such that the excavation and water column exposure of the bucket is within a silt curtain enclosure with
       relatively small footprint.  Enclosed buckets act as a control and greatly reduce resuspension within the enclosures and
       potential for release. Cutterhead/Plain Suction/Horizontal Auger/Pneumatic/Specialty Dredgeheads (Medium) - Capable of
       transporting the material directly by pipeline, minimizing exposure to the water column and to volatilization. Can be
       operated within enclosures, but the footprint of such enclosures would be necessarily larger than that for mechanical
       dredges.  Diver assisted (High) - scale of diver-assisted dredging would seldom require contaminant release controls.  Dry
       Excavation (High) - Dewatering of the dredging area effectively eliminates dissolved releases.  Sediment surface exposed
       to the atmosphere has lower volatile emission rates as compared to the same surface ponded with elevated suspended
       sediment concentrations.
6-18

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
     Highlight 6-7b: Footnotes for Sample Environmental Dredging Operational Characteristics
                                              and Selection Factors
 23
       Minimize Residual Sediment - efficiency of the dredge is in removing material without leaving a residual, and potentially
       meeting a cleanup level.  Clamshell (Low) - High potential to leave residual sediment because of the circular-shaped
       cutting action and the tendency to leave a cratered bottom subject to sloughing.  Enclosed Bucket/Articulated
       Mechanical/Cutterhead/Horizontal Auger/Plain Suction/Pneumatic/Specialty Dredgeheads (Medium) -All dredges with
       active dredgeheads and/or movement in contact with the bottom sediment will leave some residual sediment. The control
       offered by the articulated arm provides an advantage for removal of thin residual layers.  Diver Assisted (High) - Hand-held
       action of diver-assisted work has a low potential for generating residual sediment. Dry Excavation (High) - Any fallback of
       sediment excavated under dry conditions can be readily observed and managed.
 24
       Transport by Pipeline - compatibility of the dredge with subsequent transport by pipeline.  Clamshell/ Enclosed
       Bucket/Articulated Mechanical (Medium) - All mechanical dredges remove material at near in-situ density, and additional
       reslurry and rehandling equipment must be employed to allow for pipeline transport.  Cutterhead/Plain Suction/Horizontal
       Auger/Pneumatic/Specialty Dredgeheads/Diver Assisted (High) - All hydraulic and pneumatic dredges are designed for
       pipeline transport. Dry Excavation (Medium) - Additional reslurry and rehandling equipment must be employed to allow for
       pipeline transport.
 25
       Transport y Barge - compatibility of the dredge with subsequent transport by barge.  Clamshell/Enclosed Bucket/Articulated
       Mechanical (High) - Material excavated with mechanical dredges is close to in-situ density and may be directly placed in
       barges for transport. Cutterhead/Plain Suction/Horizontal Auger/Pneumatic/Specialty Dredgeheads/Diver Assisted
       (Medium) - Barge transport of hydraulically dredged material is inefficient. Although pneumatic and some specialty
       dredges are capable of removing soft sediment at high water content, intermittent operation for change-out of barges will
       significantly reduce  efficiency.  Dry Excavation (High) - Material excavated in the dry may be placed directly in barges using
       conveyers or front-end loaders.
 26
Positioning Control in Currents/Wind/Tides - ability of the dredge to hold a desired position of the dredgehead horizontally
with current, wind, or vertically with fluctuating tides. Clamshell/Enclosed Bucket/Articulated Mechanical (High) - Operate
with spuds or jack-up piles and are inherently stable against movement by normal winds and currents.  Cutterhead/Plain
Suction/Specialty Dredgeheads (High) - Equipped with spuds and use "walking spud" method of operation inherently stable
against movement by normal winds and current. Horizontal Auger (Medium) - Free floating and operate using an anchor
and cable system, subject to movement with longer anchor sets. Pneumatic (High) - Operate from spudded barges or
platforms and are inherently stable against movement by normal winds and  currents. Diver Assisted (Medium) - Ability of
divers to maintain a desired position will be hampered by currents. Dry Excavation  (High) - Not affected by wind  and
currents.
 27
       Maneuverability - ability of the dredge to operate effectively in close proximity or around utilities and other infrastructure,
       narrow channel widths, surface and submerged obstructions, and overhead restrictions.  Clamshell/Enclosed
       Bucket/Articulated Mechanical (High) - Buckets are wire supported or fixed-arm articulated and may be operated close in to
       infrastructure and within tightly restricted areas. Cutterhead/Plain Suction/Horizontal Auger/Pneumatic/Specialty
       Dredgeheads (Low) - Swinging action of the walking spud method of operation for hydraulic pipeline dredges and the need
       for long anchor and cable setup for horizontal auger dredges limits their ability to operate near infrastructure or within
       tightly restricted areas. Diver Assisted (High) - Can be conducted close to infrastructure and within tightly restricted areas.
       Dry Excavation (High) - Containments for dry excavation can be designed for areas near infrastructure and tightly restricted
       areas may be completely contained.
 28
       Portability/Access - ability of the dredge to pass under bridges, through narrow channels, or to be transported by truck and
       easily launched to the site.  Clamshell/Enclosed Bucket/Articulated Mechanical/Cutterhead/Plain suction/Horizontal
       Auger/Pneumatic/Diver Assisted/Dry Excavation (High) - Dredge types considered here are the smaller size and are
       generally truck transportable.  Specialty Dredgeheads (Medium) - Some specialty dredge designs are too large for truck
       transport.
 29
       Availability - this factor refers to the potential availability of dredges types to contractors and the potential physical
       presence of the equipment in the U.S.  Clamshell/Enclosed Bucket/Articulated Mechanical/Cutterhead/Plain
       Suction/Horizontal Auger/Pneumatic/Diver Assisted/Dry Excavation (High) - Most dredge types are readily available.
       Specialty Dredgeheads (Medium) - Some specialty dredges are available through only one contractor or may be subject to
       restrictions under the Jones Act.
                                                                                                                 6-19

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
     Highlight 6-7b: Footnotes for Sample Environmental Dredging Operational Characteristics
                                            and Selection Factors
  30
Debris/Loose Rock/Vegetation - susceptibility of a given dredge type to clogging by debris and subsequent loss of
operational efficiency.  Clamshell/Enclosed Bucket/Articulated Mechanical (High) - Mechanical dredges can effectively
remove sediment containing debris, although leakage may result. Mechanical equipment is the only approach for
debris-removal passes. Cutterhead/Plain Suction/Horizontal Auger/ Pneumatic/ Specialty Dredgeheads (Low) - Subject to
clogging by debris and are incapable of removing larger pieces of loose rock and larger debris.   Loose rock and large
debris can also cause inefficient sediment removal.  Diver Assisted (Low) - Presence of logs and large debris may present
dangerous conditions for diver-assisted dredging.  Although divers can remove sediment from around large debris or
rocks, this type of operation would be inefficient. Dry Excavation (High) - Dry excavation allows use of conventional
excavation equipment. Leakage from buckets caused by debris is not a consideration for dry excavation.
  31
       Hardpan/Rock Bottom - ability of a dredge type to remove a sediment layer overlying hardpan or rock bottom effciently
       without leaving excessive residual sediment. Clamshell/Enclosed Bucket/Articulated Mechanical/Cutterhead/Horizontal
       Auger (Low) - Closing action of buckets and cutting action of dredgeheads result in problems maintaining a desired vertical
       cutting position and would tend to leave behind excessive residual sediment.  Power associated with articulated
       mechanical has advantage in removing hard materials. Plain Suction/ Pneumatic/ Specialty Dredges (Medium) - Lack an
       active closing or cutting action and can operate over an uneven hard surface, although removal efficiency may be low.
       Diver Assisted (High) - May be the most effective approach for precise cleanup of a  hard face,  since the divers can feel the
       surface and adjust the excavation accordingly.  Dry Excavation (High) - Allows the visual location of pockets of residual
       remaining on an uneven hard surface.
  32
Flexibility for Varying Conditions - flexibility of a given dredge type in adapting to differing conditions, such as sediment
stiffness, variable cut thicknesses, and the overall ability to take thick cuts. Clamshell/Enclosed Bucket (High) - Buckets
are capable of taking thin cuts or thicker cuts in proportion to the bucket size, and bucket sizes can be easily switched.
Articulated Mechanical (Medium) - Ability to change bucket sizes for articulated mechanical is limited.  Cutterhead (High) -
Capable of taking variable cut thicknesses by varying the burial depth of the cutter.  Different cutterhead sizes or designs
can be used to adapt to changing cut thicknesses or sediment stiffness.  Horizontal Auger (Medium) - Designed for a set
maximum cut thickness, and attempts to remove thick cuts may result in plowing actions with excessive resuspension and
residual. Plain Suction/ Pneumatic (Low)  - No cutting action limits ability to take thicker cuts or remove stiffer materials.
Specialty Dredgeheads (Low) - Specialty dredges are designed for a  specific application and have limited flexibility. Diver
Assisted (Low) - Removal is limited to thin cuts. Dry Excavation (High) - Allows use of a full range of conventional
excavation equipment.
  33
       Thin Lift/Residual Removal - ability of a given dredge type to removal thin layers of contaminated material without
       excessive over dredging. Clamshell (Low) - Circular shaped cut not suited for efficient removal of thin layers.  Enclosed
       Bucket/Articulated Mechanical (Medium) - Level cutting action is capable of removing thin layers, but the buckets would be
       only partially filled, resulting in inefficient production and higher handling and treatment costs.  Cutterhead/Horizontal Auger
       (Medium) - Capable of removing thin layers, but the percent solids is reduced under these conditions. Plain
       Suction/Pneumatic (High) - Well suited for removal of thin lifts, especially loose material such as residual sediment.
       Specialty Dredgeheads (High) - Some specialty dredges are designed specifically for removal of thin lifts. Diver Assisted
       (High) - Precision of diver-assisted dredging is well suited for removal of thin layers, especially residuals. Dry Excavation
       (High) - Allows for a precise control of cut thickness, amenable to removal of thin layers.
  Source: Palermo et al. 2004
6.5.4   Dredge Positioning

         An important element of sediment remediation is the precision of the dredge cut, both
horizontally and vertically.  Technological developments in surveying (vessel) and positioning
(dredgehead) instruments have improved the dredging process.  Vertical control may be particularly
important when contamination occurs in a relatively thin or uneven layer to avoid an unnecessary amount
of over-dredging and excess handling of uncontaminated sediment. Video cameras are sometimes useful
in monitoring dredging operations, although turbidity effects and lack of spatial references may present
limitations on their use. The working depth of the dredgehead may be measured using acoustic
instrumentation and by monitoring dredged  slurry densities.  In  addition, surveying software may be used
to generate pre- and post-dredging bathymetric charts, determine the volume of dredged sediment, locate


6-20

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
obstacles, and calculate linear dimensions of surface areas (see, e.g., St. Lawrence Centre 1993).  Also
available are digital positioning systems that enable dredge operators to follow a complex sediment
contour (see, e.g., Van Oostrum  1992).

        Depending on site conditions (e.g., currents, winds, tides), the horizontal position of the dredge
may need to be continuously monitored during dredging. Satellite- or transmitter-based positioning
systems, such as differential global positioning systems (DGPS), can be used to define the dredge
position. In some cases, however, the accuracy of these systems  is inadequate for precise dredging
control. Where the accuracy of site characterization data or the high cost of disposal warrant very precise
control, it is possible to use optical (laser) surveying instruments  set up at one or more locations on shore.
These techniques, in conjunction with on-vessel instruments and  spuds (if water depths are less than
about 50 ft) and anchoring systems may enable the dredge operator to  more accurately target specific
sediment deposits. The effectiveness of anchoring systems diminishes as water depth increases.

        The positioning technology described above enhances the accuracy of dredging. The accuracies
achievable  for sediment characterization should be considered in setting performance standards for
environmental dredging vertical  and horizontal operating accuracy (Palermo et al. 2004).  However,
project managers should not develop unrealistic expectations of dredging accuracy.  Contaminated
sediment cannot be removed with surgical accuracy even with the most sophisticated equipment.
Equipment may not be the only factor affecting the accuracy of the dredging operation. Site conditions
(e.g., weather, currents), sediment conditions (e.g., bathymetry, physical characteristics), and the skill of
the dredge operator are all important factors. In addition, the distribution of sediment contaminants may
be only defined at a crude level and there could be a substantial margin for error.  Accurately dredging to
pre-established cut-lines is an important component of meeting remedial action objectives for sediment,
but alone is not generally  sufficient to show that the objectives have been met. Generally, post-dredging
sampling should be conducted for that purpose. The section below describes the equally important
factors of controlling dredging losses and residual contamination.

6.5.5   Predicting and Minimizing Sediment Resuspension and Contaminant Release and
Transport During Dredging

        Sediment resuspension and the resulting unwanted contaminant release and transport in the water
body arise due to a variety of activities associated with a dredging remedy. These frequently include
resuspension caused by operation of the dredgehead, by operation of work boats and tug boats, and by
deployment and movement of control measures such as silt screens or  sheet piles. Contaminated
sediment may also be lost from barges used during the dredging operation. In environments with
significant water movement due  to tides or currents, resuspended sediment may be transported away from
a dredging  site; therefore, limiting resuspension or increasing containment (so that resuspended sediment
is later redeposited and dredged) can be an important consideration in  remedy selection and design.
Storm events may also result in transport of contaminants beyond the dredging area. Use of containment
barriers to limit transport of resuspended contaminated sediment  is discussed in Section 6.5.6 of this
chapter.

        When evaluating resuspension due to dredging, it generally is  important to compare the degree of
resuspension to the natural sediment resuspension that would continue to occur if the contaminated
sediment was not dredged, and the length of time over which increased dredging-related suspension
would occur.  Typically, two types of contaminant release are associated with resuspended sediment:

                                                                                            6-21

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
participate and dissolved. Participate release refers to the transport of contaminants associated with the
particle phase (i.e., sorbed to suspended sediment).  Dissolved refers to the release of dissolved
contaminants from the particles into the water column. This latter form of release can be significant
because dissolved contaminants are the most readily bioavailable and are more easily transported away
from the site. Consequently, resuspension can result in the release of bioavailable organic and inorganic
contaminants into the water column, which may cause toxicity or enhanced bioaccumulation. Research is
currently being performed to address the risk associated with resuspension at contaminated sites and some
existing models have been developed by the USAGE. Until  further guidance is available, at most sites,
the project manager should monitor resuspension during dredging and to evaluate its potential effects on
water quality. Project managers should be aware that most engineering measures implemented to reduce
resuspension also reduce dredging efficiency. Estimates of production rates, cost, and project time frame
should take these measures into account.

        Some contaminant release and transport during dredging is inevitable and should be factored into
the alternatives evaluation and planned for in the remedy design. Releases can be minimized by choice of
dredging equipment, dredging less area, and/or using certain operational procedures (e.g., slowing the
dredge clamshell descent just before impact with the sediment bed). Generally, the project manager
should assess all causes of resuspension and realistically predict likely contaminant releases during a
dredging operation. The magnitude of sediment resuspension and resulting transport of contaminants
during a dredging operation is influenced by many factors, including:

               Physical properties of the sediment [e.g., grain size distribution, organic carbon content,
               Acid Volatile Sulfides (AVS) concentration];

        •       Vertical distribution of contaminants in the sediment;

        •       Water velocity and degree of turbulence;

        •       Type of dredge;

        •       Methods of dredge operation;

        •       Skill of operators;

        •       Extent of debris;

        •       Water salinity; and

        •       Extent of workboat/tugboat activity.

        To compare various remedies for a site, to the extent possible, the project manager should attempt
to estimate the downstream mass transport and the degree of increase (if any) in downstream surface
water and surface sediment contaminant concentrations. However, at present, no fully verified empirical
or predictive tools are available to quantify the predicted releases accurately. As  research in predicting
resuspension and contaminant release associated with dredging progresses, project managers should
watch for verified methods to be developed to assist in this estimate. Although the degree of resuspension
will be site specific, recent analyses of field studies and available predictive models of the mass of

6-22

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
sediment resuspended range from generally less than one percent of the mass dredged (Hays and Wu
2001, Palermo and Averett 2003) to between 0.5 and 9 percent (NRC 2001).  The methods contained in
EPA's Estimating Contaminant Losses from Components of Remediation Alternatives for Contaminated
Sediments (U.S. EPA 1996g), may be useful to estimate the dredgehead component of re suspension
losses. To the extent possible, the project manager should estimate total dredging losses on a site-specific
basis and consider them in the comparison of alternatives during the feasibility study.

       If conventional clamshell dredges may cause a high level of resuspension, a special purpose
dredge may be considered. These dredges generally resuspend less material than conventional dredges,
but associated costs may be greater, and dredges may not be usable in the presence of significant debris or
obstructions.  As in the case of conventional dredges, the selection of a special purpose dredge will be
likely dictated by site-specific conditions, economics, and availability (Palermo et al. 1998b).  Other
factors unrelated to resuspension, such as maneuverability requirements, hydrodynamic conditions, or
others listed in Section 6.5.3, Dredge Equipment Selection, may also dictate the type of dredge that
should be used. The strategy for the project manager should be to minimize the resuspension levels
generated by any specific dredge type, while also ensuring that the project can be implemented in a
reasonable time frame. The EPA's Office of Research and Development (ORD) and others are in the
process of evaluating resuspension and its effects, both in field and modeling studies.  The results of this
research should help project managers to understand better and control effects of resuspension during
future cleanup actions.

       Another potential route of contaminant release during dredging or excavation may be  the
volatilization of contaminants, either near the dredge or excavation site or in a holding facility like a
confined disposal facility (CDF) (Chiarenzeli et al. 1998). At sites with high concentrations of volatile
contaminants, dredging or excavation may present special challenges for monitoring and operational
controls if they may pose a potential risk to workers and the nearby community.  This exposure route may
be minimized by reducing dredging production rates so that resuspension is minimized. Covering the
surface of the water with a physical barrier or an absorbent compound may also minimize volatilization.
At the New Bedford Harbor site, a cutterhead dredge was modified by placing a cover over the
dredgehead that retained polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB)-laden oils, thus reducing the air concentrations
of PCBs during dredging to background levels; see Report on the Effects of the Hot Spot Dredging
Operations: New Bedford Harbor Superfund Site, New Bedford, MA (U.S. EPA 1997e and available
through EPA's Web site  at http://www.epa.gov/region01/nbh/techdocs.html).  In addition, the CDF that
the dredged sediment was pumped into was fitted with a plastic cover that effectively reduced air
emissions. To minimize  the potential for volatile releases further, dredging operations were conducted
during cooler weather periods and at night.  During excavation, volatilization could be of greater concern
as contaminated materials may be exposed to air. Care should be taken during dewatering activities to
ensure that temperatures  are not elevated (e.g.,  cautious application of lime or cement for dewatering),
and other control measure should be taken as needed (e.g., foam).

6.5.6  Containment Barriers

       Transport of resuspended contaminated sediment released during dredging can often be  reduced
by using physical barriers around the dredging  operation.  Barriers commonly used to reduce the spread
of contaminants during the removal process include oil booms, silt curtains, silt screens, sheet-pile walls,
cofferdams, and bubble curtains (U.S. EPA 1994d, Francingues 2003).  Under favorable site conditions,
these barriers help limit the areal extent of particle-bound contaminant migration resulting from  dredging

                                                                                            6-23

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
resuspension and enhance the long-term benefits gained by the removal process.  Conversely, because the
barriers contain resuspended sediment, they may increase, at least temporarily, residual contaminant
concentrations inside the barrier compared to what it would have been without the barriers.

        Structural barriers, such as sheet pile walls, have been used for sediment excavation and in some
cases (e.g., high current velocities) for dredging projects. The determination of whether these types of
barriers are necessary should be made based on a thorough evaluation of the site. This can be
accomplished by evaluating the relative risks posed by the anticipated release of contaminants from the
dredging operation absent use of such structural barriers, the predicted extent and duration of such
releases, and the potential for trapping and accumulating residual contaminated sediment within the
barrier. The project manager should consult the ARCS program's Risk Assessment and Modeling
Overview Document (U.S. EPA 1993c) and Estimating Contaminant Losses from Components of
Remediation Alternatives for Contaminated Sediment (U.S. EPA 1996e) for further information about
evaluating the need for structural barriers.

        Sheet pile containment structures are more likely to provide reliable containment of resuspended
sediment than silt screens or curtains, although at significantly higher cost and with different
technological limitations. Where water is removed on one side of the wall,  project managers should be
aware of the hydraulic loading effects of water level variations inside and outside of these walls. Project
managers should also be aware of the increased potential for scour to occur around the outside of the
containment area, and the resuspension that will occur during placement and removal of these structures.
In addition, use of sheet piling may significantly change the carrying capacity of a stream or river and
make it temporarily more susceptible to flooding.

        Oil booms are appropriate for sediment that  may likely release oils  or floatables [i.e., light non-
aqueous-phase liquids (LNAPL)] when disturbed. Such booms typically consist of a series of synthetic
foam floats encased in fabric and connected with a cable or chains. Oil booms may be supplemented with
oil absorbent materials, such as polypropylene mats  (U.S. EPA 1994d).  However, booms do not aid in
retaining the soluble portion of floatables [i.e., polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs)  from  oils].

        Silt curtains and silt screens are flexible barriers that hang down from the water surface. Both
systems use a series of floats on the surface and a ballast chain or anchors along the bottom. Although the
terms "silt curtain" and "silt screen" may be  frequently used interchangeably, there are fundamental
differences. Silt curtains are made of impervious materials, such as coated nylon, and primarily redirect
flow around the dredging area.  In contrast, silt screens are made from synthetic geotextile fabrics, which
allow water to flow through, but retain a large fraction of the suspended  solids (Averett et al. 1990). Silt
curtains or silt screens may be appropriate when site conditions dictate the need for minimal transport of
suspended sediment, for example, when dredging hot spots of high contaminant concentration.

        Silt curtains have been used at many locations with varying degrees of success. For example, silt
curtains were found to be effective in limiting suspended solids transport during in-water dike
construction of the CDF for the New Bedford Harbor pilot project. However, the same silt curtains were
ineffective in limiting contaminant migration during dredging operations at the same site primarily as a
result of tidal fluctuation and wind (Averett et al. 1990).  Problems were experienced  during installation
of silt curtains at the General Motors site (Massena, New York) due to high current velocities and back
eddies.  Dye tests  conducted after installation revealed significant leakage, and the silt curtains were
removed.  Sheet piling was then installed around the area to be dredged with silt curtains used as

6-24

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
supplemental containment for hot spot areas.  A silt curtain and silt screen containment system were
effectively applied during dredging of the Sheboygan River in 1990 and 1991, where water depths were 2
m or less. A silt curtain was found to reduce suspended solids from approximately 400 mg/L (inside) to 5
mg/L (outside) during rock fill and dredging activities in Halifax Harbor, Canada (MacKnight 1992). At
some sites, changes in dredging operating procedures may offer more effective control of re suspension
than containment barriers.

       The effectiveness of silt curtains and screens is primarily determined by the hydrodynamic
conditions at the site.  Conditions that may reduce the effectiveness of these and other types of barriers
include the following:

               Significant currents;

       •       High winds;

               Changing water levels (i.e., tidal fluctuation);

               Excessive wave height,  including ship wakes; and

               Drifting ice and debris.

       Silt curtains and screens are generally most effective in relatively shallow, undisturbed water.  As
water depth increases and turbulence caused by currents and waves increases, it becomes difficult to
isolate the dredging operation effectively from the ambient water.  The St. Lawrence Centre (1993)
advises against the use of silt curtains in water deeper than 6.5 m or in currents greater than 50 cm/sec.

       The effectiveness of containment barriers is also influenced by the quantity and type of
suspended solids, the mooring method, and the characteristics of the barrier.  To be effective, barriers
should be deployed around the dredging operation and remain in place until the operation is completed,
although it may need to be opened to allow transport of barges in and out of the dredge site, which may
release some resuspended contaminants.  For large projects, it may be necessary to relocate the barriers as
the dredge moves to new areas. Where possible, barriers should not impede navigation traffic.
Containment barriers may also be used to protect specific areas, for example, valuable  habitat, water
intakes, or recreational areas, from suspended sediment contamination.

6.5.7  Predicting and Minimizing Dredging Residuals

       All dredging operations leave behind some residual contamination in sediment, usually both
within the dredged area and spread to adjacent areas. This residual contaminated sediment is often soft,
unconsolidated, has a high water content, and may exist, at least temporarily, as a "fluid mud" or nephloid
layer.  The primary sources of the dredging residuals typically include: 1) contaminated sediment below
the dredge line that was not removed, 2) sediment loosened by the  dredge head or bucket, but not
captured  and removed, 3) sediment on steep slopes that fall into the dredged area, and 4) resettling of
sediment from the dredging operation. Similar to resuspension releases discussed in Section 6.5.5, the
extent of the residual contamination is dependent on a number of factors including:

       •       Skill of operator and type and size of dredging equipment;

                                                                                            6-25

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
               Steepness of dredge cut slopes;

               Amount of contaminated sediment resuspended by the dredging operation;

               Extent of controls on dispersion of resuspended sediment (e.g., silt curtains, sheet piling);

               Vertical profile of contaminant concentrations in sediment relative to the thickness of
               sediment to be removed;

        •       Contaminant concentrations in surrounding undredged areas;

        •       Characteristics of underlying sediment or bedrock (e.g., whether over-dredging is
               feasible); and

               Extent of debris, obstructions, or confined operating area (e.g., which may limit
               effectiveness of dredge operation).

        Project managers should factor a realistic estimate of dredging residuals into their evaluation of
alternatives. Field results for some completed environmental dredging pilots and projects suggest that
average post-dredging residual contamination levels have not met desired cleanup levels.  However, aside
from past experience, there is no  commonly accepted method to predict accurately the degree of residual
contamination likely to result from different dredge types under given site conditions. Additional
guidelines are needed in this area and are likely to be developed in the future.  Some preliminary research
has shown that the residual concentration may be expected to be similar to the average contaminant
concentration within the dredging prism (Desrosiers et al. 2005). In situations where more highly
contaminated sediment is removed in a first dredging pass and deeper lower-level contamination is
removed in a second dredging pass, lower residuals may be attainable. If the buried  sediment is
significantly more contaminated than the near-surface sediments, and if over dredging into "clean"
sediment is not accomplished or feasible, the residual concentration may be greater than the average
baseline surface concentration although significant contaminant mass may have been removed.  When
comparing alternatives and selecting of the best risk reduction alternative for the site, project managers
should consider whether conditions are favorable for achieving desired post-dredging residual
concentrations.

        In cases where residuals may cause an unacceptable risk, additional passes of the dredge may be
needed to achieve the desired results. Placement of athin layer (e.g.,  6-24 in) of clean material designed
to mix with underlying sediment or the addition of reactive/sorptive materials to surface sediment can
also be used to reduce the residual contamination.  Project managers should consider developing a
contingency remedy if there is sufficient uncertainty concerning the ability to achieve low cleanup levels.
Where a contingency remedy involves containment of residuals by  in-situ capping, project managers
should consider whether containment without dredging may be a more appropriate solution to manage
long-term risks in that area.

        It is generally important to conduct post-dredging sampling to confirm residual contamination
levels. If resuspension and transport is expected, generally, it is also important to sample outside of the
6-26

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
dredged area to assess contaminant levels to which biota will be exposed from these areas. These data are
often needed to assess the likelihood of achieving all RAOs.

6.6   TRANSPORT, STAGING, AND DEWATERING

       After removal, sediment often is transported to a staging or rehandling area for dewatering (if
necessary), and further processing, treatment, or final disposal.  Transport links all dredging or excavation
components and may involve several different modes of transport. The first element in the transport
process is to move sediment from the removal site to the disposal, staging, or rehandling site.  Sediment
may then be transported for pretreatment, treatment, and/or ultimate disposal (U.S. EPA 1994d). As
noted previously, where possible, project managers should design for as few rehandling operations as
possible to decrease risks and cost. Project managers should also consider community concerns regarding
these operations (e.g., odor, noise, lighting, traffic, and other issues). Health and safety plans should
address both workers and community members.

       Modes of transportation may include one or more of the following waterborne or overland
methods:

              Pipeline: Direct placement of material into disposal sites by pipeline is economical only
              when the disposal and/or treatment site is located near the dredging areas (typically a few
              kilometers or less, unless booster pumps are used).  Mechanically dredged material may
              also be reslurried from barges and pumped into nearshore disposal sites by pipeline;

       •      Barge:  A rehandling facility located on shore is a commonly considered option. With a
              rehandling facility, dredging can be accomplished with mechanical (bucket) dredges
              where the sediment is excavated at near in-situ density (water content) and placed in a
              barge or scow for transport to the rehandling facility;

              Conveyor: Conveyors may be used to move material relatively short distances. Materials
              should be in a dewatered condition for transport by conveyor;

       •      Railcar: Rail spurs may be constructed to link rehandling/treatment facilities to the rail
              network.  Many licensed landfills have rail links, so long-distance transport by rail is
              generally an option; and/or

       •      Truck/Trailer: Dredged material can be rehandled directly from the barges to roll-off
              containers or dump trucks for transport to a CDF by direct dumping or unloading into a
              chute or conveyor.  Truck transport of treated material to  landfills may also be
              considered. The material should be dewatered prior to truck transport over surface streets.
              In some smaller sites where construction of dewatering beds may be difficult or the cost
              of disposal is not great, addition of non-toxic absorbent materials such as lime or cement
              may be feasible.

       A wide variety of transportation methods are available for moving sediment and residual wastes
with unique physical and chemical attributes.  In many cases, contaminated sediment is initially moved
using waterborne transportation. Exceptions are the use of land-based or dry excavation methods.
Project managers should consider the compatibility of the dredge with the subsequent transport of the

                                                                                           6-27

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
dredged sediment.  For example, hydraulic and pneumatic dredges produce contaminated dredged-
material slurries that can be transported by pipeline to either a disposal or rehandling site.  Mechanical
removal methods typically produce dense, contaminated material hauled by barge, railcar, truck/trailer, or
conveyor systems.  The feasibility, costs of transportation, and need for additional equipment are
frequently influenced by the scale of the remediation project (Churchward et al. 1981, Turner 1984, U.S.
EPA 1994f).

       Temporary storage of contaminated sediment may also be necessary in order to dewater it prior to
upland disposal or to allow for pretreatment and equalization prior to treatment. For example, a
temporary CDF may be designed to  store dredged material for periods when dredging or excavation is not
possible due to weather or environmental concerns, while the treatment process may continue on a near
24-hour operating schedule. Storage may be temporary staging (e.g., pumping onto a barge with frequent
off-loading) or more permanent disposal (e.g., moving the sediment to a land-based CDF where it may be
dewatered and treated). A typical dewatering schematic is shown in Highlight 6-8.
                     Highlight 6-8: Sample of Dredging Dewatering Process
                                                                 Landfil!
                                Water treatment plant
       Depending upon the quality of the water after it is separated from sediment and upon applicable
or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs), it may be necessary to treat water prior to discharge.
Where water treatment is required, it can be a costly segment of the dredging project and should be
included in cost estimates for the alternative. Water treatment costs may  also affect choices regarding
dredging operation and equipment selection, as both can affect the amount of water entrained.

       The project manager should consider potential contaminant losses to the water column and
atmosphere during transport, dewatering, temporary storage, or treatment. For example, conventional
mechanical dredging methods and equipment often rely on gravity dewatering of the sediment on a
dredge scow, with drainage water and associated solids flowing into the surrounding water. Project
managers should evaluate what engineering controls are necessary and cost-effective, and include these
controls in planning and design.  Implementation risks, both to workers and to the community, differ
significantly between the various transport methods listed above.  These risks should be evaluated and
included when comparing alternatives.  Best management practices for protection of water quality should
also be followed.
6-28

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
       The risks associated with a temporary storage or staging sites are similar to those associated with
CDFs, as discussed in Section 6.8.2, Sediment Disposal. In particular, in-water temporary CDFs can
prove to be attractive nuisances, especially to waterfowl, by providing attractive habitat that encourages
use of the CDF by wildlife and presenting the opportunity for exposure to contaminants.  For highly
contaminated sites, it may be necessary to provide a temporary cover or sequence dredging to allow for
coverage of highly contaminated sediment with cleaner sediment to minimize short-term exposures. This
method of control has proven effective for minimizing exposures at upland sanitary landfills.  In addition,
because some holding areas may not be designed for long-term storage of contaminated sediment, the risk
of contaminant transport to ground water may need to be evaluated and monitored.

6.7  SEDIMENT TREATMENT

       For the majority of sediment removed from Superfund sites, treatment is not conducted prior to
disposal, generally because sediment sites often have widespread low-level contamination, which the
NCP acknowledges is more difficult to treat. However, pretreatment, such as particle size separation to
distinguish between hazardous and non-hazardous waste disposal options, is  common. Although the NCP
provides a preference for treatment for "principal threat waste," treatment has not been frequently selected
for  sediment. High cost, uncertain effectiveness, and/or (for on-site operations) community preferences
are  other factors that lead to treatment being selected infrequently at sediment sites. However, treatment
of sediment could be the best option in some circumstances and innovations in  ex-situ or in-situ treatment
technologies may make treatment a more viable cost-effective option in the future.

       The treatment of contaminated sediment is not usually a single process, but often involves a
combination of processes or a treatment train to address various contaminant problems, including
pretreatment, operational treatment, and/or effluent treatment/residual handling. Some form of
pretreatment and effluent treatment/residual handling are necessary at almost all sediment removal
projects.  Sediment treatment processes of a wide variety of types have been  applied in pilot-scale
demonstrations, and some have been applied full scale.  However, the relatively high cost of most
treatment alternatives, especially those involving thermal and chemical destruction techniques, can be a
major constraint on their use  (NRC 1997). The base of experience for treatment of contaminated
sediment is still limited. Each component of a potential treatment train is discussed in the next section.

6.7.1   Pretreatment

       Pretreatment modifies the dredged or excavated material in preparation for final treatment or
disposal. When pretreatment is part of a treatment train, distinguishing between the two components may
be difficult and is not always necessary.  Pretreatment is generally performed to condition the material to
meet the  chemical and physical requirements for treatment or disposal; and/or to reduce the volume
and/or weight of sediment that requires transport, treatment, or restricted disposal. Pretreatment processes
typically include dewatering  and physical or size separation technologies.

       Most treatment technologies require that the sediment be relatively homogeneous and that
physical characteristics be within a relatively narrow range. Pretreatment technologies may be used to
modify the physical characteristics of the sediment to meet these requirements.  Additionally, some
pretreatment technologies may divide  sediment into separate fractions, such as organic matter, sand, silt,
and clay. Often the sand fractions contain lower contaminant levels and may be suitable for unrestricted
disposal and/or beneficial use if it meets applicable standards and regulations. Selection factors, costs,

                                                                                            6-29

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
pilot-scale demonstrations, and applicability of specific pretreatment technologies are discussed in detail
in EPA's Assessment and Remediation of Contaminated Sediments (ARCS) Program Remediation
Guidance Document (U.S.  EPA 1994d).

6.7.2   Treatment

        Depending on the contaminants, their concentrations, and the composition of the sediment
treatment of the sediment to reduce the toxicity, mobility, or volume of the contaminants before disposal
may be warranted.  Available disposal options and capacities may also affect the decision to treat some
sediment. In general, treatment processes have the ability to reduce sediment contaminant concentrations,
mobility, and/or sediment toxicity by contaminant destruction or by detoxification, by extraction of
contaminants from sediment, by reduction of sediment volume, or by sediment solidification/stabilization.

        Treatment technologies for sediment are generally classified as biological, chemical, extraction or
washing, immobilization (solidification/stabilization), and thermal (destruction or desorption).  In some
cases, particle size separation is also considered a treatment technology.  The following treatment
technologies are among those which might be evaluated.

Bioremediation

        Generally, bioremediation is the process in which microbiological processes are used to degrade
or transform contaminants to less toxic or nontoxic forms. In recent years, it has been demonstrated as a
technology for destroying some organic compounds in sediment.  The project manager should refer to
EPA (1994d), Myers and Bowman (1999), and Myers and Williford (2000) for a summarization of
bioremediation technologies and their application under site-specific conditions.

Chemical Treatment

        Generally, chemical treatment refers to processes in which chemical reagents are added to the
dredged or excavated material for the purpose of contaminant destruction.  Contaminants may be
destroyed completely, or may be altered to a less toxic form. Averett and colleagues (1990) reviewed
several general categories of chemical treatment. Of the categories reviewed, treatments including
chelation, dechlorination, and oxidation (of organic compounds) were considered most promising.

Extraction/Washing

        Generally, the primary application of extraction processes is to remove organic and, in some
cases, metal contaminants from the sediment particles. "Sediment washing" is another term used to
describe extraction processes, primarily when water may be a component of the solvent. In the extraction
process, dredged or excavated material is slurried with a chemical solvent and cycled through a separator
unit. The separator divides the slurry into the three following fractions: 1) particulate solids; 2) water;
and 3) concentrated organic contaminants. The  concentrated organics are removed from the separator for
post-process treatment. Extraction or washing may also generate large volumes of contaminated
wastewater that generally must be treated prior to discharge.
6-30

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
Immobilization or Solidification/Stabilization

       Generally, immobilization, commonly referred to as solidification/stabilization, alters the physical
and/or chemical characteristics of the sediment through the addition of binders, including cements and
pozzolans (U.S. EPA 1994d).  Immobilization technologies primarily work by changing the properties of
the sediment so contaminants are less prone to leaching.  Alteration of the physical character of the
sediment to form a solid material, such as a cement matrix, reduces the accessibility of the contaminants
to water and entraps the contaminated solids in a stable matrix (Myers and Zappi 1989). Another form of
immobilization, chemical stabilization, minimizes the solubility of metals primarily through the control of
pH and alkalinity. Chemical stabilization of organic compounds may also be possible (Earth et al. 2001,
Wiles and Earth 1992, Myers and Zappi 1989, Zimmerman et al. 2004).

Thermal Treatment

       Generally, thermal technologies include incineration, pyrolysis, thermal desorption, sintering, and
other processes that require heating the sediment to hundreds or thousands of degrees above ambient
temperatures.  Thermal destruction processes, such as incineration, are generally effective for destroying
organic contaminants but are also expensive  and have significant energy costs.  Generally, thermal
treatment does not destroy toxic metals.

Particle Size Separation

       Generally, particle size separation involves separation of the fine material from the coarse
material by physical screening. A site demonstration of the Bergman USA process resulted in the
successful separation of less than 45 micron fines from washed coarse material and a humic fraction (U.S.
EPA 1994f). As previously noted, particle size separation may serve as a pretreatment step prior to
implementation of a treatment alternative.  Many treatment processes require particle sizes of one
centimeter or less for optimal operation.

Effluent Treatment/Residue Handling

       Generally, treatment of process effluents means treatment of liquid, gas, or solid residues and is a
major consideration  during selection, design, and implementation of dredging or excavation. As shown in
Highlight 6-1,  dredging or excavation may require management of several types of residual wastes from
the pretreatment and operational treatment processes that include liquid and/or air/gas effluents from
dewatering or other pretreatment/treatment processes, residual solids, and runoff/discharges from active
CDFs. Generally, these wastes can be handled through the use of conventional technologies for water,
air, and solids treatment and disposal.  However, the technical, cost, and regulatory requirements can be
important considerations during the evaluation of dredging or excavation as a cleanup method.

       Pilot and full-scale treatment processes have been conducted at a number of sites, although there
is limited experience at Superfund sites. Where treatment has been used at Superfund sites, the most
common treatment method is immobilization by solidification or stabilization.  Additional information
concerning treatment technologies for contaminated sediment may be found in U.S. EPA Office of
Water's Selecting Remediation Technologies for Contaminated Sediment (U.S. EPA  1993d).  Specific
applications, limitations, specifications, and efficiencies of many sediment treatment processes are
discussed in the ARCS program's Remediation Guidance Document (U.S. EPA 1994d). The NY/NJ

                                                                                            6-31

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
Harbor Project is an example of a large-scale demonstration of several dredged decontamination
technologies (Highlight 6-9).
      Highlight 6-9: NY/NJ Harbor - An Example of Treatment Technologies and Beneficial Use
         The goal of the NY/NJ Harbor Sediment Decontamination Project is to assemble a complete
 decontamination system for cost effective transformation of dredged material (mostly from navigational dredging
 projects) into an environmentally safe material that can be used in the manufacturing of a variety of beneficial use
 products.

         The following four treatment technologies are being used at the NY/NJ site: 1) sediment washing; 2)
 thermal treatment; 3) solidification; and 4) vitrification.  Each technology has a sponsor from the private sector that
 will provide the capital needed for facility construction and operation.

         Sediment washing (extraction) uses high-pressure water jets and proprietary chemical additives to extract
 both organic and inorganic contaminants from the sediment. The resulting materials can be used to produce
 manufactured soil for commercial, and in some cases, residential landscaping applications.  Advantages to this
 treatment include modest capital costs and high throughput. The patented washing system has been
 demonstrated capable of decontaminating sediments containing  high quantities of silt and clay.

         A thermal treatment being used is a thermo-chemical manufacturing process that, at high temperatures,
 will destroy organic contaminants.  The process will melt a mixture of sediment and modifiers, and the resulting
 product is a manufactured grade cement comparable to Portland Cement. This is a very effective treatment, but
 expensive.

         A third process is a "treatment train" that includes dewatering, pelletizing, and transport to an existing
 light-weight aggregate facility. Pelletizing is a type of solidification treatment. After the sediment is dewatered, it is
 mixed with shale fines and extruded into pellets. The pellets are fed into a rotary kiln, and the organic matter
 explodes.  The resulting material can be used as a structural component in concrete, insulation (pipeline) and for
 other geotechnical uses.

         Finally, the process includes a high temperature vitrification, which uses an electrical current to heat
 (melt) and vitrify the soil in place.  This process can destroy organic contaminants and incorporate  metals into a
 glassy matrix that can be used to produce an architectural tile.
 Source: Stern et al. 2000, Mulligan et al. 2001, Stern 2001, NRC 1997
        Potential sediment treatment technologies will evolve as new technologies are developed and
other technologies are improved.  EPA has recognized the need for an up-to-date list of treatment
alternatives and has developed the following databases:

        •       EPA Remediation and Characterization Innovative Technologies (EPA REACH IT):
                Provides information on more than 750 service providers that offer almost 1,300
                remediation technologies and more than 150 characterization technologies (includes a
                variety of media, not just sediment).  More information is available at
                http://www.epareachit.org/index3.html; and

        •       EPA National Risk Management Research Laboratory (NRMRL) Treatability Database:
                Provides results of published treatability studies that have passed the EPA quality
                assurance reviews, it is not specific to sediment, and is available on CD from the  EPA's
                ORD National Risk Management Research Laboratory in Cincinnati, Ohio. Detailed
                contact information is available at http://www.epa.gov/ORD/NRMRL/treat.htm.


6-32

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
6.7.3   Beneficial Use

        Although not normally considered a treatment option, beneficial use may be an appropriate
management option for treated or untreated sediment resulting from environmental dredging projects.
Significant cost savings may be realized if physical and chemical properties of the sediment allow for
beneficial use, especially where disposal options are costly. For example, at Rouge River/Newburgh
Lake, Michigan, a Great Lakes Area of Concern, significant cost savings were realized by using lightly
contaminated dredged sediment as daily cover at a local sanitary landfill, where it did not pose risk within
the landfill boundary. The Bark Camp Mine Reclamation Project in Pennsylvania provides another reuse
example. Information is available through the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection
Web site at http://www.dep.state.pa.us/dep/DEPUTATE/MINRES/BAMR/bark  camp/
barkhomepage .htm. However, beneficial use of dredged or excavated sediment has been only
implemented infrequently for remedial projects, mainly due to lack of cost-effective uses in most
instances. Where beneficial use is considered, the contaminant levels and environmental exposure,
including considerations of future land use, should be assessed.

        Options for beneficial use may include the following:

        •       Construction fill;

               Sanitary landfill cover as in the above example;

               Mined lands restoration;

               Subgrade cap material or subgrade in a restoration fill project (topped with clean
               sediment or other fill);

        •       Building materials (e.g., architectural tile; see Highlight 6-9); and

        •       Beach nourishment (for a clean sand fraction).

        A series of technical notes on beneficial uses of contaminated material has  been developed by the
USAGE (Lee 2000), and the USAGE maintains a Web site of beneficial use case studies currently
available at http://el.erdc .usace .army .mil/dots/budm/budm .html. Use  of contaminated materials from
CDFs (to include treated material) is a major thrust of the USACE Dredging Operations and
Environmental Research (DOER) program (http://el.erdc.usace.army.mil/dots/doer). In addition,  Barth
and associates evaluated beneficial reuse using an effectiveness protocol (Barth et al. 2001).

        In some cases, a CDF (see description in Section 6.8.2) can be integrated with site  reuse plans to
both reduce environmental risk and  simultaneously foster redevelopment in urban areas and brownfields
sites. For example, at the Sitcum Waterway cleanup project in Tacoma, Washington, contaminated
sediment was placed in a near shore fill in the Milwaukee Waterway,  which was then developed into a
container terminal. Also, there may be innovative and environmentally protective ways to  reuse dredged
contaminated sediments in habitat restoration projects (e.g., placement of lightly contaminated material
over highly contaminated materials to build up elevations necessary for eventual creation of clean
emergent marshlands).

                                                                                            6-33

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
6.8   SEDIMENT DISPOSAL

       For purposes of this guidance the term "disposal" refers to the placement of dredged or excavated
material and process wastes into a temporary or permanent structure, site, or facility. The goal of disposal
is generally to manage sediment and/or residual wastes to prevent contaminants associated with them
from impacting human health and the environment. Disposal is typically a major cost and logistical
component of any dredging or excavation alternative.  The identification of disposal locations can often
be the most controversial component of planning and implementing a dredging remedy and, therefore,
should be considered very early in the feasibility study.

       Historically, contaminated sediment from Superfund sites has been typically managed in upland
sanitary landfills, or hazardous or chemical waste landfills, and less frequently, in CDFs. Contaminated
sediment has also been managed by the USAGE in contained aquatic disposals (CADs). Also, the
material may have a beneficial use in an environment other than the aquatic ecosystem from which it was
removed (e.g.,  foundation material beneath a newly constructed brownfields site), especially if the
sediment has undergone treatment. As noted below, all disposal options have the potential to create some
risk. These risks may result from routine practices (i.e., worker exposure and physical risks and
volatilization), while other  risks may result from unintended events, such as transportation accidents and
contaminant losses at the disposal site. All potential risks should be considered when comparing
alternatives.  The ARCS program's Remediation Guidance Document (U.S. EPA 1994d) provides a
discussion of the available  disposal technologies for sediment, including an in-depth discussion of costs,
design considerations, and  selection factors associated with each technology.  Averett and colleagues
(1990), EPA (1991b), and Palermo and Averett (2000) provide additional discussion of disposal options
and considerations.

6.8.1   Sanitary/Hazardous Waste Landfills

       Existing commercial, municipal, or hazardous waste landfills are the most widely used option for
disposal of dredged or excavated sediment and pretreatment/treatment residuals from environmental
dredging and excavation. Landfills also are sometimes constructed onsite for a specific dredging or
excavation project. Landfills can be categorized by the types of wastes they accept and the laws
regulating their operation.  Most solid waste landfills accept all types of waste (including hazardous
substances) not regulated as Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) hazardous waste or Toxic
Substances Control Act (TSCA) toxic materials. Due to typical restrictions on liquids in landfills, most
sediment should be dewatered and/or stabilized/solidified before disposal in a landfill. Temporary
placement in a CDF or pretreatment using mechanical equipment may therefore be necessary (Palermo
1995).

6.8.2   Confined Disposal Facilities (CDFs)

       CDFs are engineered structures enclosed by dikes and specifically designed to contain sediment.
CDFs have been widely used for navigational dredging projects and some combined
navigational/environmental dredging projects but are less common for environmental dredging sites, due
in part to siting considerations. However, they have been used to meet the needs of specific sites, as have
other innovative in-water fill disposal options, for example, the filling of a previously used navigational
waterway or slip to create new container terminal space (e.g., Hylebos Waterway cleanup and Sitcum
6-34

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
Waterway cleanup in Tacoma, Washington). In some cases, new nearshore habitat has also been created
as mitigation for the fill.

        Under normal operations of a CDF, water is discharged over a weir structure or allowed to
migrate through the dike walls while solids are retained within the CDF.  Typically effluent guidelines or
discharge permits govern the monitoring requirements of the return water. Details regarding the use and
engineering design of CDFs are available in the USAGE Engineer Manual, Confined Disposal of Dredged
Material (USAGE 1987) and the USAGE Testing Manual (USAGE 2003).

        A cross-sectional view of a typical nearshore CDF dike design is shown in Highlight 6-10. CDFs
may be located either upland (above the water table), near-shore (partially in the water), or completely in
the water (island CDFs). There are several documents available containing thorough descriptions,
technical considerations, and costs  associated with CDFs (U.S. EPA 1996e, U.S. EPA 1994d, U.S. EPA
1991c, and Averett et al. 1990).  Additionally, USAGE and EPA (2003) describes a history and
evaluation of the design and performance of CDFs used for navigational dredging projects in the Great
Lakes Basin, including a review and discussion of relevant contaminant loss and contaminant uptake
studies.
    Highlight 6-10: Cross Section of a Typical Confined Disposal Facility Dike with a Filter Layer
              Disposal Side
     Lake Side


Steel Sheet Piling
       Note: 1ft. = 0.3m
  Note: Adapted from US. EPA 1998d
6.8.3   Contained Aquatic Disposal (CAD)

        For purposes of this guidance, contained aquatic disposal is a type of subaqueous capping in
which the dredged sediment is placed into a natural or excavated depression elsewhere in the water body.
A related form of disposal, known as level bottom capping, places the dredged sediment on a level bottom
elsewhere in the water body, where it is capped. CAD has been used for navigational dredging projects
(e.g., Boston Harbor, Providence River), but has been rarely considered for environmental dredging
                                                                                           6-35

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
projects.  However, there may be instances when neither dredging with land disposal nor capping
contaminated sediment in-situ is feasible, and it may be appropriate to evaluate CADs. The depression
used in the case of a CAD should provide lateral containment of the contaminated material, and also
should have the advantage of requiring less maintenance and being more resistant to erosion than level-
bottom capping.  The depression for the CAD cell may be excavated using conventional dredging
equipment or natural or historically dredged depressions may be used. Uncontaminated material
excavated from the depression may be subsequently used for the cap (U.S. EPA 1994d).

6.8.4  Losses from Disposal Facilities

       Evaluation of a new on-site disposal facility for placement of contaminated sediment should
include an assessment of contaminant migration pathways and should incorporate management controls in
the facility design as needed. Landfill disposal options may have short-term releases, which include
spillages  during transport and volatilization to the atmosphere as the sediment is drying. As for any
disposal option, longer-term releases depend in large part on the characteristics of the contaminants and
the design and maintenance of the disposal facility.

       For CDFs, contaminants may be lost via effluent during filling operations, surface runoff due to
precipitation, seepage through the bottom and the dike wall, volatilization to the air, and uptake by plants
and animals. The USAGE has developed a suite of testing protocols for evaluating each of these
pathways (U.S. EPA and USAGE 1992), and these procedures are included in the ARCS program's
Estimating Contaminant Losses from Components of Remediation Alternatives for Contaminated
Sediments (U.S. EPA 1996e). The USAGE has also developed the Testing Manual (USAGE 2003),
which describes contaminant pathway testing.  Depending on the likelihood of contaminants leaching
from the  confined sediment, a variety of dike and bottom linings and cap materials may be used to
minimize contaminant loss (U.S. EPA 1991c, U.S. EPA  1994d, Palermo and Averett 2000). Depending
on contaminant characteristics, CDFs for sediment remediation projects may need control measures such
as bottom or sidewall liners or low permeability dike cores.  Project managers should also be aware that
permeability across these barriers can decline significantly with time due to the consolidation process and
blockage of pore spaces with fine materials. Therefore, site-specific evaluation is important.

       Contaminants may be released as a mud wave outside of the boundaries of the CAD, or to the
water column or air during placement of the contaminated sediment.  Seepage of pore water may  also
occur during the initial consolidation of the sediment following placement. Other releases common to in-
situ caps, such as through erosion of the cap or movement of contaminants through the cap (see Chapter
5, In-Situ Capping) may also occur.  Whatever disposal options are evaluated, the rate and potential
effects of contaminant losses during construction and in the  long term should be considered.

       Highlight 6-11 presents some general points to remember from this chapter.
6-36

-------
Chapter 6: Dredging and Excavation
    Highlight 6-11: Some Key Points to Remember When Considering Dredging and Excavation
         Source control should be generally implemented to prevent recontamination

         A dredging or excavation alternative should include details concerning all phases of the project, including
         sediment removal, staging, dewatering, water treatment, sediment transport, and sediment treatment,
         reuse, or disposal

         Transport and disposal options may be complex and controversial; options should be investigated early
         and discussed with stakeholders

         In predicting risk reduction effects of dredging or excavation of deeply buried contaminants, exposure and
         risk are related to contaminants that are accessible to biota. Contaminants that are deeply buried have
         no significant migration pathway to the surface,  and are unlikely to be exposed in the future may not need
         removal

         Environmental dredging should take advantage of methods of operation, and in some cases specialized
         equipment, that minimize resuspension of sediment and transport of contaminants. The use of
         experienced operators and oversight personnel is very important to an effective cleanup

         A site-specific assessment or pilot study of anticipated sediment resuspension, contaminant release and
         transport,  and its potential ecological impacts should be conducted prior to full scale dredging

         Realistic, site-specific predictions  should be made of residual contamination based on pilot studies or
         data from  comparable sites. Where residuals are a concern, thin layer placement/backfilling, MNR, or
         capping may also be needed

         Excavation (conducted after water diversion) often leads to lower levels of residual contamination than
         dredging (conducted understanding water)

         A dredging or excavation project should be monitored during implementation to assess resuspension and
         transport of contaminants, immediately after implementation to assess residuals, and after
         implementation to measure long-term recovery of biota and to test for recontamination

-------
This page left intentionally blank.

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
                7.0   REMEDY SELECTION CONSIDERATIONS

       No two sites are identical and therefore the risk-management strategy will vary from site
       to site... The strategy selected should be one that actually reduces overall risk, not merely
       transfers the risk to another site or another affected population.  The decision process
       necessary to arrive at an optimal management strategy is complex and likely to involve
       numerous site-specific considerations...

       Management decisions must be made, even when information is imperfect. There are
       uncertainties associated with every decision that need to be weighed, evaluated, and
       communicated to affected parties. Imperfect knowledge must not become an excuse for
       not making a decision.

       In these two statements from the National Research Council's (NRC's) report^ Risk
Management Strategy for PCB-Contaminated Sediments (NRC 2001), the NRC identifies some of the key
challenges faced by many project managers at the remedy selection stage. The program goal of the
Superfund remedy selection process is to select remedies that are protective of human health and the
environment, that maintain protection over time, and that minimize untreated waste [Title 40 Code of
Federal Regulations (40 CFR) §300.430(a)(l)(i)].  Superfund remedies must also be cost-effective and
use permanent solutions to the maximum extent practicable [Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) §121(b)].  The best route to meeting these and other
requirements, as well as the best route to overall risk reduction, depends on a large number of site-specific
considerations, some of which may be subject to significant uncertainty.  Although final decision making
in the face of imperfect knowledge may be necessary, it may be appropriate to postpone a final decision if
there is significant doubt about the proposed action's ability to reduce site risks substantially in light of
the potential magnitude of costs associated with addressing certain sediment sites. Postponing a final
decision may provide an opportunity to conduct additional investigation or pilot studies, and would not
necessarily preclude carrying out appropriate interim response actions at the same time.

7.1    RISK MANAGEMENT DECISION MAKING

       Consistent with the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP),
each of the risk management principles in the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's)
Principles for Managing Contaminated Sediment Risks at Hazardous Waste Sites (U.S. EPA 2002a; see
Appendix A), is important to consider for achieving a successful sediment cleanup. Several of the
principles apply more directly to the remedy selection stage, especially Principle 7, Select Site-Specific,
Project-Specific, and Sediment-Specific Risk Management Approaches that will Achieve Risk-based
Goals. Any decision regarding the specific choice of a remedy for a contaminated sediment site should be
based on a careful consideration of the advantages and limitations of available approaches and a
balancing of tradeoffs among alternatives.

       A risk management process should be used to select a remedy designed to reduce the key human
and ecological risks effectively. Another important risk management function generally is to compare
and contrast the costs and benefits of various remedies.  As noted in EPA's Ecological Risk Assessment
Guidance for Superfund: Process for Designing and Conducting Ecological Risk Assessment (U.S. EPA
1997d), risk assessments should provide a basis for comparing, ranking, and prioritizing risks.  The


                                                                                           7-1

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
results can also be used in cost-effectiveness analyses that offer additional interpretation of the effects of
alternative management options.

       In addition, risk management goals should be developed that can be evaluated within a realistic
time period, acknowledging that it may not be practical to achieve all goals in the short term. Risk
management of contaminated sediment should comprehensively evaluate the broad range of risks posed
by contaminated sediment and associated remedial actions, while recognizing that some risks may be
reduced in a shorter time frame than others.

       EPA's Rules of Thumb for Superfitnd Remedy Selection (U.S. EPA 1997c, also referred to as the
"Rule of Thumb Guidance") is a helpful guidance for project managers to review when making risk-
management decisions and selecting remedies at sediment sites.  The Rules of Thumb Guidance describes
key principles and expectations, interspersed with "best practices" based on program experience and
policies.  In addition, this guidance discusses how remedy selection may also be applicable to the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) Corrective Action Program.  For more information on
the two cleanup programs, the project manager should refer to Office of Solid Waste and Emergency
Response (OSWER) Directive 9200.0-25, Coordination Between RCRA Corrective Action and Closure
andCERCLA Site Activities (U.S. EPA 1996f).

       Decisions regarding risk management and remedy selection should also consider pertinent
recommendations from stakeholders, which frequently include the local community, local government,
states, Indian tribes, and responsible parties. Remediation may significantly impact day-to-day activities
of residents and recreation-seekers, and operations of commercial establishments near the water body for
extended periods.  Stakeholders should be involved when designing and scheduling remedial operations,
not just during the remedy selection process.  Documenting and communicating how and why remedy
decisions are made are very important tasks at sediment sites. For guidance on  documenting remedy
decisions under CERCLA, project managers should refer to EPA's A Guide to Preparing Superfund
Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and other Remedy Selection Documents,  also referred to as the
"ROD Guidance" (U.S. EPA  1999a).

7.2   NCR REMEDY SELECTION  FRAMEWORK

       In the NCP, EPA provides a series of expectations (see Highlight 7-1) to reflect the principal
requirements under CERCLA §121 and to help focus the remedial investigation/feasibility study (RI/FS)
on appropriate cleanup options. EPA developed nine criteria for evaluating remedial alternatives to
ensure that all important considerations are factored into  remedy selection decisions. Chapter 3, Section
3.2 outlines the NCP's nine remedy selection criteria. These criteria are derived from the statutory
requirements under CERCLA §121, as well as technical and policy considerations that have proven to be
important for selecting among the remedial alternatives.  In general, the nine criteria analysis comprises
the following two steps: 1) an evaluation of all alternatives with respect to each criterion; and 2) a
comparison among the alternatives to determine the relative performance of the alternatives and identify
major trade-offs among them  (i.e., relative advantages and limitations). Generally this comparison is
made on a qualitative basis, although some have attempted a quantitative analysis (e.g., Linkov et al.
2004). Ultimately, the remedy selected must be protective of human health and the environment, attain
(or waive) applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs), be cost effective, use permanent
solutions and alternative treatment technologies or resource recovery technologies to the maximum extent
7-2

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
practicable, and satisfy a preference for treatment or provide an explanation as to why this preference was
not met.

       Consistent with CERCLA and the NCP, each remedial action selected should be cost-effective.
The NCP provides several threshold criteria that should be satisfied (40 CFR §300.430(f)(ii)(D)).  Cost-
effectiveness is generally determined by evaluating three of the five balancing criteria: 1) long-term
effectiveness and permanence; 2) reduction of toxicity, mobility, or volume of hazardous substances
through treatment; and 3) short-term effectiveness. A remedy typically is considered cost effective when
its cost is proportional to its overall effectiveness.  As described in the preamble to the NCP, more than
one alternative may be considered cost-effective (55 Federal Register (FR) 8728, March 8,  1990).  The
relationship between overall effectiveness and cost should be examined across all alternatives to identify
which options can best afford effectiveness proportional to their cost. The evaluation of an  alternative's
cost effectiveness is usually concerned with the reasonableness of the relationship between the
effectiveness afforded by each alternative and its costs when compared to other available options (U.S.
EPA 1999a).

       For some complex sediment sites, there may be a high degree of uncertainty about the predicted
effectiveness of various remedial alternatives. Where this is the case, it is especially important to identify
and factor that uncertainty into site decisions. Project managers are encouraged to  consider a range of
probable effectiveness scenarios that includes both optimistic and non-ideal site conditions and remedy
performance.

       The NCP lists six "expectations" that EPA generally considers in developing appropriate
remedial alternatives at Superfund sites (40 CFR §300.430(a)(l)(iii)). Highlight 7-1 discusses how the
six expectations may be relevant for sites with contaminated sediment.  Generally,  the expectations are
addressed by seeking the best balance of trade-offs among the alternatives evaluated.

7.3   CONSIDERING REMEDIES

       If the baseline risk assessment determines that contaminated sediment presents an unacceptable
risk to human health or the environment, remedial alternatives  should be developed to reduce those risks
to acceptable levels. As discussed in Chapter 3, Section 3.1, Developing Remedial Alternatives for
Sediment, due to the limited number of approaches available for contaminated sediment, generally,
project managers should evaluate each of the  three major approaches monitored natural recovery (MNR),
in-situ capping, and removal through dredging or excavation at every sediment site. Depending on site-
specific conditions, contaminant characteristics, and/or health or environmental risks at issue, certain
methods or combinations of methods may prove more promising than others. Each site and the various
sediment areas within  it presents a unique combination of circumstances that should be considered
carefully in selecting a comprehensive site-wide cleanup strategy.  At large or complex sediment sites, the
remedy decision frequently involves choices between areas of the site and how they are best suited to
particular cleanup methods rather than a simple one-size-fits-all choice between approaches for the entire
site.

       Project managers should keep in mind that deeper contaminated sediment that is not currently
bioavailable or bioaccessible,  and that analyses  have shown to be stable to a reasonable degree, do not
necessarily contribute  to site risks. In evaluating whether to leave buried contaminated sediment in place,
project managers should include an analysis of several factors, including the depth to which significant

                                                                                              7-3

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
              Highlight 7-1: NCP Remedy Expectations and Their Potential Application
                                      to Contaminated Sediment
 EPA expects to use treatment to address the principal threats posed by a site, wherever practicable:

          In general, wastes, including contaminated sediment, may be considered a principal threat where toxicity
          and mobility combine to pose a potential human health risk of 10"3 or greater for carcinogens (U.S. EPA
          1991d). For these areas, project managers should evaluate an alternative that includes treatment.
          However,  the practicability of treatment, and whether a treatment alternative should be selected, should
          be evaluated against the NCP's nine remedy selection  criteria. Based on available technology, treatment
          is not considered practicable at most sediment sites
 EPA expects to use engineering controls, such as containment, for waste that poses a relatively low long-term
 threat or where treatment is impracticable:

         Containment options for sediment generally focus on in-situ capping.  A project manager should evaluate
         in-situ capping for every sediment site that includes low-level threat waste. Where a containment
         alternative is clearly not appropriate for a detailed evaluation, project managers should evaluate ex-situ
         containment (i.e., disposal without treatment). It should be recognized that in-situ containment can also
         be effective for principal threat wastes, where that approach represents the best balance of the NCP nine
         remedy selection criteria
 EPA expects to use a combination of methods, as appropriate, to achieve protection of human health and the
 environment:

          Large or complex contaminated sediment sites or operable units frequently require development of
          alternatives that combine various approaches for different parts of the site.  For a broader discussion  on
          this topic, refer to Chapters,  Section 3.1.1, Alternatives that Combine Approaches
 EPA expects to use institutional controls, such as water use and deed restrictions, to supplement engineering
 controls as appropriate for short- and long-term management to prevent or limit exposure to hazardous
 substances, pollutants, or contaminants:

          Institutional controls such as fish consumption advisories, fishing bans, ship draft/anchoring/wake
          controls, or structural maintenance requirements (e.g., dam or breakwater maintenance) are frequently a
          part of sediment alternatives, especially where contaminated sediment is left in place, or where remedial
          goals in fish tissue cannot be met for some time.  See Chapter 3, Section 3.6, Institutional Controls, for
          additional discussion
 EPA expects to consider using innovative technology when such technology offers the potential for comparable or
 superior treatment performance or implementability, fewer or lesser adverse impacts than other available
 approaches, or lower costs for similar levels of performance than demonstrated technologies:

         Innovative technologies are technologies whose limited number of applications may result in less cost and
         performance data, frequently due to limited field application.  Additional cost and performance data may
         be needed for many sediment remedies, and field demonstrations of new techniques and approaches
         may be especially needed, including  both innovative in-situ and ex-situ technologies.  Although most
         innovations for sediment remedies are currently in the research phase, as they become available, project
         managers should consider using them
 EPA expects to return reusable ground waters to their beneficial uses wherever practicable, within a time frame
 that is reasonable given the circumstances for the site. When restoration of ground water to beneficial uses is not
 practicable, EPA expects to prevent further migration of the plume, prevent exposure to the contaminated ground
 water, and evaluate further risk reduction:

         Ground water may be a continuing source of sediment and surface water contamination. Where this is
         the case, ground water migration prevention may be very important to a successful sediment cleanup and
         to protect benthic biota. Ground water restoration may also be needed to return the ground water to a
         beneficial use
7-4

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
populations of organisms burrow, the potential for erosion due to natural or anthropogenic (man-made)
forces, the potential for contaminant movement via ground water, and the effectiveness of any
institutional controls (ICs) to limit sediment disturbance.  In some cases, the most appropriate approach
may be long-term monitoring, with contingency actions, if necessary.

        To assist project managers in evaluating cleanup options, two summary highlights are presented
below.  Highlight 7-2 provides general site, sediment, and contaminant characteristics or conditions
especially conducive to each of the three common sediment approaches. This highlight is intended as a
general tool for project managers as they look more closely at particular approaches when most of these
characteristics are present. Project managers should note that these characteristics are not requirements.
It is important to remain flexible when evaluating sediment alternatives and when considering approaches
that at first may not appear the most appropriate for a given environment. When an approach is selected
for a site that has one or more site characteristics or conditions appearing problematic, additional
engineering or ICs  may be available to enhance the remedy.  Some of these situations are discussed in the
remedy-specific chapters (Chapters 4, 5, and 6).
    Highlight 7-2: Some Site Characteristics and Conditions Especially Conducive to Particular
                         Remedial Approaches for Contaminated Sediment
    Characteristics
   Monitored Natural
       Recovery
    In-situ Capping
    Dredging/Excavation
 General Site
 Characteristics
Anticipated land uses or
new structures are not
incompatible with  natural
recovery

Natural recovery
processes have a
reasonable degree of
certainty to continue at
rates that will contain,
destroy, or reduce the
bioavailability ortoxicity of
contaminants within  an
acceptable time frame
Suitable types and
quantities of cap material
are available

Anticipated infrastructure
needs (e.g., piers, pilings,
buried cables) are
compatible with cap

Water depth is adequate
to accommodate cap with
anticipated uses (e.g.,
navigation, flood control)

Incidence of cap-
disrupting human
behavior, such as large
boat anchoring, is low or
controllable
Suitable disposal sites are
available

Suitable area is available for
staging and handling of
dredged material

Existing shoreline areas and
infrastructure (e.g., piers,
pilings, buried cables) can
accommodate dredging or
excavation needs

Navigational dredging is
scheduled or planned
 Human and
 Ecological
 Environment
Expected human
exposure is low and/or
reasonably controlled by
ICs

Site includes sensitive,
unique environments that
could be irreversibly
damaged by capping or
dredging
Expected human
exposure is substantial
and not well-controlled by
ICs

Long-term risk reduction
outweighs habitat
disruption, and/or habitat
improvements are
provided by the cap
Expected human exposure is
substantial and not well-
controlled by ICs

Long-term risk reduction of
sediment removal outweighs
sediment disturbance and
habitat disruption
                                                                                                 7-5

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
    Characteristics
   Monitored Natural
       Recovery
    In-situ Capping
    Dredging/Excavation
 Hydrodynamic
 Conditions
Deposition of sediment is
occurring in the areas of
contamination

Hydrodynamic conditions
(e.g., floods, ice scour)
are not likely to
compromise natural
recovery
Hydrodynamic conditions
(e.g., floods, ice scour)
are not likely to
compromise cap or can
be accommodated in
design

Rates of ground water
flow in cap area are low
and not likely to create
unacceptable contaminant
releases
Water diversion is practical, or
current velocity is low or can
be minimized to reduce
resuspension and downstream
transport during dredging
 Sediment
 Characteristics
Sediment is resistant to
resuspension (e.g.,
cohesive or well-armored
sediment)
Sediment has sufficient
strength to support cap
(e.g., has high density/low
water content)
Contaminated sediment is
underlain by clean sediment
(so that over-dredging is
feasible)

Sediment contains low
incidence of debris (e.g., logs,
boulders, scrap material) or is
amenable to effective debris
removal prior to dredging or
excavation
 Contaminant
 Characteristics
Contaminant
concentrations in biota
and in the biologically
active zone of sediment
are moving towards risk-
based goals

Contaminants readily
biodegrade or transform
to lower toxicity forms

Contaminant
concentrations are low
and cover diffuse areas

Contaminants have low
ability to bioaccumulate
Contaminants have low
rates of flux through cap

Contamination covers
contiguous areas (e.g., to
simplify capping)
Higher contaminant
concentrations cover discrete
areas

Contaminants are highly
correlated with sediment grain
size (i.e., to facilitate
separation and minimize
disposal costs)
        Highlight 7-3 may assist project managers in evaluating cleanup options. For convenience, these
comparisons are organized around the NCP's nine remedy selection criteria.  This highlight is intended
only to identify some of the general differences between these three remedy types, not as an example of
an actual comparative alternatives analysis for a site. An actual site alternatives analysis would typically
include more complex alternatives and many site-specific details, as described in the ROD Guidance
(U.S. EPA 1999a) and EPA's Guidance for Conducting Remedial Investigations and Feasibility Studies
under CERCLA (U.S. EPA 1988a, commonly referred to as the "RI/FS Guidance").  The example
criterion components column used in Highlight 7-3 below are adapted from the RI/FS Guidance and are
7-6

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
intended only as examples of some of the components that may be considered when evaluating each
remedy selection criterion.
Highlight 7-3: Examples of Some Key Differences Between Remedial Approaches for
Contaminated Sediment
NCP
Remedy Example
Selection Criterion Monitored Natural
Criteria Components Recovery In-Situ Capping Dredging/Excavation
Overall
Protective-
ness







Compliance
with
Applicable
or Relevant
and
Appropriate
Require-
ments
(ARARs)









Long-Term
Effective-
ness and
Permanence





































Magnitude of
Risk
Reduction and
Residual Risks









Generally relies upon
natural processes for
protection

May provide low level
of short-term
protection, but may
provide potentially
acceptable long-term
protection
Generally, only
chemical-specific
ARARs apply (these
would also apply to
other approaches)













May provide low to high
level of risk reduction
and residual risk,
depending on
processes being relied
upon and site-specific
characteristics that
might enhance or
prevent long-term
isolation or destruction
of contaminants


Generally, relies upon
adequate cap placement
and maintenance for
protection

May provide moderate to
high level of protection,
depending upon areal
extent, design of cap, and
long-term maintenance
Generally, the Clean
Water Act (CWA) §404
(regulates discharge of
dredged or fill materials
into waters of the U.S.)
and the Rivers and
Harbors Act (prohibits
obstruction or alteration
of a navigable waterway)
are ARARs
See Chapter 3, Section
3.3, for additional
examples of ARARs





May provide moderate to
high level of risk
reduction and low to
moderate residual risk,
depending on cap design,
placement, construction,
and maintenance to
address site
characteristics that might
otherwise prevent long-
term isolation of
contaminants

Generally, relies upon
effective removal and low
residual levels for protection

May provide moderate to
high level of protection,
depending on residual, or
where remedy is combined
with backfilling, capping, or
MNR
Generally, CWA §404 and
the Rivers and Harbors Act
are ARARs. Generally,
treatment facilities and in-
water disposal sites should
meet substantive
requirements of the CWA
§§404 and 401 for
discharge of effluents into
waters of the U.S.
Generally, state solid
hazardous waste rules and
RCRA is an ARAR for
disposal in solid or
hazardous waste landfills
See Chapter 3, Section 3.3,
for additional examples of
ARARs
May provide moderate to
high level of risk reduction
and low to moderate
residual risk, depending on
effectiveness of dredging
and use of backfill material

May provide low (upland) to
moderate (in-water) residual
risk for sediments and
treatment residuals
contained at controlled
disposal sites
                                                                                          7-7

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
NCR
Remedy Example
Selection Criterion Monitored Natural
Criteria Components Recovery In-Situ Capping Dredging/Excavation
Long-Term
Effective-
ness and
Permanence
(cont.)


























Reduction of
Toxicity,
Mobility, and
Volume
(TMV)
Through
Treatment






Adequacy and
Reliability of
Controls for
Residual Risk




















Need for Five-
Year Reviews


















May provide low
control, but potentially
acceptable, depending
on processes being
relied upon and site-
specific conditions

May provide moderate
ability to control
physical disturbance
due to human activity
via institutional
controls; may provide
little ability to control
physical disturbance
due to natural forces

May provide no ability
to control advection
and diffusion of
contaminants through
overlying cleaner
sediment, where this is
of concern
Five-year reviews
generally would be
required for most sites
due to waste left in
place and possible
continuing need for use
restrictions
No treatment is
involved











May provide moderate to
high control, depending
on cap stability and
contaminant migration
through cap

May provide low to
moderate ability to control
physical disturbance due
to human and natural
forces and to control
effects of advective flow
and diffusion through cap
design and moderate
ability to control disruption
through institutional
controls







Five-year reviews
generally would be
required for most sites
due to waste left in place
and possible continuing
need for use restrictions

Typically, no treatment is
involved

Research is ongoing
concerning the
combination of innovative
in-situ treatment
components within a cap





May provide high control
due to removal of
contaminants, if residual
contamination is below
cleanup levels or addressed
through backfilling, or
capping

May leave residual risks at
upland disposal sites that
are easily controlled; at in-
water sites control can be
more complex











Five-year review may be
generally required until
remedial action objectives
are met

Reviews generally required
for on-site disposal facilities
Sediment is treated in some
cases if practical and cost-
effective; stabilization is
most common form

Potential exists for
beneficial reuse of dredged
sediment
Water treatment can reduce
TMV of contaminants where
significant quantities of
toxics are removed from the
water
7-8

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
NCR
Remedy Example
Selection Criterion Monitored Natural
Criteria Components Recovery In-Situ Capping Dredging/Excavation
Short-Term
Effective-
ness





































Environ-
mental
Impacts
During
Remedy
Implemen-
tation







Community
and Worker
Protection
During
Remedy
Implementa-
tion



















There should be no
additional impact to
bottom-dwelling
ecological community
from the remedy itself,
but impacts of
contaminated sediment
on environment
continue until
protection is achieved




There should be no
additional health
impacts to community
from the remedy itself;
any pre-existing
impacts would continue
until protection is
achieved

May provide moderate
ability to control
community impacts
from fish/shellfish
ingestion and, where
applicable, direct
contact with
contaminated
sediment, through
consumption advisories
and use restrictions

There should be
minimal impacts on
workers and community
from monitoring
activities
May provide high impact
to bottom habitat in area
of cap. Cap design can
facilitate recolonization in
some cases

May provide low potential
for impacts from releases
to the environment during
cap placement and initial
consolidation



There should be low
potential for health
impacts to community
and workers from
contaminant releases
during cap placement.
Engineering controls may
minimize these releases;
worker protection
generally available

Increased truck or rail
traffic for transport of cap
material may impact
workers and the
community

Staging needs for cap
placement may disrupt
local community during
placement





May provide high impact to
bottom habitat in dredged
area. Backfill design can
facilitate recolonization in
some cases

May provide moderate
potential for impacts to biota
from release during
dredging; releases partially
controllable by physical
barriers and by selection
and operation of dredging
equipment
There should be low to
moderate potential for
health impacts to
community and workers
from contaminant release
during dredging, staging,
transport, and disposal.
Engineering controls may
minimize these releases;
worker protection generally
available

Increased truck or rail traffic
for transport of dredged
material may impact
workers and the community

Dredged materials and
water handling or treatment
needs may disrupt local
community during dredging





                                                                                                 7-9

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
NCR
Remedy Example
Selection Criterion Monitored Natural
Criteria Components Recovery In-Situ Capping Dredging/Excavation
Short-Term
Effective-
ness (cont.)









Implement-
ability































Time Until
Protection is
Achieved









Technical
Feasibility































Generally, longest time
to achieve protection,
depending on rates of
natural processes and
bioavailability of the
contaminants

Time to achieve
protection is frequently
highly uncertain


Generally, no
construction is required

Reliability can be
uncertain in some
environments due to
uncertain rates of
natural processes and
uncertainties
concerning sediment
stability

Where site-specific
conditions allow, should
be relatively easy to
implement a different
remedy if MNR is not
effective

Methods for monitoring
sediment cleanup
levels are relatively well
established










Generally, shortest time
to achieve protection

Complete biota recovery
could take several years

Generally, most certainty
concerning time to
achieve protection



Cap placement methods
are generally well-
established; ability to
construct a cap depends
on a number of factors
including water depth and
currents, slope and
geotechnical stability of
underlying materials, and
stability of the cap itself
during and after
construction

Reliability generally high,
depending on site-
specific conditions, and
degree of monitoring and
maintenance

Relatively easy to repair
cap in case of localized
erosion or disruption, but
can be difficult or costly to
implement sediment
removal if cap is not
effective

Methods for monitoring
cap integrity and
contaminant migration
within cap are relatively
well established

Time to achieve protection
varies depending on the
size and complexity of the
project

Complete biota recovery
could take several years

Time frame generally more
uncertain than for capping
due to difficulty of predicting
residual contamination
Dredging and excavation
methods are generally well-
established; technical
feasibility of dredging
depends on a number of
factors including
accessibility, extent of
debris, and the ability to
over-dredge

Disposal in upland landfills
is a well-established
technique; in-water disposal
methods are less well-
established and may require
greater monitoring;
technical feasibility
generally depends on
distance to the disposal
site, ease of dewatering,
and slope and geotechnical
stability of disposal site

May be necessary to re-
dredge, cap or implement
MNR if dredging alone does
not meet cleanup standards

Monitoring methods for
sediment cleanup levels
and short-term releases
from dredging are relatively
well established
7-10

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
NCR
Remedy Example
Selection Criterion Monitored Natural
Criteria Components Recovery In-Situ Capping Dredging/Excavation
Implement-
ability
(cont.)












































Administra-
tive Feasibility




















Availability of
Services,
Materials,
Capacities,
and
Equipment



















State-regulated ICs,
including fish
consumption advisories
where contaminants
are bioaccumulative,
may be needed for a
longer period than for
other remedies














Monitoring and
analytical services are
generally readily
available





















Containment in public
waters can require long-
term coordination with
state and local regulators
due to potential need for
long-term controls on
waterway use

Where contaminants are
bioaccumulative, fish
consumption advisories
frequently needed for a
period of years. Length
of time generally depends
on residual contamination
outside of capped area






Location and suitability of
capping material source
is critical and can be
problematic if not
available locally

Specialized cap
placement equipment
may be needed in some
environments, but are
generally available

Availability of suitable cap
material staging areas is
critical and can be
problematic for some
sites (e.g., some urban
areas)







Dredging and excavation
plan should be coordinated
with other agencies to
ensure compatibility with
other waterway uses and
habitat concerns during the
removal operation

Where contaminants are
bioaccumulative, fish
consumption advisories
frequently needed for a
period of years. Length of
time generally depends on
residual contamination
within and outside of
dredged area
Disposal siting often
requires extensive
coordination with several
government agencies and
the public
Environmental dredging and
excavation equipment is
generally available,
although availability may be
a problem for large projects.
Specialized equipment may
need to be constructed for
special situations

Availability of suitable
dredged material staging,
separation, and, where
required, water treatment
capacity is critical and can
be problematic for some
sites (e.g., some urban
areas)

Availability of a suitable
disposal facility is critical
and can be problematic for
some sites (e.g., where
local disposal is infeasible
or high volumes are
involved)
                                                                                                7-11

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
NCR
Remedy Example
Selection Criterion Monitored Natural
Criteria Components Recovery In-Situ Capping Dredging/Excavation
Cost























State
Acceptance
and
Community
Acceptance









































Generally, no capital
cost

Long-term monitoring
costs typically continue
until cleanup levels and
remedial action
objectives are met.
Length of long-term
monitoring is generally
dependent on
assurance of sediment
stability











Commonly identified
benefits include lack of
disruption to local
residents, lack of
disruption to aquatic
and terrestrial animal
and plant life, and low
cost



Capital costs generally
higher than MNR and
lower than dredging/
excavation

Long-term maintenance
and monitoring costs
generally higher than
MNR and dredging/
excavation

Long-term monitoring
costs typically continue
until cleanup levels and
remedial action objectives
are met. Length of long-
term operation and
maintenance (O&M)
period dependent on time
necessary to verify long-
term stability of cap and
lack of significant
contaminant fluxes
through cap
Commonly identified
benefits include use of an
active remedy with no
disposal issues, generally
moderate cost, and
potentially faster biota
recovery than MNR or
dredging due to rapid
placement of exposure
barrier

Capital costs generally
higher than MNR or capping

Long-term monitoring costs
generally lower than MNR
and capping

Long-term monitoring costs
typically continue until
cleanup levels and remedial
action objectives are met.
Length of long-term O&M
period dependent on extent
of residual contamination
and use of on-site disposal









Commonly identified
benefits include removing
contaminants from
waterway, possible
treatment of contaminants,
faster biota recovery than
MNR, increased/restored
navigational depth,
decreased flooding, and
lack of use limitations after
completion
7-12

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
NCR
Remedy Example
Selection Criterion Monitored Natural
Criteria Components Recovery In-Situ Capping Dredging/Excavation
State
Acceptance
and
Community
Acceptance
(cont.)




































Commonly identified
concerns include
objections to a "do
nothing" remedy,
leaving contamination
in place, possible
spread of contaminants
during flooding or other
disruption;
uncertainties of
predicting rates of
natural burial; and a
potentially lengthy
period offish
consumption advisories






Commonly identified
concerns include leaving
contamination in place,
temporary disruption to
local residents and
businesses, increased
truck, rail or barge traffic
during capping;
temporarily reduced
recreational access;
potentially long-term
reduction of navigational
waterway access;
reduced access to buried
utilities, possible long-
term anchoring or other
waterway use restrictions,
and costs to potentially
responsible parties
(PRPs) and/or state
during O&M
Commonly identified
concerns include temporary
disruption to local residents
and businesses,
contaminant releases
during dredging, temporary
reduction of recreational
and navigational waterway
access during dredging;
siting of and risks from local
disposal facilities; and
increased truck, rail, or
barge traffic during dredging








7.4   COMPARING NET RISK REDUCTION

       Each approach to managing contaminated sediment has its own uncertainties and potential
relative risks.  The concept of comparative net risk reduction was discussed by the NRC as a method to
ensure that all positive and negative aspects of each sediment management approach were appropriately
considered at contaminated sediment sites. The Committee on Remediation of PCB-Contaminated
Sediments states that (NRC 2001):

       All remediation technologies have advantages and disadvantages when applied at a
       particular site, and it is critical to the risk management that these be identified
       individually and as completely as possible for each site.  For example, managing risks
       from contaminated sediment in the aqueous environment might result in the creation of
       additional risks in both aquatic and terrestrial environments...  Removal of contaminated
       materials can adversely impact existing ecosystems and can remobilize contaminants,
       resulting in additional risks to humans and the environment. Thus, management
       decisions at a contaminated sediment site should be based on the relative risks of each
       alternative management action... For a site, it is important to consider Coverall" or "net"
       risk in addition to specific risks.

       Project managers are encouraged to use the concept of comparing net risk reduction between
alternatives as part of their decision-making process for contaminated sediment sites, within the overall
framework of the NCP remedy selection criteria. Consideration should be given not only to risk
reduction associated with reduced human and ecological exposure to contaminants, but also to risks
                                                                                          7-13

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
introduced by implementing the alternatives. The magnitude of implementation risks associated with
each alternative generally is extremely site-specific, as is the time frame over which these risks may apply
to the site. Evaluation of both implementation risk and residual risk are existing important parts of the
NCP remedy selection process. By evaluating these two concepts in tandem, additional information may
be gained to help in the remedy selection process. Highlight 7-4 provides examples of elements that
could be evaluated by project managers in this comparative evaluation.
         Highlight 7-4: Sample Elements for Comparative Evaluation of Net Risk Reduction
                                 Elements Potentially Reducing Risk
         Reduced exposure to bioavailable/bioaccessible contaminants

         Removal of bioavailable/bioaccessible contaminants
         Removal or containment of buried contaminants that are likely to become bioaccessible
                          Elements Potentially Continuing or Increasing Risk

 ForMNR:

         Continued exposure to contaminants already at sediment surface and in food chain
         Potential for undesirable changes in the site's natural processes (e.g., lower sedimentation rate)
         Potential for contaminant exposure due to erosion or human disturbance

 For In-Situ Capping:

         Contaminant releases during capping
         Continued exposure to contaminants currently in the food chain
         Other community impacts (e.g., accidents, noise, residential or commercial disruption)
         Worker risk during transport of cap  materials and cap placement
         Releases from contaminants remaining outside of capped area
         Potential contaminant movement through cap
         Disruption of benthic community

 For Dredging or Excavation:

         Contaminant releases during sediment removal, transport, or disposal
         Continued exposure to contaminants currently in the food chain
         Other community impacts (e.g., accidents, noise, residential or commercial disruption)
         Worker risk during sediment removal and handling
         Residual contamination following sediment removal
         Releases from contaminants remaining outside dredged/excavated area
         Disruption of benthic community
7.5   CONSIDERING INSTITUTIONAL CONTROLS (ICs)

        Institutional controls (ICs) such as fish consumption advisories, fishing bans, or ship
draft/anchoring/wake controls are common parts of sediment remedies (see Chapter 3, Section 3.6,
Institutional Controls). Structural maintenance agreements are another legal mechanism that may be
important for protecting some remedies. 40 CFR §300.430(a)(l)(iii)(D) contains the following general
EPA expectations with respect to ICs. These expectations generally apply to all Superfund sites,
including sediment sites:


7-14

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
               EPA expects to use institutional controls such as water use and deed restrictions
               to supplement engineering controls as appropriate for short- and long-term
               management to prevent or limit exposure to hazardous substances, pollutants, or
               contaminants;

        •       Institutional controls may be used during the conduct of the RI/FS and
               implementation of the remedial action and, where necessary, as a component of
               the completed remedy; and

        •       The use of institutional controls shall not be substituted for active response
               measures (e.g., treatment and/or containment of source material, restoration of
               ground waters to their beneficial uses) as the sole remedy unless such active
               measures are determined not to be practicable, based on the balancing of trade-
               offs among alternatives that is conducted during the selection of remedy.

        EPA policies concerning ICs are explained in Institutional Controls: A Site Manager's Guide to
Identifying, Evaluating, and Selecting Institutional Controls at Superfund and RCRA Corrective Action
Cleanups (U.S. EPA 2000f). In addition to considering the NCP expectations concerning ICs, the project
manager should determine what entities possess the legal authority, capability and willingness to
implement, and where applicable, monitor, enforce, and report on the status of the 1C. An evaluation
should also be made of the durability and effectiveness of any proposed 1C. The objectives of any ICs
contained in the selected alternative should be clearly stated in the ROD or other decision document
together with any relevant performance standards. While the specific 1C mechanism need not be
identified, the types of ICs envisioned should be discussed in sufficient detail to support a conclusion that
effective implementation of the ICs can be reasonably expected. For some federal facilities in the
CERCLA program, the 1C implementation details (i.e., the specific 1C mechanism) should be placed in
the ROD.  The program manager should refer to EPA's  Guidance on the Resolution of the Post-ROD
Dispute (U.S. EPA 2003d) for guidelines describing and documenting ICs in Federal Facility RODs,
Remedial Designs, Remedial Action Workplans, and Federal Facility Agreements/Interagency
Agreements.

        Reliability and effectiveness of ICs are of particular concern with sediment alternatives, whether
they are used alone or in combination with MNR, in-situ capping, or sediment removal.  Project managers
should recognize that, generally, ICs cannot protect ecological receptors or prevent disruption of an in-
situ cap by bottom-dwelling organisms.  In addition, in many cases ICs have been only partially effective
in modifying human behavior, especially in the case of voluntary or advisory controls. Although fish
consumption advisories can be an important component of a sediment remedy, it should be recognized
that they are unlikely to be entirely effective in eliminating  exposures. Where advisories or bans are
relied upon to reduce human health risk for long periods, public education, and where applicable,
enforcement by the appropriate agency, are critical.  This point  is emphasized in EPA's risk management
Principle 9, Maximize the Effectiveness of Institutional  Controls and Recognize Their Limitations (U.S.
EPA 2002a; see Appendix A).

        Implementing and overseeing ICs can often be more difficult at sediment sites where control of
the water body may involve multiple entities and a single landowner is not present to provide oversight
and enforcement.  As for other types of sites, at sediment sites, project managers should  review ICs
during the five-year review. Where a water body is owned  or controlled by local, state, or federal

                                                                                            7-15

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
government entities, their regulations and guidance should be consulted to determine what governmental
controls can be used to restrict the use of the water body, and the regulatory or administrative process to
enforce such a restriction. In complex situations, it may be useful to layer a number of different ICs as
discussed in the ICs site manager's guide (U.S. EPA 2000f). Additional guidance on other aspects of ICs
is under development by EPA.

7.6   CONSIDERING NO-ACTION

       As presented in Section 8.1 of the ROD Guidance, a no-action decision may be appropriate in the
following situations:

       •       When the site or operable unit poses no current or potential threat to human health or the
               environment;

               When CERCLA does not provide the authority to take remedial action; or

               When a previous response(s) has eliminated the need for further remedial response [often
               called a "no-further-action" alternative].

       Generally, if ICs are necessary to control risks caused by a contaminant of concern at a site, a no-
action decision is not appropriate. For example, if fish consumption advisories or fishing bans are
necessary to control risks from contaminants of concern at a site, a no-action decision for sediment is not
appropriate, even if the advisories or bans are already  in place. Instead, a remedy should be considered
that includes at least the institutional control (e.g., advisories or bans), and, if appropriate, other actions
for sediment or other media.

       A no-action decision; however, may include monitoring. For example, sediment may pose no
unacceptable risk to human health or the environment; however, uncertainties concerning that evaluation
may make it wise to continue some level of monitoring.  In this case, a no-action decision that includes
monitoring may be appropriate. It is important to note that this is different from a MNR remedy where
current or expected future risk is unacceptable and natural processes are being relied upon to reduce that
risk to an acceptable level within a reasonable time frame.  Although a no-action decision may require
long-term monitoring, a MNR remedy generally needs more intensive monitoring to show that
contaminant concentrations are being reduced by anticipated mechanisms at the predicted rates.

7.7   CONCLUSIONS

       The focus of remedy selection should be on selecting the alternative best representing the overall
risk reduction strategy for the site according to the NCP nine remedy selection criteria.  As discussed in
the OSWER Directive 9285.6-08, Principles for Managing Contaminated Sediment Risks at Hazardous
Waste Sites (U.S. EPA 2002a), EPA's policy has been and continues to be that there is no presumptive
remedy for any contaminated sediment site, regardless of the contaminant or level of risk. Generally, as
discussed in Chapter 3, Feasibility Study Considerations, project managers should evaluate each of the
three potential remedy approaches (i.e., MNR, in-situ  capping, and removal through dredging or
excavation) at every sediment site. Project managers should develop a conceptual site model that
considers key site uncertainties.  Such a model can be used within an adaptive management approach to
7-16

-------
Chapter 7: Remedy Selection Considerations
control sources and to implement a cost-effective remedy that will achieve long-term protection while
minimizing short-term impacts (refer to Chapter 2, Section 2.2 on conceptual site models).

        Controlling any continuing sources of contaminants is an important factor for any sediment
remedy (U.S. EPA 2002a).  Where source control is uncertain, cannot be achieved, or is outside the scope
of the remedial action, project managers should consider the potential for recontamination and factor that
potential into the remedy selection process and into the long-term monitoring plan for the site. However,
project managers should note that delaying an action to complete source control may not always be wise.
Early actions in some areas may be appropriate as part of a phased approach to address site-wide
contamination even if sources are  not fully controlled initially; in such situations, careful consideration
should be given as to whether the uncontrolled sources will cause the early action to be ineffective.

        At many sites, but especially at large sites, the project manager should consider a combination of
sediment approaches as the most effective way to manage the risk.  This is because the characteristics of
the contaminated sediment and the settings in which it exists are not usually homogeneous throughout a
water body (NRC 2001).  As discussed in the remedy-specific chapters of this document, when evaluating
alternatives, project managers should include realistic assumptions concerning residuals and contaminant
releases from in-situ and ex-situ remedies, the potential effects of those residuals and releases, and the
length of time a risk may persist.

        The project manager should include a scientific analysis of sediment stability in the remedy
selection process for all sites where sediment erosion or contaminant transport is a potential concern.
Typically, it is not sufficient to assume that a site as a whole is depositional  or erosional. Generally, as
discussed in Chapter 2, Remedial Investigation Considerations, project managers should make use of
available empirical and modeling methods for evaluating sediment stability and fate and transport,
especially when there are significant differences between alternatives.

        The project manager should include in the  remedy selection process a clear analysis of the
uncertainties involved, including uncertainties concerning the predicted effectiveness of various
alternatives and the time frames for achieving cleanup levels and remedial action objectives. Project
managers should quantify, as far as possible, the uncertainty of the factors that are most important to the
remedy decision.  Where it is not possible to quantify uncertainty, the project manager should use a
sensitivity analysis to determine which apparent differences between alternatives are most likely to be
significant.

        The project manager should monitor all sediment remedies during and after implementation to
determine if the actions are effective and if all cleanup levels and remedial action objectives are met.
Sediment remedies should not only include monitoring of surficial sediment immediately following
implementation of the action, but also long-term monitoring of sediment to assess changes in residual
contamination and possible recontamination, as well as monitoring offish or other relevant biota recovery
data.  Without these data, an assessment of the long-term effectiveness of the remedy is difficult, and five-
year reviews may be  difficult to perform accurately.  Additional monitoring data may help not only to
assess the site but to help build a body of knowledge that will decrease uncertainties in decision making at
future sites.  Chapter 8, Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring, discusses these and other general
monitoring considerations for contaminated sediment sites.
                                                                                             7-17

-------
This page left intentionally blank.

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
        8.0    REMEDIAL ACTION AND LONG-TERM  MONITORING

       This chapter provides a recommended approach to developing an effective monitoring plan at
contaminated sediment sites. A monitoring plan is recommended for all types of sediment remedies, both
during and after remedial action. Monitoring should be conducted at most contaminated sediment sites
for a variety of reasons, including:  1) to assess compliance with design and performance standards; 2) to
assess short-term remedy performance and effectiveness in meeting sediment cleanup levels; and/or 3) to
evaluate long-term remedy effectiveness in achieving remedial action objectives (RAOs) and in reducing
human health and/or environmental risk.  In addition, monitoring data are usually needed to complete the
five-year review process where a review is conducted.

       A fully successful sediment remedy typically is one where the selected sediment chemical or
biological cleanup levels have been met and maintained over time, and where all relevant risks have been
reduced to acceptable levels based on the anticipated future uses of the water body and the goals and
objectives stated  in the record of decision (ROD).  Due to the significant post-remedial residual
contamination at some sites, or the inability to control all sources of contamination to the water body,
reaching sediment or biota levels resulting in unlimited exposure and unrestricted use may take many-
years if not decades. Where appropriate, several interim measures of remedy effectiveness should be
evaluated  at most sites in addition to the key measure of long-term risk reduction. Highlight 8-1 presents
four measures that should be considered for all Superfund sediment sites where the remedy includes
active remediation such as dredging, excavation, and/or capping. At  sites where achieving protection
relies upon institutional controls (ICs) such as fish consumption advisories and/or on monitored natural
recovery (MNR), only measures 2 and 4would typically apply.  A monitoring plan that addresses the
appropriate measures generally should be developed and implemented at every sediment site.  The term
"remedy effectiveness" as used in Highlight 8-1 of this guidance addresses the potential role of
monitoring in measuring progress, not as one of the nine criteria provided in National Oil and Hazardous
Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP) to evaluate alternatives.
               Highlight 8-1: Sample Measures of Sediment Remedy Effectiveness
 Interim Measures:

 1 - Short-term remedy performance (e.g., Have the sediment cleanup levels been achieved? Was the cap placed
 as intended?)

 2 - Long-term remedy performance (e.g., Have the sediment cleanup levels been reached and maintained for at
 least five years, and thereafter as appropriate? Has the cap withstood significant erosion?)

 3 - Short-term risk reduction (e.g.,  Do data demonstrate or at least suggest a reduction in fish tissue levels, a
 decrease in benthic toxicity, or an increase in species diversity or other community indices after five years?)

 Key Measure:

 4 - Long-term risk reduction (e.g, Have the remediation goals in fish tissue been reached or has ecological
 recovery been accomplished?)
       For Fund-lead sites subject to a state cost share, it may be necessary to distinguish monitoring
that is part of the remedial action phase of the remedy from monitoring that is associated with the
                                                                                             8-1

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
operation and maintenance (O&M) phase of the remedy.  Distinguishing these two monitoring activities
is a site-specific decision. Project managers may find it useful to refer to Chapter 3, Section 3.5.2,
Operation and Maintenance Costs, for suggestions about what types of activities are frequently associated
with long-term O&M as compared to similar activities typically conducted during the remedial action.

        This chapter is based in part on the framework presented in the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency's (EPA's) new "Monitoring Guidance," Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response
(OSWER) Directive 9355.4-28, Guidance for Monitoring at Hazardous Waste Sites: Framework for
Monitoring Plan Development and Implementation (U.S. EPA 2004c). This chapter presents more
specific guidance for monitoring of sediment sites; however, many technical details are outside the scope
of this chapter. More specific guidance on particular monitoring topics is under development by EPA to
assist project managers. In addition, the "triad approach" to systematic planning, dynamic work plans and
real-time measurement technologies may have strategies that can be fruitfully applied to sediment site
monitoring (see http ://www.epa. gov/tio/triad').

8.1   INTRODUCTION

        As described in EPA's Monitoring Guidance (U.S. EPA 2004c), monitoring may be viewed as
the collection and analysis of repeated observations or measurements to evaluate changes in condition and
progress toward meeting a management objective. Monitoring should include the collection of field data
(i.e., chemical, physical, and/or biological) over a sufficient period of time and frequency to determine the
status at a particular point in time and/or trend over a period of time in a particular environmental
parameter or characteristic, relative  to clearly defined management objectives. The data, methods, and
endpoints should be directly related to the RAOs  and cleanup levels or remediation goals for the site.

        Environmental sampling and analysis is typically conducted during all phases of the Superfund
process to address various questions. By the time a project manager is implementing a remedial action or
writing  a monitoring plan, a considerable amount of baseline site data should have been collected during
the remedial investigation or site characterization phase.  In the site characterization phase, sampling is
performed to determine the nature and extent of contamination, to develop the information necessary to
assess risks to human health and the environment, and to assess the feasibility of remedial alternatives.
During site characterization, the project manager  should anticipate expected post-remedy monitoring
needs to ensure that adequate baseline data are collected to allow comparisons to future data sets.
Monitoring plans should also be designed to allow comparison of results with model predictions that
supported remedy selection.

        Project managers should ensure that agreements with contractors or responsible parties
concerning remedial design and remedial action include requirements for development of an appropriate
monitoring plan.  The need for environmental monitoring and how the data will be used to measure
performance against cleanup levels and RAOs should be considered in the ROD and discussed further
early in the remedial design process. Where ICs are part of the remedy, this discussion should also
include  implementation and, where  appropriate, monitoring plans for those controls. Having an early
discussion of the monitoring needs as they relate to any engineering performance standards for the
particular remedies should allow the project manager sufficient time to resolve logistical or other
implementation issues long before the monitoring program is put in place. This discussion during
remedial design is also important to determine whether sufficient baseline data have been collected so that
both the remedial action and long-term monitoring data can be easily compared to pre-remedy conditions.

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
        At sediment sites, it is also frequently necessary to continue collecting background data from
upstream or other reference areas away from the direct influence of the site.  This can be especially
important where there are uncertainties or potentially changing conditions in background areas, for
example, where upstream urban storm water runoff or other possible continuing sources of contamination
could impact a remedy.

        During the remedial design phase, it is also important to develop a clear understanding of how the
monitoring data will be used in the post-remediation decision process, and to ensure that reviews of the
monitoring results are conducted in a timely fashion so additional actions can be taken when necessary.
In this way, the monitoring data should become a key element of the decision process both in terms of
whether the cleanup levels and RAOs are being met and whether additional management actions are
warranted.

        Highlight 8-2 lists some key questions the project manager should answer before developing a
monitoring plan.
                    Highlight 8-2: Key Questions For Environmental Monitoring
         What is the purpose of the monitoring?

         Are detection limits adequate to meet the purpose of the monitoring?

         Are there likely to be other factors, such as non site-related releases, besides the cleanup that will
         influence the monitoring results, and are these well understood?

         How often should monitoring take place, and how long should it continue?

         Can the  monitoring results be readily placed into searchable, electronic databases and made available to
         the project team and others?

         Is it clear who is responsible for reviewing the monitoring data and what the triggers are for identifying
         important trends (positive or negative) in the results?

         What are the most appropriate methods for analyzing the monitoring data?  Should these be based on
         statistical tests or other quantitative analysis? Will there be sufficient data to support these statistical
         measures?

         Is there agreement on what actions will be taken based on the results of the monitoring data?

         How will the results be communicated to the public, and who is responsible  for doing this?
        Although sediment sites vary widely in size and complexity, monitoring typically requires a
higher degree of planning than at some other types of sites for the following reasons:

        •       Sediment sites often involve more than one affected medium (e.g., sediment, surface
               water, biota, floodplain soils, and ground water) and multiple contaminants of concern;

               Contaminants at sediment sites are often from a variety of sources, some of which may be
               outside of the site in question;
                                                                                                8-3

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
               Sediment sites may require monitoring over large areas and in a variety of physical and
               ecological settings;

       •       Spatial and temporal variabilities of aquatic sediment and biota can be great; and

       •       Risk goals, for sites with bioaccumulative contaminants, generally relate to contaminants
               in biota and the relationship between contaminant levels in sediment and biota is
               frequently complex.

       An especially important issue for project managers at large sites with more than one response
action is the need to monitor both the effectiveness of individual sediment actions and the ability of
achieving overall site RAOs. Frequently, the monitoring parameters at large sites are different.  For
example, where contaminants from multiple sources are indistinguishable, it may be necessary to use
unique parameters for monitoring effectiveness of individual actions. However, it also may be very
important to monitor parameters (i.e., some fish species), which may be responding to multiple sources or
areas of a site.

8.2   SIX RECOMMENDED STEPS FOR SITE MONITORING

       When developing a monitoring plan, it is important to review the ROD and supporting documents
for the site. The ROD generally should contain numerical cleanup levels and/or action levels for
sediment and sometimes for other media, and narrative RAOs that relate more directly to reducing risk.
Generally, these form the basis of the monitoring plan. RODs or other site documents may also  contain
specific performance criteria or objectives for the short-term and long-term performance of the remedy
that should be incorporated into the monitoring plan.

       EPA's Monitoring Guidance (U.S. EPA 2004c) describes six key steps that are recommended in
developing and implementing a monitoring plan. These steps are listed in Highlight 8-3 and explained
briefly along with sediment site examples in the following text.  This guidance was developed for use at
all hazardous waste sites, not just  Superfund sites, and therefore, uses the term "site activity" to apply to
implementation of removal actions, remedial actions, ICs, or habitat mitigation.

Step 1. Identify Monitoring Plan Objectives

       Generally, the most important element in developing an effective monitoring plan is for  the
project manager to identify clear and specific monitoring objectives. Identifying appropriate monitoring
objectives normally includes examining the intended outcomes of the action and the methods used to
achieve that outcome at the site. Inadequate or vague monitoring objectives can lead to uncertainty about
why the monitoring is being conducted and how the data will be used.  Furthermore, funding for
monitoring is often limited. Specifying objectives can help to focus the experimental design and ensure
that the most useful information is collected.  When identifying monitoring objectives other than those
already established in decision or enforcement documents, the project manager should involve
participants from all concerned stakeholders (e.g., public, natural resource trustees, state agencies,
potentially responsible parties).
8-4

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
                 Highlight 8-3: Recommended Six-Step Process for Developing and
                                   Implementing a Monitoring Plan
 Step 1. Identify Monitoring Plan Objectives

         Evaluate the site activity
         -D      Identify the activity objectives
         -D      Identify the activity endpoints
         -D      Identify the activity mode of action
         Identify monitoring objectives
         Obtain stakeholder input
 Step 2. Develop Monitoring Plan Hypotheses

         Develop monitoring conceptual models
         Develop monitoring hypotheses and questions
 Step 3. Formulate Monitoring Decision Rules
 Step 4. Design the Monitoring Plan

         Identify data needs
         Determine monitoring plan boundaries
         Identify data collection methods
         Identify data analysis methods
         Finalize the decision rules
         Prepare monitoring quality assurance project plans (QAPPs)
 Step 5. Conduct Monitoring Analyses and Characterize Results

         Conduct data collection and analysis
         Evaluate results per the monitoring of data quality objectives (DQOs), developed in Steps 1-4, and revise
         data collection and analysis as necessary
         Characterize analytical results and evaluate relative to the decision rules
 Step 6. Establish the Management Decision

         Monitoring results support the decision rule for site activity success
         -D      Conclude the site activity and monitoring
         Monitoring results do not support the decision rule for site activity success but are trending toward
         support
         -D      Continue the site activity and monitoring
         Monitoring results do not support the decision rule and are not trending toward support
         -D      Conduct causative factor and uncertainty analysis
         -D      Revise site activity and/or monitoring plan and implement
 Source: U.S. EPA 2004c
        Physical, chemical, and/or biological endpoints should be identified to help evaluate each
monitoring objective.  In general, physical and chemical endpoints are less costly and more easily
measured and interpreted than biological endpoints and, therefore, may be more appropriate where quick
decisions are needed.  However, the ability of physical and chemical endpoints to quantify- changes in
ecological risk reliably may be less direct than biological measurements, for example where risk is due to
direct contact with multiple contaminants. In this case, toxicity tests or bioassessments may provide an
integrated measurement of the cumulative effects of all contaminants and, therefore, can be a better


                                                                                                   8-5

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
assessment of ecological risks in some situations. Conversely, where the primary risk is due to humans
and wildlife eating fish, chemical endpoints in fish may be most appropriate.

       When identifying appropriate endpoints, it is important for the project manager to ensure that the
measure employed matches the time frame established for the criteria. For example, acute toxicity tests
quantify short-term effects on an organism; therefore, this type of test may be appropriate for operational
monitoring (e.g., monitoring during remedial dredging), where it can be performed in a short period of
time.  Other biological endpoints, such as changes in species diversity, typically occur over long periods
of time and may be more appropriate for use in a long-term monitoring program designed to look at
ecological recovery. Although no single endpoint can quantify all possible risks, a combination of
physical, chemical, and biological endpoints usually provides the best overall approach for measuring risk
reduction.

       Example: In the ROD, EPA established a RAO of reducing polychlorinated biphenyl
       (PCB) concentrations in fish tissue to levels that would eliminate the need for a fish
       consumption advisory for PCBs (for this site, 0.05 ppm). To achieve this objective, EPA
       selected a cleanup level of 0.5 ppm total PCBs in sediment.  The short-term objective of
       the monitoring program is to monitor PCB concentrations in sediment until the cleanup
       level  is met and the long-term objective of the monitoring program is to monitor PCB
       concentrations in fish tissue until the RAO is met.

Step 2. Develop Monitoring Plan Hypotheses

       Typically, monitoring hypotheses represent statements and/or questions about the relationship
between a site activity, such as sediment remediation, and one or more expected outcomes (U.S. EPA
2004c).  The development of the monitoring hypotheses is analogous to the problem formulation step
(Step  1) of the DQO process (U.S. EPA 2000a). The monitoring hypothesis may be generally stated as
"The site activity has been successful in reaching its stated goals and objectives," or in question form, as
"Has the site activity reached its  stated goals and objectives?" As described in EPA's Monitoring
Guidance (U.S. EPA 2004c),  the concept of a monitoring conceptual model may be helpful in identifying
and organizing appropriate hypotheses. This model, frequently a flow chart or graphical display, consists
of a series of working hypotheses that identify the relationships between site activities and expected
outcomes.

       Example hypotheses: The PCB concentration in sediment has reached the cleanup level
       of 0.5 ppm.  The PCB concentration in fish tissue has reached the remedial goal of 0.05
       ppm.

Step 3. Formulate Monitoring Decision Rules

       Once monitoring objectives and hypotheses are agreed upon and stated explicitly, the next step
should be to identify specific  decision rules that will be used to assess whether the objectives are met. A
decision rule is normally an "if... then..." statement that defines the conditions that would cause the
decision maker to choose an action. In a monitoring plan, the decision rules should establish criteria for
continuing, stopping, or modifying the monitoring or for taking an additional response action.  Four main
elements of a decision rule usually are:  1) the parameter of interest; 2) the expected outcome of the
8-6

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
remedial action; 3) an action level, the basis on which a monitoring decision will be made; and 4)
alternative actions, the monitoring decision choices for the specified action (U.S. EPA 2004c).

        Another factor the project manager should consider when developing decision rules is the time
frame under which they will operate.  For example, when dredging highly contaminated sediment, a real-
time monitoring program could be established to analyze water samples before proceeding with the next
day's dredging. In contrast, the time frame required to assess a long-term monitoring objective (e.g., to
lower fish tissue concentrations) would be longer. In either case, the time frame should be explicitly
stated and understood by all the participants.

        Examples: A decision rule could be established to require certain actions if suspended
        sediment or contaminant concentration in the surface water due to releases from dredging
        exceed certain criteria. A decision rule could be established to assess whether the
        sediment cleanup level of 0.5 ppm PCBs has been reached, defined as an average of 0.5
        ppm PCBs in each often grids over the site. A decision rule could be established to
        assess whether progress is being made toward the remedial action objective of reduced
        PCB concentrations in fish tissue by establishing an interim goal of achieving 0.8 ppm in
        fish tissue within five years, after which monitoring frequency will be revisited. PCB
        concentrations in fish species "A" will be measured on a specific frequency (e.g.,
        annually) that is commensurate with the relevant species' uptake and depuration rates.

Step 4.  Design the Monitoring Plan

        The fourth recommended step for the project manager is to identify the  monitoring design for
collecting the necessary data. Design considerations include identifying data needs; determining
monitoring boundaries (frequency,  location, duration); identifying data collection methods; and
identifying data analysis methods, including uncertainty analysis. EPA recommends that a systematic
planning approach be used to develop acceptance or performance criteria for all environmental data
collection and use. The Agency's DQO process is a planning approach normally appropriate for sediment
sites (U.S. EPA 2000a).  Quality assurance project plans (QAPPs) or their equivalent are also
recommended for environmental data collection and use.

        The spatial and temporal aspects of a monitoring plan typically define where and when to collect
samples. In general, sampling locations should be based on the areal extent and magnitude of the
contaminated sediment and the propensity for the contaminants to move, either  through transport (e.g.,
remediation, natural events) or through the food chain.  Generally, the more dynamic the conditions, the
more frequently sampling is necessary to represent conditions accurately.  However, a less costly
alternative can be to use data endpoints which respond to cumulative, longer-term conditions,  where
appropriate. Additional factors that should be considered in establishing sampling locations include
locations of baseline or pre-remediation sampling stations and spatial gradients  in concentration.  For
example, generally greater sample density is needed where concentration gradients are high.

        Selecting a statistical approach to use in evaluating the data is another important aspect of the
monitoring program design. Data are sometimes collected in a manner that is incompatible with or
insufficient for the statistical tests used to analyze the data.  Although the amount of data needed to
compare point-in-time data may be less than that needed to reliably establish a trend in data, both types of
analyses may be needed to draw conclusions reliably.  Especially for critical decisions, project managers

                                                                                              8-7

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
should seek expert advice in order to design a sampling program that will yield statistically defensible
results.  One potential method, power analysis, is described in Biostatistical Analysis (Zar 1999).

        Another crucial element of developing a monitoring plan typically is cost. Generally, it is more
cost-effective to collect less data, providing they are the "correct" or most useful data than it is to collect
more of the "wrong" data.  Following the key steps outlined in this guidance to design a monitoring plan
should help project managers determine what are the "correct" data. Project managers may  also find it
useful to consider the use of indicator or surrogate parameters that correlate with those of primary
interest, as a supplement to primary parameters that are especially costly or problematic to collect.

        Finally, this step of monitoring plan development should ensure mechanisms are in place for
modifying the plan based on new information.

        Example: From the remedial investigation data, we know that smallmouth bass spend
        most of their time in the contaminated area and spawn in late spring. The proposed
        sampling plan would consist of overlaying an unbiased sampling grid onto a map of the
        contaminated area of River X as well as in the areas upstream and downstream of the site.
        It is decided that 30 four-year old female bass will be collected in the early spring, before
        spawning, in each of these areas. A power analysis on baseline data indicated 20 fish
        would allow the project team to discern a 0.5 ppm or greater change in tissue
        concentration with 0.25 ppm confidence intervals (90 percent). However, given cost
        considerations, only ten samples will be analyzed immediately and the other 20 archived
        for further analyses pending the results.

Step 5.  Conduct Monitoring Analyses and Characterize Results

        The next recommended step in developing a monitoring plan includes data collection and
analysis, evaluating analytical results, and addressing data deviations from the monitoring DQOs. At this
point, the project manager should evaluate the data with regard to the monitoring hypotheses, the DQOs,
and the monitoring decision rules developed in previous steps. At this step, the project manager should
implement decision rules that may call for continuing, stopping, or modifying the monitoring or for taking
additional action at the site.

        In addition, the project manager should communicate data and results to the  appropriate
audiences. Frequently, the importance of communicating the results is underestimated. Because
information is often provided to individuals with various levels of technical expertise, it should be
comprehensible at multiple levels of understanding. Complex scientific data are not often easily
understood by those without a technical background, and ineffective data communication often leads to
skepticism about the conclusions. Therefore, it is important that the project manager consider the
audience and present results in multiple  formats. To those less familiar with the technical presentation of
data, information can be presented in easily understood visual formats  [e.g., geographic information
system (GIS)].  This approach maximizes the effective dissemination of information to the greatest
number of individuals, thus increasing the probability that the conclusions will be understood and
believed.

        Example: At this point, three years offish tissue data have been collected, analyzed, and
        validated. The decision criterion for this monitoring objective was to reduce the PCB

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
       concentrations in fish tissue to 0.8 ppm within five years. The data show that after the
       third year, fish tissue concentrations have decreased significantly but the averages are
       still above 0.8 ppm; however, the higher levels are restricted to a relatively small area and
       most fish are below 0.8 ppm. The results are summarized and presented to the
       stakeholders. Due to the declining trend, the decision is made that the monitoring
       objective is expected to be met within five years and the fourth year monitoring effort can
       be skipped.

Step 6. Establish the Management Decision

       The final step of a monitoring plan should be an extension of Step 5, to evaluate monitoring
results and uncertainties and come to a decision regarding any changes in site activities or changes in the
monitoring plans that may be appropriate at this time.  Developing contingency plans in advance for
actions that may need to be taken in response to monitoring results is recommended.

       Example: Due to the declining trend, the decision is made that the monitoring objective
       is expected to be met within five years and the fourth year monitoring effort can be
       skipped.

       An outline of the six steps and suggested subparts is shown in Highlight 8-2. It should be noted
that the following outline essentially follows EPA's DQO process, with modification for ease of
application to a contaminated sediment site. Project managers should refer to the DQO process guidance
(U.S. EPA 2000a) to supplement this outline when preparing a sediment site monitoring program.

8.3   POTENTIAL MONITORING TECHNIQUES

       This section provides a brief overview of the types of monitoring techniques and data endpoints
that the project manager could consider when developing a monitoring plan.  Selection of endpoints
depends on the requirements in the decision and/or enforcement documents, as well as more general
considerations related to the cleanup methods selected and the phase of the operation, as discussed in
previous sections.  For complex sites, frequently a combination of physical, chemical, and biological
methods and a tiered monitoring plan (Highlight 8-3), is the best approach to determine whether a
sediment remedy is meeting sediment cleanup levels, RAOs or goals, and associated performance criteria
both during remedial action and in the long term. Monitoring, sampling, and analysis methods are being
constantly improved based on research and increased field experience.  Project managers should watch
for new methods and, where they offer additional accuracy or lower cost but also allow for data to be
compared to existing data, consider using them.

       Generally, physical and chemical endpoints are easier to measure and interpret than biological
endpoints.  In the case of human health risk, chemical measurements are commonly used to assess risk.
In contrast, measurement of the biological community is a direct but often complex measurement for
monitoring changes in ecological risk.  Caged organisms (e.g., Macoma, or mussels)  at the site over a
defined time frame can identify changes in bioavailable concentrations of many contaminants.  Collection
offish and tissue analysis can address both human health and ecological response of the system, if both
needs are considered during design of the sampling and analysis plan.  The project manager should refer
to EPA's Office of Water Methods for Collection, Storage, and Manipulation of Sediments for Chemical
                                                                                            8-9

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
and Toxicological Analyses (U.S. EPA 2001k) and Managing and Sampling and Analyzing Contaminants
in Fish and Shellfish (U.S. EPA 2000h) for more detailed information.

       Biological endpoints (e.g., toxicity tests) typically provide an integrated measurement of the
cumulative effects of all contaminants. When using biological endpoints, it is important for the project
manager to ensure the biological test employed fits the intended criteria. For example, acute toxicity tests
are designed to quantify short-term effects on an organism; therefore, this type of test may be appropriate
when monitoring for short-term impacts of a remedy.  However, for toxicity tests to be useful, it is
important to have demonstrated during site characterization a significant relationship between the
contaminant and toxicity.  Other biological endpoints, such as changes in species diversity, typically
occur over long periods of time and may be more appropriate for use in a long-term monitoring program
designed to look at ecological recovery.  While no single endpoint can quantify all possible risks, project
managers should consider a combination of physical, chemical, and biological endpoints to provide the
best overall approach for assessing the long-term effectiveness of a remedial action in  achieving the
RAOs.

8.3.1   Physical Measurements

       Physical testing at a site may include measurements of erosion and/or deposition of sediment,
ground water advective flow, particle size, surface water flow rates, and sediment
homogeneity/heterogeneity. Potential types of physical data and their uses include the following:

       •       Sediment Geophysical Properties: Uses include fate and transport modeling,
               determination of contaminant bioavailability, and habitat characteristics of post-cleanup
               sediment surface;

       •       Water Column Physical Measurements ('e.g., turbidity,  total suspended solids): Uses
               include monitoring the amount of sediment resuspended during dredging and during
               placement of in-situ caps;

       •       Bathymetry Data: Uses include  evaluating post-capping or post-dredging bottom
               elevations for comparison to design specifications, and evaluating sediment stability
               during natural recovery;

       •       Side Scan Sonar Data: Uses include remote sensing to  monitor the distribution of
               sediment types and bedforms;

       •       Settlement Plate Data: Uses include monitoring changes in cap thickness over time and
               measuring cap  consolidation;

       •       Sediment Profile Camera Data: Uses include monitoring of changes in thin layering
               within sediment profiles, sediment grain sizes, bioturbation and oxidation depths, and the
               presence of gas bubbles; and

       •       Subbottom Profiler Data:  Uses  include remote sensing measurement of changes in
               sediment surface and subsurface layers, bioturbation and oxidation depths, and presence
               of gas bubbles.

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
8.3.2   Chemical Measurements

        Chemical testing may include sediment chemistry (both the upper biological surficial zone and/or
deeper sediment), evaluating biodegradation, contaminant partitioning to the pore water, and
concentrations of total organic carbon. Potential sampling tools and environmental monitoring methods
used in support of chemical measurements include the following:

        •      Sediment Grab Samplers: Uses include collection of samples for measurement of surface
              sediment chemistry;

        •      Coring Devices (e.g., vibracore, gravity piston, or drop tube samplers): Uses include
              obtaining a vertical profile of sediment chemistry, or detection of contaminant movement
              through a cap or through a layer of naturally deposited clean sediment;

        •      Direct Water Column Measurements (probes): Uses include measurement of parameters
              such as pH and dissolved oxygen in the water column;

        •      Surface Water Samplers:  Uses include measurement of chemical concentrations
              (dissolved and particulate) in water or contaminant releases to the water column during
              construction;

        •      Semi-Permeable Membrane Devices: Uses include measurement of dissolved
              contaminants at the sediment-water interface;  and

        •      Seepage Meters: Uses include measurement of contaminant flux into the water column.

8.3.3   Biological Measurements

        Biological testing can include toxicity bioassays, examining changes in the biological
assemblages at sites, either to document problems or evaluate restoration efforts, and/or determining
toxicant bioaccumulation and food chain effects.  Potential types of biological monitoring data and their
uses also include the following:

        •      Benthic Community Analysis: Uses include evaluation of population size and diversity,
              and monitoring of recovery following remediation;

              Toxicity Testing: Uses include measurement of acute and long-term lethal or sublethal
              effects of contaminants on organisms to help establish a protective range of remediation
              goals;

        •      Tissue Sampling:  Uses include measurement of bioaccumulation, modeling trophic
              transfer potential, and estimating food web effects;

        •      Cased Fish/Invertebrate Studies: Uses include monitoring change in uptake of
              contaminants by biota from the sediment or water column to measure the effect of the
              remedy on bioaccumulation rates; and

                                                                                           8-11

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
       •       Sediment Profile Camera Studies: Uses include indirect measurement of
               macroinvertebrate recolonization, for example, measuring population density of
               polychaetes by counting the number of burrow tubes per linear centimeter along the
               sediment-water interface.

       The interpretation offish tissue results and their relationship to sediment contaminant levels can
be especially complex. Potential complications may relate to questions of home range, lipid content, age,
feeding regime, contaminant excretion rates, and other factors.  Especially at low contaminant
concentrations, these variabilities can make understanding the relationship between trends in sediment
and biota concentrations especially difficult.

       Fact sheets are under development at EPA concerning biological monitoring at sediment sites,
including:

       •       An approach for using biological measures to evaluate the short-term and long-term
               remedial effects at Superfund sites; and

               An approach for using bioaccumulation information from biota sediment accumulation
               factors (BSAFs) and food chain models to assess ecological risks and to develop
               sediment remediation goals.

8.4   REMEDY-SPECIFIC MONITORING APPROACHES

       The following sections discuss monitoring issues  particular to MNR, in-situ capping, and
dredging or excavation. Many sediment remedies involve a combination of cleanup methods, and for
these remedies, the monitoring plan will likely include a combination of techniques to measure short- and
long-term success.  At many sediment sites, monitoring of source control actions is an important first
step.

8.4.1  Monitoring Natural Recovery

       Monitoring of natural recovery remedies often tests the hypothesis that natural processes are
continuing to operate at a rate that is expected to reduce contaminant concentrations in appropriate media
such as biota to an acceptable level in a reasonable time frame.  Other measures of reduced risk may also
be appropriate for a site.  In most cases, monitoring  involves measuring natural processes indirectly or
measuring the effects of those processes. As a sound strategy for monitoring natural recovery the project
manager should consider the following:

               Monitoring direct or indirect measures  of natural processes (e.g., sediment accumulation
               rates, degradation products, sediment and contaminant transport);

       •       Monitoring contaminant levels in surface sediment, surface water, and biota; and

       •       Monitoring measures of biota recovery (e.g., sediment toxicity, benthic community size
               and/or diversity).

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
       When monitoring natural recovery, it is usually important to monitor sediment, surface water, and
biota. The water column is typically important because it integrates the flux of contaminants from
sediment and is not typically subject to as large a spatial variability as sediment.  Biota monitoring is
important because it is frequently directly related to risk.

       Monitoring continued effectiveness of source control actions can be especially important at MNR
sites.  Depending on the quality of existing trend data, MNR remedies may require more intensive
monitoring early in the recovery period, which may be relaxed if predicted recovery rates are being
attained.  Also, there may be a need to collect additional data after an intensive disturbance event.

       EPA's Science Advisory Board (SAB), in its May 2001 report, Monitored Natural Attenuation:
USEPA Research Program -An EPA Science Advisory Board Review (U.S. EPA 200 Ij), Section 3.4,
Summary of Major Research Recommendations, indicates the need for the development of additional
monitoring methods to quantify attenuation mechanisms, contaminated sediment transport processes, and
bioaccumulation to support footprint documentation and analysis of permanence. EPA is aware of these
research needs and plans to address  some of these topics in ongoing and future work.

       For areas that may be  subject to sediment disruption, the project manager should conduct more
extensive monitoring when specified disruptive events (e.g., storms or flow stages of a specified
recurrence interval or magnitude) occur to evaluate whether buried contaminated sediment has been
disturbed or transported and the extent of contaminant release contaminants and  increased exposure. The
project manager should design the monitoring plan to handle the relatively quick turnaround times needed
to effectively monitor disruptive events. However, interpretation of these data in terms of increased risk
should take into account the length of time organisms may be exposed to higher  levels of contaminant
concentrations.

       The project manager should include periodic comparisons of monitoring data to rates of recovery
expected for the site in an MNR monitoring program. Where predictions were based on modeling, the
project manager should make monitoring results available to the modeling team  or other researchers to
conduct field validation of the model. Where contingency remedies or triggers for additional work are
part of a remedy decision, the  project manager should design the monitoring plan to help determine
whether those triggers are met. For example, a contingency for additional evaluation or additional work
may be triggered by an increasing or insufficiently decreasing trend in contaminant concentrations in
sediment, surface water, or biota at specified locations.  Where contingencies for additional work are
triggered, the project manager may need to include measures  such as  additional source control, additional
ICs, the placement of a thin layer of clean sediment to enhance natural recovery, or an active cleanup (i.e.,
dredging or capping).

       Following attainment  of cleanup levels and remedial action objectives, monitoring may still be
needed at some MNR sites.  For sites where natural recovery  is based on burial with clean sediment,
continued monitoring may be necessary to assess whether buried contaminants remain buried after an
intensive disturbance event.  This monitoring should continue until the project team has reasonable
confidence in the continued effectiveness of the remedy.

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
8.4.2   Monitoring In-Situ Capping

        Remedial action monitoring for capping generally includes monitoring of construction and
placement, and of cap performance during an initial period. It may also include monitoring of broader
RAOs such as recovery of the benthic community or of contaminant levels in fish. Long-term monitoring
for capping generally includes continued periodic monitoring of cap performance and maintenance
activities, and continued monitoring of RAOs. In some cases (e.g., Fund-lead sites) it may be necessary
to distinguish monitoring that is part of remedial action from monitoring that is part of O&M. This
should be a site-specific decision. Highlight 8-4 lists sample elements of monitoring an in-situ cap.  It is
important to note that not all of these elements may be needed for every cap. In general, cap monitoring
should be designed so that elements can be phased back or eliminated if the remedy is performing as
expected and there has been no large-scale disturbance of the cap.

        As shown in Highlight 8-4, a variety of monitoring equipment and methods can be used for
capping projects during both remedial action and long-term monitoring. The extent of any necessary
monitoring should be a site-specific decision and also may depend on decision and enforcement document
requirements. In general, bathymetric surveys to determine cap thickness and stability over time,
sediment core chemistry (including surface sediment and upper portion of cap) to confirm physical and
chemical isolation and test for recontamination, and some form of biological monitoring are useful for
most capping projects.  Specialized equipment, such as seepage meters, diffusion samplers (e.g., peepers
and semi-permeable membrane devices), sediment profile cameras, sediment traps, or use  of caged
organisms, may also be useful in some cases.

        Construction monitoring for capping normally is designed to measure whether design plans and
specifications are followed in the placement of the cap and to monitor the extent of any contaminant
releases during cap placement. During construction, monitoring results can be used to identify
modifications to design or construction techniques needed to meet unavoidable field constraints.
Construction monitoring frequently includes interim and post-construction cap material  placement
surveys. Appropriate methods for monitoring cap placement include bathymetric surveys, sediment
cores, sediment profiling camera, and chemical resuspension monitoring for contaminants. For some
sites, visual observation in shallow waters or surface visual aids, such as viewing tube or diver
observations, can also be useful.

        Biological monitoring in the initial period following  cap construction may include monitoring of
the benthic community that may recolonize the capped site and the bioturbation behavior of bottom-
dwelling organisms.  Where contaminants are bioaccumulative, fish or other biota edible tissue or whole
body monitoring are also likely to be needed.

        Long-term monitoring of in-situ capping sites typically is important to ensure that the cap is not
being eroded or significantly compromised (e.g., penetrated by submerged aquatic vegetation, ground
water recharge,  or bioturbation) and that chemical contaminant fluxes that ultimately do move through the
cap to surface water do so at the low projected rate and concentration. It may be also desirable to  include
ongoing monitoring for recontamination of the cap surface and non-capped areas from other sources.

-------
Highlight 8-4: Sample Cap Monitoring Phases and Elements
Monitoring Phase Element Component Analysis Frequency/Location
Cap Construction





Cap Performance


Severe Event
Response
Cap material quality
Cap thickness and
areal extent


Sediment
resuspension
Sediment
displacement
Recolonization
Physical isolation
Chemical isolation
Cap integrity
Cap material sampling
Bathymetry
Subbottom profile
Sediment profile camera
Cores
Plume tracking
Acoustic doppler current
profile (ADCP)
Water column samples
Sediment samples
Sediment profile camera
Benthic community analysis
Subbottom profile
Bathymetry
Cores
Peepers, seepage meters, if
needed
Subbottom profile
Sediment profile camera
Cores
Physical properties
Thickness of cap layers
Areal extent of cap
Thickness of cap layers
Layer thickness and physical properties
Chemical properties for baseline
Suspended sediment
Water column chemistry
Chemical properties of sediment
Layer thickness
Re-colonization, population size, and diversity
Layer thickness
Physical properties
Sediment chemistry, pore water chemistry

5% of loads
Baseline
Initial placement
Final surveys over entire area
Baseline
Initial placement
Defined grid for remaining cells
Defined grid
5% of load placements
Sediment bed near cap boundaries
Defined grid - frequency determined by local
information about recolonization rates
Annual checks in some cases
Surveys over entire area every five years,
modify as needed
Defined grid every five years, modify as
needed
Following major storms or earthquakes

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
       For areas that may be subject to cap disruption, more extensive monitoring should be triggered
when specified disruptive events (e.g., storms, flow stages, or earthquakes of a specified recurrence
interval or magnitude) occur, to evaluate whether the cap was disturbed and whether any disturbance
caused a significant release of contaminants and increased risk. Additional monitoring for the effects of
tidal and wave pumping and boat propeller wash is also recommended where these are expected to be
important factors. In general, the project manager should monitor cap integrity both routinely and
following storm/flood events that approach the design storm magnitude envisioned by the cap's
engineers.  As for other types of sediment remedies, the project manager should design the monitoring
plan to handle the relatively quick turnaround times needed to effectively monitor disruptive events.

       Cap maintenance is generally limited to the repair and replenishment of the erosion protection
layer in potentially high erosion areas where this is necessary. Project managers should consider the
ability to detect and respond quickly to a loss of the erosion protection layer when evaluating a capping
alternative.  Seasonal limitations, such as ice formation or closure of navigation structures (locks), can
affect the ability to monitor and maintain in-situ caps and should be accounted for in monitoring plans.

       Capping remedies frequently include provisions for actions to be taken in the case that one or
more cap functions are not being met. Options for modifying the cap design may or may not be available.
If monitoring shows that the stabilization component is being eroded by events of lesser magnitude than
planned, or the erosive energy at the capping site was underestimated, then eroded material can be
replaced with more erosion-resistant cap material. If monitoring indicates that bottom-dwelling
organisms are penetrating the cap and causing  unacceptable releases of contaminants, then project
managers should consider placing additional cap material on top of the cap to maintain isolation of the
contaminated sediment.  These types of management options are usually feasible where additional cap
thickness, and the resulting decrease in water depths at the  site, does not conflict with other waterway
uses. Where a cap has been closely designed to a thickness that will not limit waterway use (i.e.,
recreational or commercial navigation),  the options for modifying a cap design after construction can be
limited.

8.4.3  Monitoring Dredging or Excavation

       Monitoring for dredging or excavation remedies generally includes construction and operational
monitoring of the dredging or excavation, transport, dewatering, any treatment, transport, and  any on-site
disposal placement. Following dredging or excavation, the residual sediment contamination should also
be monitored. Additional monitoring following sediment removal may include monitoring of sediment
toxicity or benthic community recovery or, for bioaccumulative contaminants,  tissue concentrations in
fish or shellfish, as well as continued monitoring of any on-site disposal facilities and monitoring
sediment and/or biota for recontamination.

       Depending on the levels of contamination and the selected methods of dredging/excavation,
transport, treatment or disposal, potential construction and operational monitoring may include the
following:

               Surface water monitoring at the dredging site and any in-water disposal sites (e.g., total
               suspended solids, total and dissolved contaminant concentrations, caged fish toxicity,
               caged mussel intake);
8-16

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
               Dredging/excavation residual monitoring at the sediment surface to determine whether
               cleanup levels are met;

       •       Effluent quality monitoring after sediment dewatering and/or treatment;

       •       Air monitoring at the dredge, transport, on-site disposal, and treatment sites; and

       •       On-site disposal monitoring of dredged sediment or treatment residuals.

       A thorough monitoring plan will normally enable project managers to make design or
construction changes to ensure that the spread of contamination to uncontaminated areas of the water
body, sensitive habitats, or adjacent human populations is minimized during dredging, transport,
treatment, or disposal. Depending on the contaminants present and their tendency to volatilize or
bioaccumulate, the project manager should consider water, air, and biological sampling in the monitoring
plan.

       Generally, a monitoring plan for dredging should include collecting data to test the effectiveness
of silt curtains, dredge operating practices, and any other measures used to control sediment resuspension
or sediment or contaminant transport. In most cases the project manager should include sampling
upgradient of the dredging operation and both inside and outside of any containment structures.
Generally this sampling should also include dissolved compounds in the water column, although in some
cases it may be a appropriate to use  a tiered approach with analysis of dissolved compounds triggered by
exceedances of threshold criteria for total compounds or for suspended  solids. Also, where contaminants
may be volatile, project managers should consider the need for air sampling.  At highly contaminated
sites, it may be necessary for the project manager to conduct a pilot study on a small area to determine if
the sediment can be removed without causing unacceptable risks to adjacent human populations or
adjacent benthic habitat. This information can help to determine what containment barriers or dredging
methods work best and what performance standards are achievable at the site. The project manager
should compare monitoring results with  baseline data for contaminant concentrations in water and, where
appropriate, in air. This should ensure that effects due to dredging may be separated and evaluated from
natural perturbations caused by tides and storms. The project manager  should develop contingency plans
to guide changes in operation where performance standards are not met.

       Following dredging, it is usually essential for project managers to conduct monitoring to
determine whether cleanup levels in sediment are achieved. Initial sampling should be analyzed rapidly,
so that contingency actions, such as additional dredging, excavation, or backfilling, can be implemented
quickly if cleanup levels have not been met.

       Following sediment removal, it is usually necessary for the project manager to conduct long-term
monitoring to ensure that the dredged or excavated area is not recontaminated by additional sources or by
disturbance of any residuals that remain  above cleanup levels.  Long-term monitoring is usually necessary
to provide data to determine whether RAOs are met, and may be necessary for a period of time following
remedial action to provide confidence that the objectives will remain met.

       If an in-water or upland disposal facility is constructed on site as part of the remedy, it should
also be monitored to ensure that it remains intact and that there are no unacceptable contaminant releases
in the long term. Monitoring is recommended to determine whether contaminants are leaking through the
bottom or walls of the on-site confined disposal facility (CDF) or landfill, and to determine if any surface
                                                                                            8-17

-------
Chapter 8: Remedial Action and Long-Term Monitoring
cap remains intact to ensure protection from infiltration. Depending on the type of disposal site and the
nature of the contamination, long-term disposal site monitoring may include the following:

        •       Seepage from the CDF containment cells to surrounding surface water;

        •       Ground water monitoring;

        •       Surface water runoff monitoring;

        •       Disposal area cap integrity monitoring; and

        •       Revegetation or recolonization by plant and animal communities monitoring, and their
                potential uptake of contaminants.

        Highlight 8-5 lists important points to remember related to monitoring sediment sites.
           Highlight 8-5: Some Key Points to Remember About Monitoring Sediment Sites
         Presentation of a monitoring plan is important for all types of sediment remedies, both during and
         following any physical construction, to ensure that exposure pathways and risks have been adequately
         managed

         Development of monitoring  plans should follow a systematic planning process that identifies monitoring
         objectives, decision criteria, endpoints, and data collection, and data interpretation methods

         Before implementing a remedial action, project managers should determine if data adequate baseline
         data exists for comparison to future monitoring data and, if not, collect additional data

         Where background conditions may be changing or where uncertainty exists concerning continuing off-site
         contaminant contributions to a site, it may be necessary to continue collecting data from upstream or
         other reference areas for comparison to site monitoring data

         Monitoring needs include both monitoring of construction and operation and monitoring intended to
         measure whether cleanup levels in sediment and remedial action objectives for biota or other media have
         been met

         Monitoring plans should  be  designed to evaluate whether performance standards of the remedial action
         are being met and should be flexible enough to allow revision if operating procedures are revised

         Field measurement methods and quick turnaround analysis methods with real-time feedback are
         especially useful during capping and dredging operations to identify potential problems which may be
         corrected as the work progresses

         After completion of remedial action, long-term monitoring should be used to identify recontamination, to
         assess continued containment of buried or capped contaminants, and to monitor dredging residuals and
         on-site disposal  facilities
8-18

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
                                     REFERENCES

Abramowicz, D.A., and D.R. Olsen.  1995.  Accelerated Biodegradation of PCBs. Chemtech24:36-41.

Averett, D.E., B.D. Perry, E.J. Torre, and J.A. Miller.  1990.  Review of Removal, Containment, and
       Treatment Technologies for Remediation of Contaminated Sediments in the Great Lakes,
       Miscellaneous Paper EL-90-25.  U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Waterways Experiment Station,
       prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency - Great Lakes National Program Office,
       Chicago, IL.

Barth, E., B. Sass,  A. Polaczyk, and R. Lundy.  2001.  Evaluation of Risk from Using Poultry Litter to
       Remediate and Reuse Contaminated Estuarine Sediments.  Journal of Remediation.  Autumn.

Bedard, D.L., and  R.J. May.  1996.  Characterization of the Polychlorinated Biphenyls in Sediments of
       Woods Pond:  Evidence for Microbial Declorination of Aroclors 1260 In-situ. Environ. Sci.
       Technol. 30:237-245.

Bolger, M.  1993.  Overview of PCB Toxicology. In: Proceedings of the U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency's National Technical Workshop PCBs in Fish Tissue. U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency Office of Water, Washington, DC. EPA 823-R-93-003. September.

Boyer, L.F., P.L. McCall, P.M. Soster, and RB. Whitlatch.  1990.  Deep Sediment Mixing by Burbot
       (Lota lota), Caribou Island Basin, Lake Superior, USA. Ichnos 1: 91-95.

Brown, J.F., Jr., RE. Wagner, H. Feng, D.L. Bedard, M.J. Brennan, J.C. Carnaham and R.J. May.  1987.
       Environmental Declorination of PCBs. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 6:579-593.

Cerniglia, C.E.  1992.  Biodegradation of Poly cyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons.  Biodegradation
       3:351-368.

Chiarenzeli, J., R.  Scrudata, B. Bush, D. Carpenter, and S. Bushart.  1998. Do Large Scale Remedial
       Dredging Events Have the Potential to Release Significant Amounts of Semivolatile Components
       to the Atmosphere? Environmental Health Perspectives. Volume 106, Number 2. February.

Churchward, V., E. Isely, and A.T. Kearney. 1981.  National Waterways  Study-Overview of the
       Transportation Industry. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Institute  for Water Resources, Water
       Resources Support Center, Fort Belvoir, Virginia.

Clarke, D.G., Palermo, M.R, and Sturgis, T.C. 2001.  Subaqueous cap design: Selection of bioturbation
       profiles, depths, and rates.  DOER Technical Notes Collection. ERDC TN-DOER-C21, U.S.
       Army Engineer Research and Development Center, Vicksburg, Mississippi
       http: //www. we s. army .mil/el/dots/doer

Connolly, J.P., and R.  Tonelli. 1985.  A Model of Kepone in the Striped Bass Food Chain of the James
       River Estuary. Estuarine, Coastal & Shelf Science, 20:349-366.

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
Connolly, J.P., and M.P. Logan. 2004. Adaptive Management as a Measured Response to the
       Uncertainty Problem. Addressing Uncertainty and Managing Risk at Contaminated Sediment
       Sites. October 27, 2004, St. Louis, Missouri.

Cowardin, L.M., V. Carter, F.C. Golet and E.T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of Wetlands and Deepwater
       Habitats of the United States. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. U.S. DOI, FWS/OBS-79/31, 103
       pp.

Cowen, C.E., et al., eds. 1999. The Multi-Media Fate Model: A Vital Tool for Predicting the Fate of
       Chemicals. SETAC Press.

Crumbling, D., et al. 2001.  Managing uncertainty in environmental decisions.  Environ. Sci. Technol.
       35: 404A-409A (available on the Web at http://www.clu-in.org/triad').

Davis, J.W., T. Dekker, M. Erickson, V. Magar, C. Patmont, and M. Swindell.  2003. Framework for
       evaluating the effectiveness of monitored natural recovery (MNR) as a contaminated sediment
       management option. Proceedings: 2nd International Conference on Remediation of Contaminated
       Sediments, Venice, Italy (September 30, 2003), Battelle, Columbus, Ohio. (Working draft paper
       available at http://www.rtdf.org/public/sediment/mnrpapers.htm.')

Dec, J., and J.M. Bollag.  1997.  Determination of Covalent Binding Interaction Between Xenobiotic
       Chemicals and Soils. Soil Sci. 162: 858-874.

Desrosiers, R., C. Patmont, E. Appy, and P. LaRosa.  2005. Effectively Managing Dredging Residuals:
       Balancing Remedial Goals and Construction Costs. Proceedings of the Third International
       Conference on Remediation of Contaminated Sediments, January 24-27, 2005, New Orleans,
       Louisiana, Battelle Press.

Dekker, T.  2003.  Numerical models as tools to allow prediction of MNR.  Proceedings: Second
       International Conference on Remediation of Contaminated Sediments, September 3, 2003,
       Venice, Italy, Battelle Press, Columbus, Ohio. Working draft paper available at
       http://www.rtdf.org/public/sediment/mnrpapers.htm.

Erickson, M.J., et al. 2003.  Sediment stability assessment to evaluate natural recovery as a viable
       remedy for contaminated sediments. Proceedings: Second International Conference on
       Remediation of Contaminated Sediments, September 3, 2003, Venice, Italy, Battelle Press,
       Columbus, Ohio. Working draft paper available at
       http://www.rtdf.org/public/sediment/mnrpapers.htm.

Flanagan, W.P., and R.J. May. 1993. Metabolic Detection as Evidence for Naturally Occurring Aerobic
       PCB Biodegradation in Hudson River Sediments. Environ. Sci. Technol. 27: 2207-2212.

Francingues, N.R., and D.W. Thompson. 2000. Innovative Dredged Sediment Decontamination and
       Treatment Technologies.  DOER Technical Notes Collection (ERDC TN-DOER-T2), U.S. Army
       Engineer Research and Development Center, Vicksburg, Mississippi. Available at
       htto: //www. we s. army .mil/el/dots/doer.

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
Ghiorse, W.C., J.B. Herrick, R.L. Sandoli, and E.L. Madsen.  1995. Natural selection of PAH-degrading
       bacterial guilds at coal-tar disposal sites. Environ. Health Perspect.  103(5): 103-111.

Hall, J.S. 1994. Physical Disturbance and Marine Benthic Communities: Life in Unconsolidated
       Sediment. Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review. 32:179-239.

Harkness, M.R., J.B. McDermott, D.A. Abramowicz, J.J. Salvo, W.P. Flanagan, M.L. Stephens, F.J.
       Mondello, R.J. May, J.H. Lobos, K.M. Carrol, M.J. Brennan, A.A. Bracco, K.M. Fish, G.L.
       Wagner, P.R. Wilson, O.K. Dierich, D.T. Lin,  C.B. Morgan and W.L. Gately.  1993.  In-situ
       Stimulation of Aerobic PCB Biodegradation in Hudson River Sediments.  Science 159:503-507.

Hays, D., and P. Wu.  2001. "Simple approach to TSS source strength estimates." Proceedings, 21st
       Annual Meeting of the Western Dredging Association (WEDA XXI) and 33rd Annual Texas
       A&M Dredging Seminar, Houston, Texas.

Hedblom, E., M. Costello, and H. Huls. 2003. Integrated field sampling for design of a remedial cap. In-
       Situ Contaminated  Sediment Capping Workshop, May 12-14, 2003, Cincinnati, Ohio. Available
       at http://www.serviceenv.com.

Hylleberg, J.  1975. Selective Feeding by Abarenicola vagabunda and a Concept of Gardening in
       Lugworms. Ophelia 14: 113-137.

Jepsen, R., J. Roberts, and W. Lick.  1997.  "Effects of Bulk Density on Sediment Erosion Rates."  Water,
       Air and Soil Pollution, Kluwer Academic Publishers, The Netherlands.  99: 21-37.

Langworthy, D.E., R.D. Stapleton, G.S. Sayler, and R.H. Findlay. 1998. Genotypic and phenotypic
       responses of a riverine microbial community to polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon contamination.
       Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 64(9): 3422-3428.

Lee, C.R. 2000. Reclamation and Beneficial Use of Contaminated Dredged Material: Implementation
       Guidance for  Select Options. DOER Technical Notes Collection (ERDC TN-DOER-C12). U.S.
       Army Engineer Research and Development Center, Vicksburg, Mississippi. Also available on
       the  Internet at: http: //www. wes. army .mil/el/dots/doer.

Lesnick, B., and D. Crumbling.  2001. Guidelines for Preparing SAPs [sampling and analysis plans]:
       Using Systematic Planning and PBMS [performance-based measurement system], Environmental
       Testing and Analysis, Jan/Feb 2001  (available  on the Web at http://www.clu-in.org/triad).

Liu and Znidarcic. 1991. Modeling one dimensional compression characteristics of soils, J. Geotechnical
       Engineering, ASCE, 117(1): 162-169.

Luthy, R.G., G.R. Aiken, M.L. Brusseau, S.D. Cunningham, P.M. Gschwend, J.J. Pingnatello, M.
       Reinhard, S.J. Traina, W.J. Weber, Jr., and J.C. Wentall.  1997. Sequestration of Hydrophobic
       Organic Contaminants by Geosorbents. Environ. Sci. Tech. 31: 3341-3347.

Maa, J.P.-Y., L.D. Wright, C.-H. Lee, and T.W. Shannon. 1993. VIMS sea carousel: a field instrument
       for  studying sediment transport.  Marine Geology 115: 271-287.

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
MacKnight, S.D. 1992. Dredging of contaminated sediment between pre-dredging survey and treatment.
       In: Proc. of the International Symposium on Environmental Dredging, Buffalo, NY.

Mager, V. 2003. Characterization of fate and transport processes: Comparing contaminant recovery with
       biological endpoints.  Proceedings: Second International Conference on Remediation of
       Contaminated Sediments, September 3, 2003, Venice, Italy, Battelle Press, Columbus, Ohio.
       Working draft paper available at http://www.rtdf.org/public/sediment/mnrpapers.htm.

Mallhot, H., and R. H. Peters.  1988. Empirical Relationships Between the L-octane/water Partition
       Coefficient and Nine Physiochemical Properties. Environ. Sci. Technol. 22:1479-1488.

Matisoff, G., X. Wang and P.L. McCall.  1999. Biological redistribution of lake sediments by tubificid
       oligochaetes, Journal of Great Lakes Research 25(1): 205-219.

Matisoff, G. and X. Wang. 2000. Particle mixing by freshwater infaunal bioirrigators: madiges and
       mayflies. Journal of Great Lakes Research 26(2): 174-182.

McLaren, P. and D. Bowles. 1985. The effects of sediment transport on grain-size distributions. Journal
       of Sedimentary Petrology 55: 457-470.

McLaren, P., W.J. Cretney, and R. Powys.  1993.  Sediment pathways in a British Columbia fjord and
       their relationship with particle-associated contaminants; Journal of Coastal Research 9:
       1026-1043.

McNeil, J., C. Taylor, and W. Lick.  1996.  Measurements of erosion of undisturbed bottom sediments
       with depth. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 122(6): 316-324.

Meador, J.P., J.E. Stein, W.L. Reichert, and U. Varanasi. 1995.  Bioaccumulation of polycyclic aromatic
       hydrocarbons by marine organisms. Rev. Environ. Contamin. Toxicol. 143:79-163.

Mulligan, C.N., R.N. Yong, and B.F. Gibbs.  2001.  Heavy Metal Removal from Sediments by
       Biosurfactants. Journal of Hazardous Materials 85: 111-125.

Myers, T.E., and M.E. Zappi.  1989. New Bedford Harbor Superfund Project, Acushnet River Estuary -
       Engineering  Feasibility Study of Dredging and Dredged Material Disposal Alternatives.  Report
       No. 9, Laboratory-Scale Application of Solidification/Stabilization Technology, Technical Report
       EL-88-15. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg,
       Mississippi.

Myers, T.E., R.P. Gambrell, and M.E. Tittlebaum.  1991. Design of an Improved Column Leaching
       Apparatus for Sediments and Dredged Material, Miscellaneous Paper D-91-3.  U.S. Army Corps
       of Engineers Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Mississippi.

Myers, T.E., and D.W. Bowman. 1999. Bioremediation of PAH-Contaminated Dredged Material at the
       Jones Island CDF: Materials, Equipment, and Initial Operations.  DOER Technical Notes
       Collection (ERDC TN-DOER-C5), U.S. Army Engineer Research and Development Center,
       Vicksburg, Mississippi.  Available at http: //www. wes. army .mil/el/dots/doer.

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
Myers, T.E., and Williford. 2000. Concepts and Technologies for Bioremediation in Confined Disposal
       Facilities.  DOER Technical Notes Collection (ERDC TN-DOER-C11), U.S. Army Engineer
       Research and Development Center, Vicksburg, Mississippi.  Available at
       http: //www. we s. army .mil/el/dots/doer.

NRC.  1997. Contaminated Sediments in Ports and Waterways. National Research Council. National
       Academy of Press, Washington, DC.  Available from the National Academies Press Web site at
       http://www.nap.edu/bookstore.html.

NRC. 2001. A Risk-Management Strategy for PCB-Contaminated Sediments. Committee on
       Remediation of PCB-Contaminated Sediments, Board on Environmental Studies and Toxicology,
       Division on Life and Earth Studies, National Research Council. National Academies Press,
       Washington, DC. May.

NRC. 2003. Environmental Cleanup at Navy Facilities: Adaptive Site Management. Committee on
       Environmental Remediation at Naval Facilities, National Research Council.  National Academies
       Press.

Palermo, M.R. 1995. Considerations for Disposal of Dredged Material in Solid Waste Landfills.
       Proceedings  of the 16th Annual Meeting of the Western Dredging Association, St. Paul, MN, May
       23-26, 1995.

Palermo, M.R., and D.E. Averett. 2000.  Confined Disposal Facility (CDF) Containment Measures: A
       Summary of Field Experience. DOER Technical Notes Collection (ERDC TN-DOER-C18), U.S.
       Army Engineer Research and Development Center, Vicksburg, Mississippi.  Available on the
       Internet at: http://www.wes.army.mil/el/dots/doer.

Palmero, M.R., and D.E. Averett. 2003.  "Environmental dredging - A state  of the art review."
       Proceedings  of the 2nd International Symposium on Contaminated Sediments: Characterization,
       Evaluation, Mitigation/Restoration, Monitoring, and Performance, Quebec, Canada, May 26-28.

Palermo, M.R, J.E. Clausner, M.P. Rollings, G.L. Williams, T.E. Myers, T.J. Fredette, and RE. Randall.
       1998a. Guidance for Subaqueous Dredged Material Capping.  U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
       Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Mississippi. Technical Report DOER-1. Available
       on the Internet at http://www.wes.army.mil/el/dots/doer.

Palermo, M., N. Francingues, and D. Averett. 1998b. Environmental Dredging and Disposal - Overview
       and Case Studies.  Proceedings, National Conference on Management and Treatment of
       Contaminated Sediments. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and
       Development, Washington DC. EPA 625/R-98/001.

Palermo, M.R., N.R. Francingues, and D.E. Averett. 2004. Operational Characteristics and Equipment
       Selection Factors for Environmental Dredging.  Journal of Dredging Engineering, Western
       Dredging Association, Vol. 5, No. 4.

Pascoe, G.A., P. McLaren, and M. Soldate. 2002. Impact of offsite sediment transport and toxicity on
       remediation of a contaminated estuarine bay. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 44:  1184-1193.

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
Patmont, C., et al. 2003. Natural Recovery: Monitoring declines in sediment chemical concentrations
       and biological endpoints. Proceedings: Second International Conference on Remediation of
       Contaminated Sediments, September 3, 2003, Venice, Italy, Battelle Press, Columbus, Ohio.
       Working draft paper available at http://www.rtdf.org/public/sediment/mnrpapers.htm.

Pennak, R.W.  1978. Fresh-water Invertebrates of the United States. 2nd Edition. John Wiley & Sons,
       New York.

Ravens, T.M., and P.M. Gschwend.  1999.  Flume Measurements of Sediment Erodibility in Boston
       Harbor. J. Hydraulic Engineering 125: 998-1005.

Reible, D.D., and L.J. Thibodeaux.  1999.  Using Natural Processes to Define Exposure from Sediments.
       Sediment Management Work Group Technical Paper. Available at http://www.smwg.org.

Reid, B.J., K.C. Jones, and K.T. Semple. 2000.  Bioavailability of persistent organic pollutants in soils
       and sediments - a perspective on mechanisms, consequences and assessment. Environ. Poll.
       108:103-112.

Rhoads, D. 1967. Biogenic Reworking of Intertidal and  Subtidal Sediments in Barnstable Harbor and
       Buzzards Bay, Massachusetts.  J. Geol.  75:461-476.

Risk, M., and J. Moffat. 1977. Sedimentological Significance of Fecal Pellets ofMacoma balthica in
       Minas Basin, Bay of Fundy. J. Sediment 47: 1425-1436.

Roch, F., and M. Alexander. 1997. Inability of bacteria to degrade low concentrations of toluene in
       water. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 16(7): 1377-1383.

Ruiz, C.E., N.M. Aziz, and P.R. Schroeder. 2000. RECOVERY: A Contaminated Sediment-Water
       Interaction Model. ERCD/EL SR-00-1. U.S. Army Engineer Research and Development Center,
       Vicksburg, Mississippi.

Ryan J.N., S. Mangion and D. Willey.  1995.  Turbidity and Colloid Transport, In: U.S. EPA Ground
       Water Sampling - A Workshop Summary, Dallas, Texas, November 30-December 2, 1993.  EPA
       600/R-94/205, pp. 88-93.

Safe, S. 1980.  Metabolism Uptake, Storage, and Bioaccumulation. In: Halogenated Biphenyls,
       Napthylenes, Di-benzodioxins and Related Products. R. Kimbroush, ed. Elsevier, North Holland.
       pp.81-107.

Safe, S. 1992.  Toxicology Structure-function Relationship and Human Environmental Health Impacts of
       Polychorinated Biphenyls: Progress and Problems.  Environ. Health Perspect. 100:259-268.

Schwartz, E., and K.M. Scow.  2001. Repeated inoculation as a strategy for the remediation of low
       concentrations of phenanthrene in soil. Biodegradation 12: 201-207.

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
Seech, A., B. O'Neil and L.A. Comacchio.  1993.  Bioremediation of Sediments Contaminated with
       Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs). In: Proceedings of the Workshop on the Removal
       and Treatment of Contaminated Sediments. Environment Canada's Great Lakes Cleanup Fund.
       Waste water Technology Centre, Burlington, Ontario.

Shuttleworth, K.L., and C.E. Cerniglia.  1995. Environmental Aspects of PAH Biodegradation.  Appl.
       Biochem. Biotechnol. 54:291-302.

St. Lawrence Centre.  1993.  Selecting and Operating Dredging Equipment: A Guide to Sound
       Environmental Practices, prepared in Collaboration with Public Works Canada and the Ministere
       de 1'Environment du Quebec, written by Les Consultants Jacques Berube, Inc.  Cat. No. En
       40-438/1993E.

Stern, E.A., J.L. Lodge, K.W. Jones, N.L. Clesceri, H. Feng, and W.S. Douglas. 2000.  Decontamination
       and Beneficial Use of Dredged Materials.

Stern, E.A. 2001.  Status Sheet-NY/NJ Harbor Sediment Decontamination Program.

Suedel, B.C., J.A. Boraczek, R.K. Peddicord, P. Clifford, T.M. Dillon.  1994.  Trophic transfer and
       biomagnification potential of contaminants in aquatic ecosystems.  Rev. Environ. Contam.
       Toxicol. 136:21-89.

Swindell, M., R.G.  Stahl, and S.J. Ells., eds. 2000. Natural Remediation of Environmental
       Contaminants: Its Role in Ecological Risk Assessment and Risk Management.  Society of
       Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry (SETAC) Press.

Tabak, H.H., and R. Govind.  1997.  Bioavailability and Biodegradation Kinetics Protocol for Organic
       Pollutant Compounds to Achieve Environmentally Acceptable Endpoints During Bioremediation.
       In: Bioremediation of Surface and Subsurface Contamination, Annals of New York Academy of
       Sciences. 829:36-60.

Tsai, C.H., and W. Lick.  1986. A portable  device for measuring  sediment resuspension. J. of Great
       Lakes Res.  12(4): 314-321.

Turner, T.M.  1984. Fundamentals of hydraulic dredging. Cornell Maritime Press, Centerville, Maryland.

USAGE.  1987. Confined Disposal of Dredged Materials.  Engineer Manual 1110-2-5027. U.S. Army
       Corps of Engineers, Washington, DC.

USAGE.  2003. Evaluation of Dredged Material Proposed for Disposal at Island, Nearshore, or Upland
       Confined Disposal Facilities - Testing Manual. U.S. Army Engineer Research and Development
       Center, Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Mississippi. ERDC/EL TR-03-1.  January.

USAGE and U.S. EPA.  2003.  Great Lakes Confined Disposal Facilities Report to Congress.  U.S. Army
       Corps of Engineers - Great Lakes and Ohio River Division and U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency - Great Lakes National Program Office. April. Available  at
       http://www.lrd.usace.aimv.mil/navigation/glnavigation/cdf

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
U.S. EPA. 1988a. Guidance for Conducting Remedial Investigations and Feasibility Studies under
       CERCLA, Interim Final. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and
       Remedial Response, Washington, DC. OSWER Directive 9355.3-01.  EPA/540/G-89/004.
       October.

U.S. EPA. 1988b. CERCLA Compliance with Other Laws Manual, Interim Final. U.S. Environmental
       Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington, DC. OSWER
       Directive 9355.0-67FS. EPA 540-G-89-099. December.

U.S. EPA. 1989. Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
       Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington, DC. EPA 540/1-89/002. December.

U.S. EPA. 1991a. Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund: Volume 1 - Human Health Evaluation
       Manual, Part C, Risk Evaluation of Remedial Alternatives. U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response. OSWER Directive 9285.7-01C.
       EPA/540/R-92/004. See Chapter 2, page 2-16.

U.S. EPA. 1991b. Compendium of CERCLA ARARs Fact Sheets and Directives. U.S. Environmental
       Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Washington, DC. OSWER
       Directive 9347.3-15.

U.S. EPA. 1991c. Handbook: Remediation of Contaminated Sediments. U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, OH. EPA 625/91/028.  April.

U.S. EPA. 1991d. A Guide to Principal Threat and Low-level Threat Wastes. U.S. Environmental
       Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Washington, DC. OSWER
       Directive 9380.3-06FS.

U.S. EPA. 1992a. ECO Update - The Role of Natural Resource Trustees in the Superfund Process.
       Intermittent Bulletin Vol. I, No. 3.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency
       and Remedial Response, Washington, DC. OSWER Directive 9345.0-051. March.

U.S. EPA. 1992b. Early Action and Long-Term Action under SACM - Interim Guidance.  U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington,
       DC.  OSWER Directive 9203.1-051. December.

U.S. EPA. 1993a. Guidance on Conducting Non-Time-Critical Removal Actions Under CERCLA. U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste  and Emergency Response, Washington,
       DC.  OSWER Directive 9360.0-32. EPA 540/R-93/057.  August.

U.S. EPA. 1993b. Revisions to OMB Circular A-94 on Guidelines and Discount Rates for Benefit-Cost
       Analysis. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office  of Solid Waste and Remedial
       Response, Washington, DC. OSWER Directive No.  9355.3-20.

U.S. EPA. 1993c. Assessment and Remediation of Contaminated Sediments (ARCS) Risk Assessment
       and Modeling Overview Document. U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency, Great Lakes
       National Program Office, Chicago,  Illinois. EPA 905-R93-007.

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
U.S. EPA. 1993d. Selecting Remediation Technologies for Contaminated Sediment.  U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC. EPA 823/B-93/001.

U.S. EPA. 1994a. RCRA Corrective Action Plan (Final). U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office
       of Waste Programs Enforcement and Office of Solid Waste.  OSWER Directive 9902.3-2A.
       May.

U.S. EPA. 1994b. Role of the Ecological Risk Assessment in the Baseline Risk Assessment.  U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response.  OSWER
       Directive 9285.7-17. April 12.

U.S. EPA. 1994c. Guidance for Conducting External Peer Review of Environmental Regulatory Models.
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of the  Administrator, Agency Task Force on
       Environmental Regulatory Modeling, Washington, DC. EPA 100/B-94/001. July.

U.S. EPA. 1994d. Assessment and Remediation of Contaminated Sediments (ARCS) Program
       Remediation Guidance Document.  EPA/905/R-94/003. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
       Great Lakes National Program Office, Chicago, Illinois.

U.S. EPA. 1994e. Considering Wetlands at CERCLA Sites.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
       Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response. EPA 540/R-94/019. May.

U.S. EPA. 1994f. Pilot-Scale Demonstration of Sediment Washing for the Treatment of Saginaw River
       Sediment. Assessment and Remediation of Contaminated Sediments (ARCS)  Program.  EPA
       905/R-4/019.  July.

U.S. EPA. 1995a. Land Use on the CERCLA Remedy Selection Process.  U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington, DC. OSWER Directive
       9355.7-04.

U.S. EPA. 1995b. Cleaning Up Contaminated Sediments: A  Citizen's Guide. Assessment and
       Remediation of Contaminated Sediment (ARCS) Program. U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Great Lakes National Program Office, Chicago, Illinois. EPA 905/K-95/001.  July.

U.S. EPA. 1996a. Soil Screening Guidance: User's Guide. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
       Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Washington, DC. OSWER 9355.4-23, EPA
       540/R-96/018. July.

U.S. EPA. 1996b. The Model Plan for Public Participation (developed by the National Environmental
       Justice Advisory Council). U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Environmental
       Justice.  EPA300/K-96/003.  November.

U.S. EPA. 1996c. ECO Update on Ecotox Thresholds. U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency, Office
       of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Washington, DC.  EPA 540/F-95/038.  January.
       Available at http://www.epa.gov/oswer/riskassessment/pdf/eco updt.pdf

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
U.S. EPA. 1996d. Superfund Removal Procedures, Response Management: Removal Action Start-up to
       Close-out. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial
       Response, Washington, DC.  OSWER Directive 9360.3-04.

U.S. EPA. 1996e. Estimating Contaminant Losses from Components of Remediation Alternatives for
       Contaminated Sediments. Assessment and Remediation of Contaminated Sediment (ARCS)
       Program. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Great Lakes National Program Office,
       Chicago, Illinois. EPA 905/R-96/001. March.

U.S. EPA. 1996f Coordination between RCRA Corrective Action and Closure and CERCLA Site
       Activities. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency
       Response, Washington, DC.  OSWER Directive 9200.0-25.  September.

U.S. EPA. 1997a. CERCLA Coordination with Natural Resource Trustees.  U.S. Environmental
       Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Washington, DC. OSWER
       Directive 9200.4-22A.

U.S. EPA. 1997b. Community Advisory Group Toolkit for EPA Staff. U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency  Response, Washington, DC. EPA 540/R-97/038.

U.S. EPA. 1997c. Rules of Thumb for Superfund Remedy Selection. U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency  Response, Washington, DC. OSWER 9355.0-69,
       EPA540/R-97/013.

U.S. EPA. 1997d. Ecological Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund: Process for Designing and
       Conducting Ecological Risk Assessment. Interim Final. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
       Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Washington, DC. EPA 540/R-97/006. June.

U.S. EPA. 1997e. Report on the Effects of the Hot Spot Dredging Operations, New Bedford Harbor
       Superfund Site, New Bedford, Massachusetts. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 1.
       October.

U.S. EPA. 1998a. EPA's Contaminated Sediment Management Strategy. U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC. EPA 823/R-98/001. The strategy and a fact sheet on
       this document are available on the Internet at http://www.epa.gov/OST/cs/stratndx.html.

U.S. EPA. 1998b. The Plan to Enhance the Role of States and Tribes in the Superfund Program. U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington,
       DC.  OSWER Directive 9375.3-03P.  EPA 540/R-98/012. March.

U.S. EPA. 1998c. Guidance for Conducting  Fish and Wildlife Consumption Surveys.  U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC. EPA 823/B-98/007.
       November.

U.S. EPA. 1998d. Assessment and Remediation of Contaminated Sediments (ARCS) Program Guidance
       for In-Situ Subaqueous Capping of Contaminated Sediments. Prepared for the U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Great Lakes National Program Office, Chicago, Illinois. EPA
       905/B-96/004.  Available on the Internet at http://www.epa.gov/glnpo/sediment/iscmain.

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
U.S. EPA. 1999a. A Guide to Preparing Superfund Proposed Plans, Records of Decision, and Other
       Remedy Selection Decision Documents. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid
       Waste and Emergency Response, Washington, DC.  EPA 540/R-98/031.

U.S. EPA. 1999b. Ecological Risk Assessment and Risk Management Principles for Superfund Sites.
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response,
       Washington, DC. OSWER Directive 9285.7-28P.

U.S. EPA. 1999c. A Community Guide to Superfund Risk Assessment - What's it All about and How
       Can You Help?  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency
       Response, Washington, DC. OSWER Directive 9285.7-30. EPA 540/K-99/003. December.

U.S. EPA. 1999d. Use of Monitored Natural Attenuation at Superfund, RCRA Corrective Action, and
       Underground Storage Tank Sites. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste
       and Emergency Response, Washington, DC.  EPA 540/R-99/009. April.

U.S. EPA. 2000a. Guidance for the Data Quality Objectives Process.  (EPA QA/G-4).  U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Environmental Information, Washington, DC.  EPA
       600/R-96/055. Also available on the Internet at http: //www .epa. gov/qualitv/qa docs .html.

U.S. EPA. 2000b. Guidance for Assessing Chemical Contaminant Data for Use in Fish Advisories,
       Volume 1, Fish Sampling and Analysis, Third Edition.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
       Office of Water.  EPA 823/B-00/007. November.

U.S. EPA. 2000c. Soil Screening  Guidance for Radionuclides: User's Guide. U.S. Environmental
       Protection Agency, Office of Radiation and Indoor Air and Office of Solid Waste and Emergency
       Response. OSWER 9355.4-16A; EPA/540-R-00-007. October.

U.S. EPA. 2000d. Use of Non-Time-Critical Removal Authority in Superfund Response Actions.  U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response. OSWER
       Directive 9360.0-40P. February.

U.S. EPA. 2000e. Peer Review Handbook, 2nd Edition. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
       Science Policy Council, Washington DC. EPA 100-B-OO-OOl. December.

U.S. EPA. 2000f Institutional Controls: A Site Manager's Guide to Identifying, Evaluating, and
       Selecting Institutional Controls at Superfund and RCRA Corrective Action Cleanups. U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Washington,
       DC.  OSWER Directive 9355.0-7FS-P. EPA 540-F-00-005. September.

U.S. EPA. 2000g. Institutional Controls and Transfer of Real Property under CERCLA Section 120
       (h)(3)(A), (B), or (C). U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Federal Facilities Restoration and
       Reuse Office, Washington, DC.  February. Available at:
       http://www.epa.gov/swerffrr/documents/fi-icops 106.htm.

U.S. EPA. 2000h. Managing and  Sampling and Analyzing Contaminants in Fish and Shellfish, Volume
       1. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water. EPA 823/B-00/008.

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
U.S. EPA. 2001a. Enhancing State and Tribal Role Directive.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
       Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington, DC. OSWER Directive 9375.3-06P.

U.S. EPA. 2001b. Early and Meaningful Community Involvement. U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington, DC. OSWER Directive
       9230.0-99.  October.

U.S. EPA. 2001c. Incorporating Citizen Concerns into Superfund Decision-Making. U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response. OSWER
       Directive 9230.0-18. January.

U.S. EPA. 2001d. Forum on Managing Contaminated Sediments at Hazardous Waste Sites. U.S.
       Environmental Protection, Agency Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington,
       DC.  Proceedings available at http://www.epa.gov/superfund/resources/sediment/meetings.htm.

U.S. EPA. 2001e. EPA Requirements for Quality Assurance Project Plans. U.S. Environmental
       Protection Agency,  Office of Environmental Information, Washington DC. EPA/240/B-01/003.
       Also available on the Internet at http ://www.epa. gov/qualitv.

U.S. EPA. 2001f EPA ECO Update: The Role of Screening-Level Risk Assessments and Refining
       Contaminants of Concern in Baseline Ecological Risk Assessments. U.S. Environmental
       Protection Agency,  Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response.  EPA 540/F-01/014;
       OSWER 9345.0-14. June.

U.S. EPA. 2001g. Natural  Recovery of Persistent Organics in Contaminated Sediments at the Sangamo-
       Weston/Twelvemile Creek/Lake Hartwell Superfund Site.  Prepared by  Batelle under contract to
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, National Risk Management Research Laboratory,
       Cincinnati, Ohio.

U.S. EPA. 2001h. Natural  Recovery of Persistent Organics in Contaminated Sediments at the
       Wykoff/Eagle Harbor Superfund Site. Prepared by Battelle under contract to U.S. Environmental
       Protection Agency,  National Risk Management Research Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.

U.S. EPA. 2001L  Comprehensive Five-Year Review Guidance. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
       Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington, DC. EPA 540/R-01/007. June.

U.S. EPA. 200Ij.  Monitored Natural Attenuation: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Research
       Program - An EPA  Science Advisory Board Review. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
       Environmental Engineering Committee of the EPA Science and Advisory Board. EPA-SAB-
       EEC-01-004.  May.

U.S. EPA. 2001k. Methods for Collection, Storage, and Manipulation of Sediments for Chemical and
       Toxicological Analyses: Technical Manual. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
       Water, Washington, DC. EPA 823/B-01/002.

U.S. EPA. 2002a. Principles for Managing Contaminated  Sediment Risks at Hazardous Waste Sites.
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response,
       Washington, DC. OSWER Directive 9285.6-08. February.

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
U.S. EPA. 2002b. Role of Background in the CERCLA Cleanup Program. U.S. Environmental
       Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Washington, DC. OSWER
       Directive 9285.6-07P. April 26.

U.S. EPA. 2002c. Guidance for Comparing Background and Chemical Concentrations in Soil for
       CERCLA Sites, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial
       Response. EPA/540/R-01/003, OSWER 9285.7-41, September 2002. Also available on the
       Internet at http://www.epa.gov/superfund.

U.S. EPA. 2003a. Superfund Community Involvement Toolkit. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
       Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington, DC. Available at
       http://www.epa.gov/superfund/tools.

U.S. EPA. 2003b. Using Dynamic Field Activities for On-Site Decision-Making:  A Guide for Project
       Managers. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste  and Emergency
       Response. OSWER No. 5200.1-40, EPA/540/R-03/002, May 2003 (available on the Web at
       http://www.epa.gov/superfund/programs/dfa/guidoc.htm').

U.S. EPA. 2003c. Guidance for Developing Ecological Soil Screening Levels (Eco-SSLs).  U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response.  OSWER
       Directive 9285.7-55. November.

U.S. EPA. 2003d. Guidance on the Resolution of the Post-ROD Dispute (Memorandum). U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response and Office of
       Enforcement and Compliance Assurance. November 25, 2003.

U.S. EPA. 2004a. Updated Report on the Incidence and Severity of Sediment Contamination in Surface
       Waters of the United States, National Sediment Quality Survey. U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.  EPA-823-R-04-007. November.

U.S. EPA. 2004b. OSRTI Sediment Team and NRRB Coordination at Large Sediment Sites.  U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Superfund Remediation and Technology Innovation.
       OSWER Directive 9285.6-11. March.

U.S. EPA. 2004c. Guidance for Monitoring at Hazardous Waste Sites: Framework for Monitoring Plan
       Development and Implementation. OSWER Directive 9355.4-28, January.

U.S. EPA. 2005a. 2004 National Listing of Fish Advisories (Fact Sheet).  U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Office of Water. EPA-823-F-05-004. September.  Available at
       http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/fish.

U.S. EPA. 2005b. Contaminated Sediments: Impacts and Solutions, Video EPA-540-V-05-001,
       available from http://ertvideo.org. and Presenters Manual EPA-540-R-05-001, available from the
       Community Involvement and Outreach  Branch, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  Office of
       Superfund Remediation and Technology Innovation.

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
U.S. EPA. 2005c. Procedures for the Derivation of Equilibrium Partitioning Sediment Benchmarks
       (ESBs) for the Protection of Benthic Organisms: Metal Mixtures (Cadmium, Copper, Lead,
       Nickel, Silver and Zinc). EPA-600-R-02-011. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
       Research and Development. Washington, DC 20460.

U.S. EPA. In preparationl. Evaluation of Contaminated Sediment Fate and Transport Models, Final
       Report, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development, National
       Exposure Laboratory, Athens, Georgia, 141 pp.

U.S. EPA. In preparation2. Evaluation of Chemical Bioaccumulation Models of Aquatic Ecosystems,
       Final Report, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development,
       National Exposure Research Laboratory, Athens, Georgia, 122 pp.

U.S. EPA and USAGE.  1992. Evaluation of Dredged Material Proposed for Ocean Disposal: Testing
       Manual. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Marine and Estuarine Protection,
       Washington, DC, and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Washington, DC.  EPA 503/8-91/001.
       February.

U.S. EPA and USAGE.  1998. Evaluation of Dredged Material Proposed for Discharge in Waters of the
       U.S. - Inland Testing Manual.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water,
       Washington, DC, and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Washington, DC.  EPA 823/B-98/004.

U.S. EPA and USAGE.  2000. A Guide to Developing and Documenting Cost Estimates During the
       Feasibility Study. EPA 540-R-00-002.  U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Hazardous Toxic, and
       Radioactive Waste Center of Expertise, Omaha, Nebraska, and U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington, DC. July.  Available at:
       http://www.epa.gov/oerrpage/superfund/resources/remedv/finaldoc.pdf

U.S. Naval Facilities Engineering Command. 2003. Implementation Guide for Assessing and Managing
       Contaminated Sediment at Navy Facilities. UG-2053-ENV. March.

Van Oostrum, R.W.  1992.  Dredging of contaminated sediment between pre-dredging survey and
       treatment. In: Proc.  of the International Symposium on Environmental Dredging, Buffalo, New
       York.

Warner, G.F. 1977.  On the Shapes of Passive Suspension-Feeders. In Keegan, B.F., P.O. Ceidigh, and
       P.J.S. Boaden, eds.  Biology of Benthic Organisms. New York.

Wiles, C.C., and E. Earth.  1992. "Solidification/Stabilization: Is it Always Appropriate?" Stabilization
       and Solidification of Hazardous, Radioactive, and Mixed Wastes, 2nd Volume, ASTM STP 1123,
       T.M. Gilliam and C.C. Wiles, Eds.  American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, pp.
       18-32.

Winter, T.C. 2002.  Subaqueous Capping and Natural Recovery: Understanding the Hydrogeologic
       Setting at Contaminated Sediment Sites, DOER Technical Notes Collection. ERDC TN-DOER-
       C26, U.S.  Army Engineer Research and Development Center, Vicksburg, Mississippi
       htto: //www. we s. army .mil/el/dots/doer.

-------
Contaminated Sediment Remediation Guidance
for Hazardous Waste Sites	
Zaidi, B. R., G. Stucki, and M. Alexander.  1988. Low chemical concentrations and pH as factors
       limiting the success of inoculation to enhance biodegradation. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 7:
        143-151.

Zappi, P.A., and D.F. Hayes.  1991. Innovative Technologies for Dredging Contaminated Sediments.
       Miscellaneous Paper EL-91-20. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways Experiment Station,
       Vicksburg, Mississippi.

Zar, J.H. 1999. Biostatistical Analysis Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey.

Zimmerman, J.R., U. Ghosh, R.G. Luthy, R.N. Millward, and T.S. Bridges. 2004. Addition of carbon
       sorbents to reduce PCB and PAH bioavailability in marine sediments: physiochemical tests.
       Environ. Sci. Technol.  38:5458-5464.

-------
This page left intentionally blank.

-------
CONTAMINATED SEDIMENT REMEDIATION
GUIDANCE FOR HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES:

APPENDIX A: PRINCIPLES FOR MANAGING
CONTAMINATED SEDIMENT RISKS AT
HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES

-------
This page left intentionally blank.

-------
Appendix A: 11 Principles
   ,J3SZ
                UNITED STATES  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                             WASHINGTON,  D.C.  20460
                                   Feb.  12,  2002
                                                                      OFFICE OF
                                                               SOLID WASTE AND EMERGENCY
                                                                      RESPONSE
                                                           OSWER Directive 9285.6-08

MEMORANDUM

SUBJECT:   Principles for Managing Contaminated Sediment Risks at Hazardous Waste Sites

FROM:      Marianne Lament Horinko /s/Marianne Lamont Horinko
             Assistant Administrator

TO:         Superfund National Policy Managers, Regions 1-10
             RCRA Senior Policy Advisors, Regions 1-10

I.      PURPOSE

       This guidance will help EPA site managers make scientifically sound and nationally
consistent risk management decisions at contaminated sediment sites. It presents 11 risk
management principles that Remedial Project Managers (RPMs), On-Scene Coordinators
(OSCs), and RCRA Corrective Action project managers should carefully consider when
planning and conducting site investigations, involving the affected parties, and selecting and
implementing a response.

       This guidance recommends that EPA site managers make risk-based site decisions using
an iterative decision process, as appropriate, that evaluates the short-term and long-term risks of
all potential cleanup alternatives consistent with the National Oil and Hazardous Substances
Pollution Contingency Plan's (NCP's) nine remedy selection criteria (40 CFR Part 300.430).
EPA site managers are also encouraged to consider the societal and cultural impacts of existing
sediment contamination and of potential remedies through meaningful involvement of affected
stakeholders.

       This guidance also responds in part to the recommendations contained in the National
Research Council (NRC) report discussed below.
                                                                                   A-l

-------
Appendix A: 11 Principles
II.     BACKGROUND

       On March 26, 2001, the NRC published a report entitled A Risk Management Strategy for
PCB-Contaminated Sediments. Although the NRC report focuses primarily on assessment and
remediation of PCB-contaminated sediments, much of the information in that report is applicable
to other contaminants. Site managers are encouraged to read the NRC report, which may be
found at http://www.nrc.edu.

       In addition to developing these principles, OSWER, in coordination with other EPA
offices (Office of Research and Development, Office of Water, and others) and other federal
agencies (Department of Defense/U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Department of
Commerce/National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Department of the Interior/U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service,  and others) is developing a separate guidance, Contaminated
Sediment Remediation Guidance for Hazardous Waste Sites (Sediment Guidance). The
Sediment Guidance will provide more detailed technical guidance on the process that Superfund
and RCRA project managers should use to evaluate cleanup alternatives at contaminated
sediment sites.

       While this directive applies to all contaminants at sediment sites addressed under
CERCLA or RCRA, its implementation at particular sites should be tailored to the size and
complexity of the site, to the magnitude of site risks, and to the type of action contemplated.
These principles can be applied within the  framework of EPA's existing statutory and regulatory
requirements.

III.    RISK MANAGEMENT  PRINCIPLES

1.     Control Sources Early.

       As early in the process as  possible, site managers should try to identify all direct and
indirect continuing sources of significant contamination to the sediments under investigation.
These sources might include discharges from industries  or sewage treatment plants, spills,
precipitation runoff, erosion of contaminated soil from stream banks or adjacent land,
contaminated groundwater and non-aqueous phase liquid contributions, discharges from storm
water and combined sewer outfalls,  upstream contributions, and air deposition.

       Next, site managers should assess which continuing sources can be controlled and by
what mechanisms. It may be helpful to prioritize sources according to their relative
contributions to site risks.  In the  identification and assessment process, site managers should
solicit assistance from those with  relevant information, including regional Water, Air, and PCB
Programs (where applicable); state agencies (especially  those responsible for setting Total
Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs) and those that issue National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
A-2

-------
Appendix A: 11 Principles
System (NPDES) permits); and all Natural Resource Trustees. Local agencies and stakeholders
may also be of assistance in assessing which sources can be controlled.

       Site managers should evaluate the potential for future recontamination of sediments when
selecting a response action.  If a site includes a source that could result in significant
recontamination, source control measures will likely be necessary as part of that response action.
However, where EPA believes that the source can be controlled, or where sediment remediation
will have benefits to human health and/or the environment after considering the risks caused by
the ongoing source, it may be appropriate for the Agency to select a response action for the
sediments prior to completing all source control actions. This is consistent with principle #5
below, which indicates that it may be necessary to take phased or interim actions (e.g., removal
of a hot spot that is highly susceptible to downstream movement or dispersion of contaminants)
to prevent or address environmental impacts or to control human exposures, even if source
control actions have not been undertaken or completed.

2.     Involve the Community Early and Often.

       Contaminated sediment sites often involve difficult technical and social issues. As such,
it is especially important that a project manager ensure early and meaningful community
involvement by providing community members with the technical information needed for their
informed participation.  Meaningful community involvement is a critical component of the site
characterization, risk assessment, remedy evaluation, remedy selection, and remedy
implementation processes. Community involvement enables EPA to obtain site information that
may be important in identifying potential human and ecological exposures, as well as in
understanding the societal and cultural impacts of the contamination and of the potential
response options. The NRC report (p. 249) "recommends that increased efforts be made to
provide the affected parties with the same information that is to be used by the decision-makers
and to include, to the extent possible, all affected parties in the entire decision-making process at
a contaminated  site. In  addition, such information should be made available in such a manner
that allows adequate time for evaluation and comment on the information by all parties."
Through Technical Assistance Grants and other mechanisms, project managers can provide the
community with the tools and information necessary for meaningful participation, ensuring their
early and continued involvement in the cleanup process.

       Although the Agency has the responsibility to make the final cleanup  decision at
CERCLA and RCRA sites, early and frequent community involvement facilitates acceptance of
Agency decisions, even at sites where there may be disagreement among members of the
community on the most appropriate remedy.

       Site managers and community involvement coordinators should take into consideration
the following six practices, which were recently presented in OSWER Directive 9230.0-99 Early
                                                                                    A-3

-------
Appendix A: 11 Principles
and Meaningful Community Involvement (October 12, 2001).  This directive also includes a list
of other useful resources and is available at http://www.epa.gov/superfund/pubs.htm.

       (1)  Energize the community involvement plan.
       (2)  Provide early, proactive community support.
       (3)  Get the community more involved in the risk assessment.
       (4)  Seek early community input on the scope of the remedial investigation/feasibility
       study (RI/FS).
       (5)  Encourage community involvement in identification of future land use.
       (6)  Do more to involve communities during removals.

3.     Coordinate with States, Local Governments, Tribes, and Natural Resource
       Trustees.
       Site managers should communicate and  coordinate early with states, local governments,
tribes, and all Natural Resource Trustees.  By doing so, they will help ensure that the most
relevant information is considered in designing  site studies, and that state, local, tribal, and
trustee viewpoints are considered in the remedy selection process.  For sites that include
waterbodies where TMDLs are being or have been developed, it is especially important to
coordinate  site investigations and monitoring or modeling studies with the state and with EPA's
water program. In addition, sharing information early with all interested parties often leads to
quicker and more efficient protection of human  health and the environment through a
coordinated cleanup approach.

       Superfund's statutory mandate is to ensure that response actions will be protective of
human health and the environment. EPA recognizes, however, that in addition to EPA's
response action(s), restoration activities by the Natural Resource Trustees may be needed.  It is
important that Superfund site managers and the  Trustees coordinate both the EPA investigations
of risk and  the Trustee investigations of resource injuries in order to most efficiently use federal
and state resources and to avoid duplicative efforts.

       Additional information on coordinating with Trustees may be found in OSWER Directive
9200.4-22A CERCLA  Coordination with Natural Resource Trustees (July 1997), in the 1992
ECO Update The Role of Natural Resource Trustees in the Superfund Process
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/programs/risk/tooleco.htm). and in the 1999 OSWER Directive
9285.7-28 P Ecological Risk Assessment and Risk Management Principles for Superfund Sites
(also available at the above web site). Additional information on coordinating with states and
tribes can be found in OSWER Directive 9375.3-03P The Plan to Enhance the Role of States and
Tribes in the Superfund Program (http://www.epa.gov/superfund/states/strole/index.htm).
A-4

-------
Appendix A: 11 Principles
4.     Develop and Refine a Conceptual Site Model that Considers Sediment Stability.

       A conceptual site model should identify all known and suspected sources of
contamination, the types of contaminants and affected media, existing and potential exposure
pathways, and the known or potential human and ecological receptors that may be threatened.
This information is frequently summarized in pictorial or graphical form, backed up by site-
specific data. The conceptual site model should be prepared early and used to guide site
investigations and decision-making. However, it should be updated periodically whenever new
information becomes available, and EPA's understanding of the site problems increases. In
addition, it frequently can serve as the centerpiece for communication among all stakeholders.

       A conceptual site model is especially important at sediment sites because the
interrelationship of soil, surface and groundwater, sediment, and ecological and human receptors
is often complex. In addition, sediments may be subject to erosion or transport by natural or
man-made disturbances such as floods or engineering changes in a waterway.  Because
sediments may experience temporal, physical, and chemical changes, it is especially important to
understand what contaminants are currently available to humans and wildlife, and whether this is
likely to change in the future under various scenarios. The risk assessor and project manager, as
well as other members of the site team, should communicate early and often to ensure that they
share a common understanding of the site and the basis for the present and future risks. The May
1998 EPA Guidelines for Ecological Risk Assessment (Federal Register 63(93) 26846-26924,
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/programs/risk/tooleco.htm). the 1997 Superfund Guidance
Ecological Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund: Process for Designing and Conducting
Ecological Risk Assessments (EPA 540-R-97-006, also available at the above web site), and the
1989 Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund (RAGS), Volume 1, Part A (EPA 540-1-89-002,
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/programs/risk/ragsa) provide guidance on developing  conceptual
site models.

5.     Use an Iterative Approach in a Risk-Based Framework.

       The NRC report (p. 52) recommends the use of a risk-based framework based on the one
developed by the Presidential/Congressional Commission on Risk Assessment and Risk
Management (PCCRARM, 1997, Framework for Environmental Health Risk Management, Vol.
1, as cited by NRC  2001). However,  as recognized by the NRC (p. 60): "The framework is
intended to supplement, not supplant, the CERCLA remedial process mandated by law for
Superfund sites."

       Although there is no universally accepted, well-defined risk-based framework or strategy
for remedy evaluation at sediment sites, there is wide-spread agreement that risk assessment
should play a critical role in evaluating options for sediment remediation. The Superfund
program uses a flexible, risk-based framework as part of the CERCLA and NCP process to
adequately characterize ecological and human health  site risks. The guidances used by the

                                                                                   A-5

-------
Appendix A: 11 Principles
RCRA Corrective Action program (http://www.epa.gov/correctiveaction/resource/guidance) also
recommend a flexible risk-based approach to selecting response actions appropriate for the site.

       EPA encourages the use of an iterative approach, especially at complex contaminated
sediment sites.  As used here, an iterative approach is defined broadly to include approaches
which incorporate testing of hypotheses and conclusions and foster re-evaluation of site
assumptions as new information is gathered.  For example, an iterative approach might include
pilot testing to determine the effectiveness of various remedial technologies at a  site. As noted
in the NRC report (p. 66):  "Each iteration might provide additional certainty and information to
support further risk-management decisions, or it might require a course correction."

        An iterative approach may also incorporate the use of phased, early, or interim actions.
At complex sediment sites, site managers should consider the benefits of phasing the
remediation. At some sites, an early action may be needed to quickly reduce risks or to control
the ongoing spread of contamination. In some cases, it may be appropriate to take an interim
action to control a source,  or remove or cap a hot spot, followed by a period of monitoring in
order to evaluate the effectiveness of these interim actions before addressing less contaminated
areas.

       The NRC report makes an important point when it notes (p. 256): "The committee
cautions that the use of the framework or other risk-management approach should not be used to
delay a decision at a site if sufficient information is available to make an informed decision.
Particularly in situations in which there are immediate risks to human health or the ecosystem,
waiting until more information is gathered might result in more harm than making a preliminary
decision in the absence of a complete set of information. The committee emphasizes that a
'wait-and-see' or 'do-nothing' approach might result in additional or different risks at a site."

6.     Carefully Evaluate the Assumptions and Uncertainties Associated with Site
       Characterization Data and Site Models.

       The uncertainties and limitations  of site characterization data, and qualitative or
quantitative models (e.g., hydrodynamic, sediment stability, contaminant fate and transport, or
food-chain models) used to extrapolate site data to future conditions should be carefully
evaluated and described. Due to the complex nature  of many large sediment sites, a quantitative
model is often used to help estimate and understand the current and future risks at the site and to
predict the efficacy of various remedial alternatives.  The amount of site-specific data required
and the  complexity of models used to support site decisions should depend on the complexity of
the site and the significance of the decision (e.g., level of risk, response cost, community
interest). All new models  and the calibration of models at large or complex sites should be peer-
reviewed consistent with the Agency's peer review process as described in its Peer Review
Handbook (EPA 100-B-OO-OOl, http://www.epa.gov/ORD/spc/2peerrev.htmy
A-6

-------
Appendix A: 11 Principles
        Site managers should clearly describe the basis for all models used and their
uncertainties when using the predicted results to make a site decision. As recognized by the
NRC report (p. 65), however, "Management decisions must be made, even when information is
imperfect.  There are uncertainties associated with every decision that need to be weighed,
evaluated, and communicated to affected parties. Imperfect knowledge must not become an
excuse for not making a decision."

7.     Select Site-specific, Project-specific, and Sediment-specific Risk Management
       Approaches that will Achieve Risk-based Goals.

       EPA's policy has been and continues to be that there is no presumptive remedy for any
contaminated sediment site, regardless of the contaminant or level of risk.  This is consistent
with the NRC report's statement (p. 243) that "There is no presumption of a preferred or default
risk-management option that is applicable to all PCB-contaminated-sediment sites."  At
Superfund sites, for example, the most appropriate remedy should be chosen after considering
site-specific data and the NCP's nine remedy selection criteria.  All remedies that may
potentially  meet the removal or remedial action objectives (e.g., dredging or excavation, in-situ
capping, in-situ treatment, monitored natural recovery) should be evaluated prior to selecting the
remedy. This evaluation should be conducted on a comparable basis, considering all
components of the  remedies, the temporal and spatial aspects of the sites, and the overall risk
reduction potentially achieved under each option.

       At many sites, a combination of options will be the most effective way to manage the
risk. For example, at some sites, the most appropriate remedy may be to dredge high
concentrations of persistent and bioaccumulative contaminants such as PCBs or DDT, to cap
areas where dredging is not practicable or cost-effective, and then to allow natural recovery
processes to achieve further recovery in net depositional areas that are less contaminated.

8.     Ensure that Sediment Cleanup Levels are Clearly Tied to Risk Management Goals.

       Sediment cleanup levels have often been used as surrogates for actual remediation goals
(e.g., fish tissue concentrations or other measurable indicators of exposure relating to levels of
acceptable risk).  While it is generally more practical to use measures such as contaminant
concentrations in sediment to identify areas to be remediated, other measures should be used to
ensure that human  health and/or ecological risk reduction goals are being met. Such measures
may include direct measurements of indigenous fish tissue concentrations, estimates of wildlife
reproduction, benthic macroinvertebrate indices, or other "effects endpoints" as identified in the
baseline risk assessment.

       As noted in the NRC report (p. 123), "The use of measured concentrations of PCBs in
fish is suggested as the most relevant means of measuring exposures of receptors to PCBs in
contaminated sediments." For other contaminants, other measures may be more appropriate.

                                                                                     A-7

-------
Appendix A: 11 Principles
For many sites, achieving remediation goals, especially for bioaccumulative contaminants in
biota, may take many years.  Site monitoring data and new scientific information should be
considered in future reviews of the site (e.g., the Superfund five-year review) to ensure that the
remedy remains protective of human health and the environment.

9.     Maximize the Effectiveness of Institutional Controls and Recognize their
       Limitations.

       Institutional controls, such as fish consumption advisories and waterway use restrictions,
are often used as a component of remedial decisions at sediment sites to limit human exposures
and to prevent further spreading of contamination until remedial action objectives are met.
While these controls can be an important component of a sediment remedy, site managers should
recognize that they may not be very effective in eliminating or significantly reducing all
exposures. If fish consumption advisories are relied upon to limit human exposures, it is very
important to have public education programs in place. For other types of institutional controls,
other types of compliance assistance programs may also be needed (e.g., state/local government
coordination). Site managers should also recognize that institutional controls seldom limit
ecological exposures.  If monitoring data or other site information indicates that institutional
controls are not effective, additional actions may be necessary.

10.    Design Remedies to Minimize Short-term Risks while Achieving Long-term
       Protection.

       The NRC report notes (p. 53) that: "Any decision regarding the specific choice of a risk
management strategy for a contaminated sediment site must be based on careful consideration of
the advantages and disadvantages of available options and a balancing of the various risks, costs,
and benefits associated with each option." Sediment cleanups should be designed to minimize
short-term impacts to the extent practicable, even though some increases in short-term risk may
be necessary in order to achieve a long-lasting solution that is protective. For example, the long-
term benefits of removing or capping sediments containing persistent and bioaccumulative
contaminants often outweigh the additional short-term impacts on the already-affected biota.

       In addition to considering the impacts of each alternative on human health and ecological
risks, the short-term and long-term impacts of each alternative on societal and cultural practices
should be identified and considered, as appropriate. For example, these impacts might include
effects on recreational uses of the waterbody, road traffic, noise and air pollution, commercial
fishing, or disruption of way of life for tribes. At some sites, a comparative analysis of impacts
such as these may be useful in order to fully assess and balance the tradeoffs associated with
each alternative.

-------
Appendix A: 11 Principles
11.    Monitor During and After Sediment Remediation to Assess and Document Remedy
       Effectiveness.

       A physical, chemical, and/or biological monitoring program should be established for
sediment sites in order to determine if short-term and long-term health and ecological risks are
being adequately mitigated at the site and to evaluate how well all remedial action objectives are
being met.  Monitoring should normally be conducted during remedy implementation and as
long as necessary thereafter to ensure that all sediment risks have been adequately managed.
Baseline data needed for interpretation of the monitoring data should be collected during the
remedial investigation.

       Depending on the risk management approach selected,  monitoring should be conducted
during implementation in order to determine whether the action meets design requirements and
sediment cleanup levels, and to assess the nature and extent of any short-term impacts of remedy
implementation. This information can also be used to modify construction activities to assure
that remediation is proceeding in a safe and effective manner.  Long-term monitoring of
indicators such as contaminant concentration reductions in fish tissue should be designed to
determine the success of a remedy in meeting broader remedial action objectives. Monitoring is
generally needed to verify the continued long-term effectiveness of any remedy in protecting
human health and the environment and, at some sites, to verify the continuing performance and
structural integrity of barriers to contaminant transport.

IV.    IMPLEMENTATION

       EPA RPMs, OSCs, and RCRA Corrective Action project managers should immediately
begin to use this guidance at all sites where the risks from contaminated sediment are being
investigated. EPA expects that Federal facility responses conducted under CERCLA or RCRA
will also be consistent with this directive. This consultation process does not apply to Time-
Critical or emergency removal actions or to sites with only  sediment-like materials in wastewater
lagoons, tanks, storage or containment facilities, or drainage ditches.

Consultation Process for CERCLA Sites

       To help ensure that Regional site managers appropriately consider these principles before
 site-specific risk management decisions are made, this directive establishes a two-tiered
consultation procedure that will apply to most contaminated sediment sites. The consultation
process applies to all proposed or listed NPL sites where EPA will sign or concur on the ROD,
all Non-Time-Critical removal actions where EPA will sign or concur on the Action
Memorandum, and all "NPL-equivalent" sites where there is or will be an EPA-enforceable
agreement in place.
                                                                                    A-9

-------
Appendix A: 11 Principles
Tier 1 Process

       Where the sediment action(s) for the entire site will address more than 10,000 cubic
yards or five acres of contaminated sediment, Superfund RPMs and OSCs should consult with
their appropriate Office of Emergency and Remedial Response (OERR) Regional Coordinator at
least 30 days before issuing for public comment a Proposed Plan for a remedial action or an
Engineering Evaluation/Cost Analysis (EE/CA) for a Non-Time-Critical removal action.

       This consultation entails the submission of the draft proposed plan or draft EE/CA, a
written discussion of how the above 11 principles were considered, and basic site information
that will assist OERR in tracking significant sediment sites.  If the project manager has not
received a response from OERR within two weeks, he or she may assume no further information
is needed at this time.  EPA believes that this process will help promote nationally consistent
approaches to evaluate, select and implement protective, scientifically sound, and cost-effective
remedies.

Tier 2 Process

       This directive also establishes a new technical advisory group (Contaminated Sediments
Technical Advisory Group-CSTAG) that will monitor the progress of and provide advice
regarding a small number of large, complex, or controversial contaminated sediment Superfund
sites.  The group will be comprised often Regional staff and approximately five staff from
OSWER, OW, and ORD. For most sites, the group will meet with the site manager and the site
team several times throughout the site investigation, response selection, and action
implementation processes. For new NPL sites, the group will normally meet within one year
after proposed listing.  It is anticipated that for most sites, the group will meet annually until the
ROD is signed and thereafter as needed until all remedial action objectives have been met. The
specific areas of assistance or specific documents to be reviewed will be decided by the group on
a case-by-case basis in consultation with the site team. For selected sites with an on-going RI/FS
or EE/CA, the group will be briefed by the site manager some time in 2002 or 2003. Reviews at
sites with remedies also subject to National Remedy Review Board (NRRB) review will be
coordinated with the NRRB in order to eliminate the need for a separate sediment group review
at this stage in the process.

Consultation Process for RCRA Corrective Action Facilities

       Generally, for EPA-lead RCRA Corrective Action facilities where a sediment response
action is planned, a two-tiered consultation process will also be used. Where the sediment
action(s) for the entire site will address more than 10,000 cubic yards or five acres of
contaminated sediment, project managers should consult with the Office of Solid Waste's
Corrective Action Branch at least 30 days before issuing a proposed action for public comment.
This consultation entails the submission of a written discussion of how the above 11 principles

A-10

-------
Appendix A: 11 Principles
were considered, and basic site information that will assist OSW in tracking significant sediment
sites.

       If the project manager has not received a response from OSW within two weeks, he or
she may assume no further information is needed. States are also encouraged to follow these
procedures.  For particularly large, complex, or controversial sites, OSW will likely call on the
technical advisory group discussed above.

       EPA also recommends that both state and EPA project  managers working on sediment
contamination associated with Corrective Action facilities consult with their colleagues in both
RCRA and Superfund to promote consistent and effective cleanups.  EPA believes this
consultation would be particularly important for the larger-scale  sediment cleanups mentioned
above.

       EPA may update this guidance as more information becomes available on topics such as:
the effectiveness of various sediment response alternatives, new methods to evaluate risks, or
new methods for characterizing sediment contamination.  For additional information on this
guidance, please contact the OERR Sediments Team Leader (Stephen Ells at 703  603-8822) or
the OSW Corrective Action Programs Branch Chief (Tricia Buzzell at 703 308-8632).
NOTICE: This document provides guidance to EPA Regions concerning how the Agency
intends to exercise its discretion in implementing one aspect of the CERCLA and RCRA remedy
selection process. This guidance is designed to implement national policy on these issues. Some
of the statutory provisions described in this document contain legally binding requirements.
However, this document does not substitute for those provisions or regulations, nor is it a
regulation itself.  Thus it cannot impose legally binding requirements on EPA, states, or the
regulated community, and may not apply to a particular situation based upon the circumstances.
Any decisions regarding a particular situation will be made based on the statutes and regulations,
and EPA decision-makers retain the discretion  to adopt approaches on a case-by-case basis that
differ from this guidance where appropriate. Interested parties are free to raise questions and
objections about the substance of this guidance and the appropriateness of the application of this
guidance to a particular situation, and the Agency welcomes public input on this document at
any time.  EPA may change this guidance in the future.
cc:     Michael H. Shapiro
       Stephen D. Luftig
       Larry Reed
       Elizabeth Cotsworth
       Jim Woolford

                                                                                    A-ll

-------
Appendix A: 11 Principles
      Jeff Josephson, Superfund Lead Region Coordinator, USEPA Region 2
      Carl Daly, RCRA Lead Region Coordinator, USEPA Region 8
      Peter Grevatt
      NARPM Co-Chairs
      OERR Records Manager, IMC 5202G
      OERR Documents  Coordinator, HOSC 5202G
      RCRA Key Contacts, Regions 1-10
A-12

-------